Filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-137897
16,666,666 Shares
Class A
Common Stock
Prior to this
offering, there has been no public market for our class A
common stock. The initial public offering price of our
class A common stock is $15.50 per share. Our
class A common stock has been approved for listing on The
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
We are selling
8,333,333 shares of class A common stock, and the
selling stockholders are selling 8,333,333 shares of
class A common stock. We will not receive any of the
proceeds from the shares of class A common stock sold by
the selling stockholders. The underwriters also have an option
to purchase a maximum of 2,500,000 additional shares of
class A common stock from the selling stockholders
identified in this prospectus to cover over-allotments of
shares.
Our class A
common stock and class B common stock vote as a single
class on all matters, except as otherwise provided in our
restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law,
with each share of class A common stock entitling its
holder to one vote and each share of class B common stock
entitling its holder to ten votes.
Upon completion of
this offering, our largest stockholder, Onex, will beneficially
own approximately 78.3% of the aggregate voting power of our
class A common stock and class B common stock, or
approximately 75.1% if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full. Accordingly, we will be a
“controlled company” within the meaning given that
term under the rules of The New York Stock Exchange.
Investing in our
class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk
Factors” on page 16.
Underwriting
Proceeds to
Proceeds to
Price to
Discounts and
Skilled
Healthcare
Selling
Public
Commissions
Group
Inc.
Stockholders
Per Share
$15.50
$1.04625
$14.45375
$14.45375
Total
$258,333,323
$17,437,499
$120,447,912
$120,447,912
If the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option in full, the selling
stockholders will receive net proceeds, after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions, of $14.45375 per
share and $156.6 million in the aggregate.
Delivery of the
shares of class A common stock will be made on or about
May 18, 2007.
Neither the
Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Until June 9, 2007 (25 days after the date of this
offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these
securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may
be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
This summary highlights certain information about us and this
offering. This summary is not comprehensive and does not contain
all of the information that may be important to you. You should
read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors”
and the financial statements and related notes, before making an
investment decision. Unless otherwise stated or the context
indicates otherwise, references to “we”,
“us” and “our” refer to Skilled Healthcare
Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including its
predecessor company, also named Skilled Healthcare Group,
Inc.
Our
Company
We are a provider of integrated long-term healthcare services
through our skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation
therapy business. We also provide other related healthcare
services, including assisted living care and hospice care. We
focus on providing high-quality care to our patients, and we
have a strong reputation for treating patients who require a
high level of skilled nursing care and extensive rehabilitation
therapy, whom we refer to as high-acuity patients. As of
April 1, 2007 we owned or leased 64 skilled nursing
facilities and 13 assisted living facilities, together
comprising approximately 8,900 licensed beds. We currently own
approximately 75% of our facilities, which are located in
California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada and are generally
clustered in large urban or suburban markets. For the first
three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006,
our skilled nursing facilities, including our integrated
rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, generated
approximately 84.4% and 85.5%, respectively, of our revenue,
with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare
services.
In the first three months of 2007 and the year ended
December 31, 2006, our revenue was $144.7 million and
$531.7 million, respectively. To increase our revenue we
focus on improving our skilled mix, which is the percentage of
our patient population that is eligible to receive Medicare and
managed care reimbursements. Medicare and managed care payors
typically provide higher reimbursement than other payors because
patients in these programs typically require a greater level of
care and service. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6%
for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007. Our high
skilled mix also results in a high quality mix, which is our
percentage of non-Medicaid revenue. We have increased our
quality mix from 61.4% for 2004 to 70.5% for the first three
months of 2007. For the first three months of 2007, our net
income was $4.7 million, our EBITDA was $23.8 million
and our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.8 million. In 2006, our net
income was $17.3 million, our EBITDA was $88.5 million
and our Adjusted EBITDA was $88.7 million. We define EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA, provide a reconciliation of EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA to net income (the most directly comparable
financial measure presented in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles), and discuss our uses of, and
the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA in footnote 2 to “— Summary Historical and
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.”
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths serve as a foundation for our
strategy:
•
High-quality patient care and integrated service
offerings. Through our dedicated and well-trained
employees, attractive facilities and broad, integrated skilled
nursing care and rehabilitation therapy service offerings, we
believe that we provide high-quality, cost-effective care to our
patients. We enhanced our position as a select provider to
high-acuity patients by introducing our Express
Recoverytm
program, which uses a dedicated unit within a skilled nursing
facility to deliver a comprehensive rehabilitation regime.
•
Strong reputation in local markets. We believe
we have a strong reputation for high-quality care and successful
clinical outcomes in our local markets, which has enabled us to
build strong relationships with managed care payors and key
referral sources for high acuity patients.
•
Concentrated network in attractive
markets. Approximately 67% of our skilled nursing
facilities are located in urban or suburban markets, and many
are located in close proximity to medical centers
and specialty physician groups, allowing us to develop
relationships with these key referral sources. Our clustered
facility locations also enable us to achieve lower operating
costs.
•
Successful integration of
acquisitions. Between August 1, 2003 and
April 1, 2007, we acquired or entered into long-term leases
for 30 skilled nursing and assisted living facilities across
four states. We have experienced average facility level margin
improvement of 2.6% and an increase in skilled mix of 2.4% for
the 22 of these facilities acquired before 2006, as measured by
the first three full months immediately following each
acquisition relative to the comparative period one year later.
•
Significant facility ownership. As of
April 1, 2007, we owned 75% of our facilities.
•
Strong and experienced management team. Our
senior management team has an average of more than 23 years
of healthcare industry experience and has made significant
financial and operating improvements to our business since
joining us in 2002.
Our
Strategy
The primary elements of our business strategy are to:
•
Focus on high-acuity patients. We focus on
attracting high-acuity patients, for whom we are reimbursed at
higher rates. We believe that we can continue to leverage our
integrated service offering and our reputation for providing
high-quality care to expand our referral network and increase
the number of high-acuity patients referred to us. In addition,
we intend to introduce our Express
Recoverytm
program in more of our facilities and to develop other
innovative programs to better serve high-acuity patients.
•
Expand our rehabilitation and other related healthcare
businesses. We intend to continue to grow our
rehabilitation therapy and hospice care businesses by expanding
their use in both our own and in third-party facilities and by
adding new third-party contracts.
•
Drive revenue growth organically and through acquisitions and
development. We pursue organic revenue growth by
expanding our referral network, increasing our service offerings
to high-acuity patients and expanding our other related
healthcare services offerings. We also regularly evaluate
strategic acquisitions and new development opportunities in
attractive markets, particularly in the western region of the
United States.
•
Monitor performance measures to increase operating
efficiency. We have implemented systems to
monitor key performance metrics and support our focus on
reducing operating costs by maximizing the efficient use of our
labor resources and managing our insurance and professional and
general liability and workers’ compensation expenses.
•
Attract and retain talented and qualified
employees. We seek to hire and retain talented
and qualified employees, including our administrative and
management personnel.
Our
Industry
We operate in the approximately $120 billion United States
nursing home market through the operation of our skilled nursing
and assisted living facilities. The nursing home market is
highly fragmented and, according to the American Health Care
Association, comprises approximately 16,000 facilities with
approximately 1.7 million licensed beds as of December
2006. As of December 31, 2005, the five largest long-term
healthcare companies combined controlled approximately 10% of
these facilities. We believe the key underlying trends within
the industry are summarized below.
•
Demand driven by aging population and increased life
expectancies. According to the U.S. Census
Bureau, the number of Americans aged 65 or older is expected to
increase from approximately 37 million in 2005 to
approximately 40 million in 2010 and approximately
47 million in 2015, representing average annual growth from
2005 of 1.9% and 2.5%, respectively. We believe this growth in
the over 65 population will result in continued growth in the
demand for long-term healthcare services.
Shift of patient care to lower cost
alternatives. In response to rising health care
costs, the federal government has adopted cost containment
measures that encourage the treatment of patients in more cost
effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which
the staffing requirements and associated costs are often
significantly lower than at short or long-term acute-care
hospitals, in-patient rehabilitation facilities or other
post-acute care settings.
•
Supply/Demand imbalance. Despite potential
growth in demand for long-term healthcare services, the American
Health Care Association reports that there has been a decline in
the total number of nursing facility beds in the United States
from approximately 1.8 million in December 2001 to
approximately 1.7 million in December 2006, we believe in
part due to the migration of
lower-acuity
patients to alternative sources of
long-term
care.
For the three months ended March 31, 2007, we derived 38.2%
and 29.5% of our revenue from Medicare and Medicaid,
respectively. Since 1999, Medicare has reimbursed our skilled
nursing facilities at a predetermined rate, based on the
anticipated costs of treating patients, adjusted annually for
increased costs due to inflation. Medicaid reimbursement rates
are generally lower than reimbursement provided by Medicare.
Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with slower state
revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed
at controlling spending growth. We describe these programs
further, including recent regulatory changes and trends in
reimbursement rules and rates, in “Business —
Sources of Reimbursement.”
Recent
Acquisitions and Development Activities
On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property,
tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and
licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri
for $30.1 million in cash, including $0.1 million of
transaction expenses. We also assumed certain liabilities under
associated operating contracts. The transaction added
approximately 426 beds and 24 unlicensed apartments to
our operations. The acquisition was financed by draw downs of
$30.1 million on our revolving credit facility.
In March of 2007, we completed construction on an assisted
living facility in Ottawa, Kansas for a total cost of
approximately $2.8 million. This facility added
47 beds to our operations.
On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and
related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing
facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. Changing
this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net
change in the number of beds in our operations.
On December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled nursing
facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash; on
June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest
in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for
$2.7 million in cash and on March 1, 2006, we
purchased two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing
and residential care facility in Missouri for $31.0 million
in cash. These facilities added approximately 666 beds to our
operations.
New
Facilities Under Development
We are currently developing three skilled nursing facilities in
the Dallas/Fort Worth greater metropolitan area. We expect the
total costs for development to be between $38 million and
$43 million and that all of the facilities will be
completed by April 2009. Upon completion we expect these
facilities to add in aggregate approximately 360 to
410 beds to our operations.
We are also developing an assisted living facility in the
greater Kansas City area. We estimate that the costs for this
project will be approximately $4.4 million. We expect this
facility to be completed in September 2008 and to add
approximately 40 to 50 new beds to our operations.
Our
Sponsor
Onex Corporation, traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the
symbol “OCX,” is one of Canada’s largest
companies, with annual consolidated revenues of approximately
$17.0 billion and over 167,000 global employees. Onex invests in
companies across a variety of industries, primarily in
North America, in partnership with the management teams of
those companies to build industry-leading businesses. Since
2004, Onex Corporation’s investments in large-cap companies
have been completed with funding from Onex Partners LP,
Onex Corporation’s initial US$1.7 billion private
equity fund, and from Onex Partners II LP, Onex
Corporation’s current US$3.45 billion private equity
fund. Over the past three years, Onex Corporation has made
several investments in healthcare service companies including
Emergency Medical Services Corporation, Res-Care, Inc., Center
for Diagnostic Imaging, Inc. and Magellan Health Services, Inc.
In other industries, Onex Corporation and Onex Partners have
made investments in companies that include Spirit AeroSystems,
Inc., Tube City IMS Corporation, The Warranty Group and Hawker
Beechcraft Corporation.
Onex Corporation has invested in us through its affiliates,
including Onex Partners LP and Onex U.S. Principals LP, as
described below under “— The Transactions.”
The
Transactions
We are a holding company, formed in October 2005 under the name
SHG Holding Solutions, Inc., with no independent assets or
operations. In December 2005 we consummated the transactions
contemplated by an agreement and plan of merger between us, our
wholly-owned subsidiary SHG Acquisition Corp., or Merger Sub,
and Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc., our predecessor company.
Under the merger agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into our
predecessor company. In the merger, substantially all of the
former stockholders of our predecessor company received cash in
exchange for their shares and the cancellation of options,
except that certain members of our management and Baylor Health
Care System, together the rollover investors, converted
approximately one-half of their ownership interests in our
predecessor company into an ownership interest in us (with their
shares of our predecessor company being valued on the same basis
as the per share cash merger consideration payable to all other
stockholders of our predecessor company). In connection with the
merger, Onex Partners LP, Onex American Holdings II LLC and Onex
U.S. Principals LP (together referred to as Onex), together with
associates and affiliates of Onex and the rollover investors,
purchased shares of our common stock for $0.20 per share
and purchased shares of our preferred stock for $9,900 per
share.
As a result of the merger and through their investment in us,
Onex and the rollover investors acquired our predecessor company
for a purchase price of approximately $645.7 million. Onex
and the rollover investors funded a portion of the purchase
price, related transaction costs and an increase of cash on our
balance sheet with equity contributions in us of approximately
$222.9 million. The balance of the purchase price was
funded through the issuance and sale by Merger Sub of
$200.0 million principal amount of 11% senior
subordinated notes and the incurrence and assumption of
approximately $259.4 million of our predecessor
company’s term loan debt. As a result of the merger, our
predecessor company assumed the obligations of Merger Sub under
the 11% senior subordinated notes by operation of law. Our
predecessor company used the proceeds of the 11% senior
subordinated notes, together with the equity contributions from
Onex, to repay its second lien senior secured term loan and to
pay the merger consideration to its then-existing stockholders.
In connection with the merger, we incurred a $4.8 million
bonus award expense under trigger event cash bonus agreements
with two members of our senior management and $9.0 million
of non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the
vesting of outstanding restricted stock and stock options.
The merger was accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting and, accordingly, all assets and liabilities of our
predecessor company were recorded at their fair values as of the
date of the acquisition, including goodwill of
$396.0 million, representing the purchase price in excess
of the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable
intangible assets acquired. Due to the effect of the merger on
the recorded amounts of assets, liabilities and
stockholders’ equity, our financial statements prior to and
subsequent to the merger are not comparable. Periods prior to
December 27, 2005 represent the accounts and activity of
the predecessor company and all periods from that date relate to
the successor company.
We refer to the Onex merger, the equity contributions, the
financings and use of proceeds therefrom and related
transactions, collectively, as the “Transactions.” We
describe the Transactions in greater detail under “Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions — The
Transactions.”
Immediately after the Transactions, Onex and its affiliates and
associates, on the one hand, and the rollover investors, on the
other hand, held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our
outstanding capital stock, not
including restricted stock issued to management at the time of
the Transactions. Mr. Robert M. Le Blanc, a member of our
board of directors, is a Managing Director of Onex Investment
Corp., an affiliate of Onex.
As a result of the Transactions, we incurred a substantial
amount of indebtedness and became subject to significantly
higher interest expense payments and to covenants that restrict
our operations. As of March 31, 2007, we had total
indebtedness of approximately $514.9 million, of which
$198.9 million consisted of the 11% senior
subordinated notes (net of original issue discount of
$1.1 million), $255.5 million consisted of borrowings
under our first lien term loan and $55.0 million was
outstanding under our first lien revolving credit facility. The
per share offering price of our class A common stock under
this prospectus is a substantial premium to the per share price
paid by our existing stockholders. We will use all of the
proceeds we receive in this offering to reduce debt incurred in
connection with the Transactions.
In February 2007, we effected the merger of our predecessor
company, which was then our wholly-owned subsidiary, with and
into us. We were the surviving company in the merger and changed
our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled
Healthcare Group, Inc. As a result of this merger, we assumed
all of the rights and obligations of our predecessor company,
including obligations under its 11% senior subordinated notes.
Stockholders’
Agreement
All of our current stockholders, including Onex and its
affiliates and associates, are party to an investor
stockholders’ agreement. Under this agreement, our current
stockholders have agreed to vote their shares on matters
presented to the stockholders as specifically provided in the
investor stockholders’ agreement or, if not so provided, in
the same manner as Onex. Following this offering, the number of
shares that may be sold by each non-Onex party to the agreement
will be limited based on the number of shares held by such
stockholder prior to this offering or the number of shares sold
by Onex. See “Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions — Stockholders’ Agreement.”
Extraordinary
Dividend Payment and Redemption of Preferred Stock
In June 2005, we entered into a new $420.0 million senior
credit facility. The proceeds of this financing were used to
refinance our then-existing indebtedness, fully redeem our then
outstanding class A preferred stock and pay a special
dividend in the amount of $108.6 million to our
then-existing stockholders. Other than this dividend payment, we
paid no other dividends to our stockholders during 2005 and
2006, and we do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable
future.
Exchange
Offer for Senior Subordinated Notes
We have filed a registration statement with the Securities and
Exchange Commission to effect an offer to exchange our 11%
senior subordinated notes for identical notes that are
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. A
portion of these notes will be redeemed using a portion of the
proceeds of this offering.
Corporate
Information
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware. Our principal
administrative offices are located at 27442 Portola
Parkway, Suite 200, Foothill Ranch, CA92610. Our telephone
number is
(949) 282-5800.
Our website address is www.skilledhealthcaregroup.com.The content of our website does not constitute a part of this
prospectus.
In August 2003, we emerged from bankruptcy, repaying or
restructuring all of our indebtedness in full, paying all
accrued interest expenses and issuing 5.0% of our common stock
to former holders of our then outstanding
111/4% senior
subordinated notes.
Trademarks
And Trade Names
We own or have rights to use certain trademarks or trade names
that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business,
including, without limitation, each of the following: Express
Recoverytm,
Hospice Care of the West and Skilled Healthcare.
You should rely only on the information contained in this
document and any free writing prospectus that may be provided to
you in connection with this offering. We have not authorized
anyone to provide you with information that is different.
Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters are
making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction
where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that
the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as
of the date on the front cover of this prospectus.
Industry
and Market Data
Industry and market data used throughout this prospectus were
obtained from the U.S. Census Bureau, the Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services, AON Risk Consultants, American
Health Care Association and other sources we believe to be
reliable. While we believe that these studies and reports and
our own research and estimates are reliable and appropriate, we
have not independently verified such data and we do not make any
representation as to the accuracy of such information.
2,500,000 class A shares from the selling stockholders
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering
16,666,666 shares
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering
20,230,928 shares
Use of proceeds
We estimate that we will receive proceeds of approximately
$116.8 million from our offering of our class A common
stock, after deducting underwriting discounts and other
estimated expenses. We will use all of the net proceeds from
this offering to:
• redeem $70.0 million aggregate principal amount
of our 11% senior subordinated notes for an aggregate
redemption price, including accrued interest, of approximately
$81.7 million, and
• reduce the outstanding balance of our first lien
revolving credit facility using any remaining proceeds.
We will not receive any of the proceeds from any sale of shares
by the selling stockholders.
Dividend Policy
We currently do not expect to pay dividends or make any other
distributions on our class A common stock in the
foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
Listing
Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on
The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
Special Voting Rights
Our class A common stock and class B common stock vote as a
single class on all matters, except as otherwise provided in our
restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law,
with each share of class A common stock entitling its holder to
one vote and each share of class B common stock entitling its
holder to ten votes. After giving effect to this offering,
holders of our class B common stock will control 92.4% of the
combined voting power of our outstanding common stock. See
“Description of Capital Stock.”
Risk Factors
Investment in our class A common stock involves substantial
risks. You should read and consider the information set forth
under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other
information included in this prospectus before investing in our
class A common stock.
The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is
based on 28,564,261 shares of common stock outstanding as
of March 31, 2007 and excludes 1,123,181 shares of
class A common stock reserved for future grant under our
2007 Incentive Award Plan.
Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this
prospectus assumes:
•
that our class A common stock will be sold at
$15.50 per share;
•
that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment
option;
•
the conversion of all outstanding shares of our class A
preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares of our class B
common stock concurrently with the completion of this Offering,
using the assumptions set forth below;
•
a
507-for-one
split of shares of our common stock, which was effective on
April 26, 2007;
•
the recapitalization of our common stock into class B common
stock, which was effective as of April 26, 2007; and
•
the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation upon the completion of this offering.
The conversion of our class A preferred stock assumes
(i) a conversion date of May 18, 2007, (ii) a
conversion price of $15.50 (which is the offering price shown on
the front cover page of this prospectus) and (iii) accrual
in dividends on a daily basis at a rate of 8.0% per annum, up
until the conversion date. Concurrently with this public
offering, each share of our class A preferred stock will
convert into the number of shares of class B common stock
equal to the liquidation value of such share of class A
preferred stock at the time of conversion, plus accrued
dividends, divided by the public offering price per share of
class A common stock in this offering.
The following table sets forth our summary historical and
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data as of and for
the periods indicated. We have derived the summary historical
consolidated financial data for each of the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 from our audited
historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical
consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2007 and for
the three months ended March 31, 2007 and March 31,2006 from our unaudited historical consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have
prepared the unaudited summary historical consolidated financial
data on a basis consistent with our audited historical
consolidated financial statements, and it includes all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we
consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial
position and results of operations for these periods. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of future performance.
Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2007
are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected
for the full fiscal year.
We derived the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial data from our unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial statements as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31,2006. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Statements.” The unaudited pro forma consolidated
statements of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 give effect to this offering of class A
common stock, and the use of proceeds therefrom, the conversion
of our class A preferred stock into 15,928,182 shares
of our class B common stock and the acquisition of three
skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007 as if
they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited
pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the
year ended December 31, 2006 give effect to this offering
of class A common stock, and the use of proceeds therefrom,
the conversion of our class A preferred stock into
15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock, the
acquisition of two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled
nursing and residential care facility in Missouri in March 2006,
the acquisition of a leasehold interest in a skilled nursing
facility in Nevada in June 2006, the acquisition of a skilled
nursing facility in Missouri in December 2006, and the
acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri in
April 2007, all as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect
to this offering of class A common stock and the use of
proceeds therefrom and the acquisition of three skilled nursing
facilities in Missouri in April 2007, all as if they had
occurred on March 31, 2007. We present the unaudited pro
forma consolidated financial data for informational purposes
only; they do not purport to represent what our financial
position or results of operations would actually have been had
the pro forma adjustments in fact occurred on the assumed dates
or to project our financial position at any future date or
results of operations for any future period. We have based the
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements on the
estimates and assumptions set forth in the notes to our
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, which
management believes are reasonable.
The following summary financial information is qualified by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the
consolidated financial statements and the notes to those
statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the
information under “Selected Historical Consolidated
Financial Data,”“Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Statements” and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.”
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
45,005
(664
)
5,644
241,253
(1,132
)
EBITDA(2)
23,758
21,218
88,528
57,561
51,120
EBITDA margin(2)
16.4
%
16.9
%
16.7
%
12.4
%
13.8
%
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
$
23,791
$
21,239
$
88,725
$
77,778
$
58,559
Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)
16.4
%
17.0
%
16.7
%
16.8
%
15.8
%
Pro forma adjusted EBITDA(2)
$
24,928
$
94,125
Other Data
2007
2006
2006
2005
2004
Number of facilities at end of
period:
Owned
55
(A)
52
53
49
35
Leased
19
19
20
19
20
Total
74
71
73
68
55
Payor sources as a percentage of
total revenue:
Medicare
38.2
%
36.9
%
36.0
%
36.3
%
35.8
%
Managed care and private pay
32.3
31.3
32.0
30.2
25.6
Quality mix(3)
70.5
68.2
68.0
66.5
61.4
Medicaid
29.5
%
31.8
%
32.0
%
33.5
%
38.6
%
Payor sources as a percentage of
total skilled nursing facility patient days:
Medicare
19.5
%
19.0
%
18.0
%
17.8
%
16.8
%
Managed care
5.8
5.4
5.5
4.6
3.8
Skilled mix(3)
25.3
%
24.4
%
23.5
%
22.4
%
20.6
%
Medicaid
58.5
59.4
59.9
61.4
65.4
Private and other
16.2
16.2
16.6
16.2
14.0
Number of skilled nursing
facilities at end of period
61
59
61
56
50
Number of assisted living
facilities at end of period
13
12
12
12
5
(A)
Effective April 1, 2007, the number of owned facilities
increased to 58 from 55, the number of skilled nursing
facilities increased to 64 from 61, and the total number of
facilities increased to 77 from 74.
Total long-term debt, including
capital leases and current portion
514,854
409,739
Total stockholders’ equity
245,319
350,434
(1)
Pro forma net income per common share gives effect to the
conversion of our class A preferred stock into class B
common stock, which will occur concurrently with the completion
of this offering. Assuming the completion of this offering on
December 31, 2006, and the accretion of dividends on the
class A preferred stock through the anticipated completion of
this offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of
$15.50, which is the offering price shown on the front page of
this prospectus our class A preferred stock would convert
into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock.
See “— The Offering” for a description of
the conversion of our class A preferred stock.
(2)
We define EBITDA as net income before depreciation, amortization
and interest expenses (net of interest income and other) and the
provision for (benefit from) income taxes. EBITDA margin is
EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA by
adjusting EBITDA (to the extent applicable in the appropriate
period) for:
•
discontinued operations, net of tax;
•
the effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax;
•
the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge;
•
reversal of a charge related to the decertification of a
facility;
•
gains or losses on sale of assets;
•
the write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt;
•
reorganization expenses; and
•
fees and expenses related to the Transactions.
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
provide useful information to investors regarding our
operational performance because they enhance an investor’s
overall understanding of the financial performance and prospects
for the future of our core business activities. Specifically, we
believe that a report of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide
consistency in our financial reporting and provides a basis for
the comparison of results of core business operations between
our current, past and future periods. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
are two of the primary indicators management uses for planning
and forecasting in future periods, including trending and
analyzing the core operating performance of our business from
period-to-period without the effect of U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP, expenses, revenues and gains
(losses) that are unrelated to the day-to-day performance of our
business. We also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to benchmark
the performance of our business against expected results, to
analyze year-over-year trends, as described below, and to
compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.
Management uses both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess the
performance of our core business operations, to prepare
operating budgets and to measure our performance against those
budgets on a corporate, segment and a facility by facility
level. We typically use Adjusted EBITDA for
these purposes at the corporate level (because the adjustments
to EBITDA are not generally allocable to any individual business
unit) and we typically use EBITDA to compare the operating
performance of each skilled nursing and assisted living
facility, as well as to assess the performance of our operating
segments: long term care services, which includes the operation
of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities; and
ancillary services, which includes our rehabilitation therapy
and hospice businesses. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful in
this regard because they do not include such costs as interest
expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense and
special charges, which may vary from business unit to business
unit and period to period depending upon various factors,
including the method used to finance the business, the amount of
debt that we have determined to incur, whether a facility is
owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a facility or
business, the original purchase price of a facility or business
unit or the tax law of the state in which a business unit
operates. These types of charges are dependent on factors
unrelated to our underlying business. As a result, we believe
that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide a meaningful
and consistent comparison of our underlying business between
periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP which have
little or no significance in our
day-to-day
operations.
We also make capital allocations to each of our facilities based
on expected EBITDA returns and establish compensation programs
and bonuses for our executive management and facility level
employees that are based upon the achievement of pre-established
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA targets.
We also use Adjusted EBITDA to determine compliance with our
debt covenants and assess our ability to borrow additional funds
to finance or expand our operations. The credit agreement
governing our first lien term loan uses a measure substantially
similar to Adjusted EBITDA as the basis for determining
compliance with our financial covenants, specifically our
minimum interest coverage ratio and our maximum total leverage
ratio, and for determining the interest rate of our first lien
term loan. The indenture governing our 11% senior
subordinated notes also uses a substantially similar measurement
for determining the amount of additional debt we may incur. For
example, both our credit facility and the indenture for our
11% senior subordinated notes include adjustments for
(i) gain or losses on the sale of assets, (ii) the
write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt;
(iii) reorganization expenses; and (iv) fees and
expenses related to the Transactions. Our non-compliance with
these financial covenants could lead to acceleration of amounts
under our credit facility. In addition, if we cannot satisfy
certain financial covenants under the indenture for our
11% senior subordinated notes, we cannot engage in
specified activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness
or making certain payments. We are currently in compliance with
our debt covenants.
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our
underlying business, maintaining our financial requirements,
designing incentive compensation and for our goal setting both
on an aggregate and facility level basis, EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures that have no standardized
meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA measures have limitations as analytical tools, and they
should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
•
they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future
requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
•
they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our
working capital needs;
•
they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash
requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, on our debt;
•
they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required
to make;
•
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not
reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
•
they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items
that are reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flows;
they do not reflect the impact on net income of charges
resulting from certain matters we consider not to be indicative
of our on-going operations; and
•
other companies in our industry may calculate these measures
differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as
comparative measures.
We compensate for these limitations by using them only to
supplement both net income on a basis prepared in conformance
with GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of
the factors and trends affecting our business. We strongly
encourage investors to consider net income determined under GAAP
as compared to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, and to perform their
own analysis, as appropriate.
The following table provides a reconciliation from our net
income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure
presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Successor
Pro forma
Successor
Successor
Pro forma
Predecessor
Predecessor
2007
2007
2006
2006
2006
2005
2004
(In thousands)
Net income
$
4,654
$
6,422
$
4,102
$
17,337
$
22,204
$
33,938
$
16,521
Plus
Provision for (benefit from) income
taxes
3,378
4,556
2,601
12,204
15,449
(13,048
)
4,421
Depreciation and amortization
3,961
4,106
3,674
13,897
14,895
9,991
8,597
Interest expense, net of interest
income
11,765
9,811
10,841
45,090
41,380
26,680
21,581
EBITDA
23,758
24,895
21,218
88,528
93,928
57,561
51,120
Discontinued operations, net of
tax(a)
—
—
—
—
—
(14,740
)
(2,789
)
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax(b)
—
—
—
—
—
1,628
—
Change in fair value of interest
rate hedge(c)
33
33
21
197
197
165
926
Gain on sale of assets(d)
—
—
—
—
—
(980
)
—
Write-off of deferred financing
costs of extinguished debt(e)
—
—
—
—
—
16,626
7,858
Reorganization expenses(f)
—
—
—
—
—
1,007
1,444
Expenses related to the
Transactions(g)
—
—
—
—
—
16,511
—
Adjusted EBITDA
$
23,791
$
24,928
$
21,239
$
88,725
$
94,125
$
77,778
$
58,559
Notes
(a)
In March 2005, we sold our California-based institutional
pharmacy business and, therefore, the results of operations of
our California-based pharmacy business have been classified as
discontinued operations. As our pharmacy business has been sold,
these amounts are no longer part of our core operating business.
(b)
In 2005, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle as a result of our adoption of Financial
Accounting Standards Board or FASB, Interpretation No. 47,
Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,
or FIN 47. In 2003, we recorded the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principle as a result of our adoption of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS,
No. 150 Accounting for Certain Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity, or SFAS No.
150, which requires that financial instruments issued in the
form of shares that are mandatorily redeemable be classified as
liabilities. While these items are
required under GAAP, they are not reflective of the operating
income and losses of our underlying business.
(c)
Changes in fair value of an interest rate hedge are unrelated to
our core operating activities and we believe that adjusting for
these amounts allows us to focus on actual operating costs at
our facilities.
(d)
While gains or losses on sales of assets are required under
GAAP, these amounts are also not reflective of income and losses
of our underlying business.
(e)
Reflects deferred financing costs that were expensed in
connection with the prepayment of previously outstanding debt,
and deferred financing costs that were expensed upon prepayment
of our second lien senior secured term loan in connection with
the Transactions. Write-offs for deferred financing costs are
the result of distinct capital structure decisions made by our
management and are unrelated to our
day-to-day
operations.
(f)
Represents expenses incurred in connection with our
Chapter 11 reorganization. We believe that reorganization
expenses will be immaterial in 2007 and, upon acceptance of our
final petition by the bankruptcy court, which we expect will
occur in 2007, we will no longer incur reorganization expenses.
As a result, we do not believe that these expenses are
reflective of the performance of our core operating business.
(g)
Represents (1) $0.2 million in fees paid by us in
connection with the Transactions for valuation services and an
acquisition audit; (2) our forgiveness in connection with
the completion of the Transactions of a $2.5 million note
issued to us in March 1998 by our then-Chairman of the Board,
William Scott; (3) a $4.8 million bonus award expense
incurred in December 2005 upon the completion of the
Transactions pursuant to trigger event cash bonus agreements
between us and our Chief Financial Officer, John King, and our
Executive Vice President and President Ancillary Subsidiaries,
Mark Wortley, in order to compensate them similarly to the
economic benefit received by other executive officers who had
previously purchased restricted stock; and (4) non-cash
stock compensation charges of $9.0 million incurred in
connection with restricted stock granted to certain of our
senior executives. As these expenses relate solely to the
Transactions, we do not expect to incur these types of expenses
in the future.
(3)
For a definition of Quality Mix and Skilled Mix, see
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance
Indicators.”
(4)
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data reflect
(a) the sale of shares of class A common stock in this
offering at the initial public offering price per share of
$15.50, (b) our receipt of the net proceeds from this
offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses of approximately
$12.3 million payable by us, (c) the application of
$81.7 million of the proceeds of this offering to redeem
$70.0 million of our outstanding 11% senior
subordinated notes and the reduction of the outstanding balance
of our first lien revolving credit facility with any remaining
proceeds and (d) the acquisition of three skilled nursing
facilities in Missouri in April 2007.
An investment in our class A common stock involves a high
degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following
information about these risks, together with the other
information contained in this prospectus, before investing. Any
of the risk factors that we describe below could adversely
affect our business, financial condition or operating results.
The market price of our class A common stock could decline
if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into
actual events. You could lose all or part of the money you pay
to buy our class A common stock. Some of the statements in
“Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. For
more information about forward-looking statements, please see
“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements.”
Risks
Related to our Business and Industry
Reductions
in Medicare reimbursement rates or changes in the rules
governing the Medicare program could have a material adverse
effect on our revenue, financial condition and results of
operations.
Medicare is our largest source of revenue, accounting for 38.2%
and 36.0% of our total revenue during the three months ended
March 31, 2007 and in 2006, respectively. In addition, many
private payors base their reimbursement rates on the published
Medicare rates or, in the case of our rehabilitation therapy
services, are themselves reimbursed by Medicare. Accordingly, if
Medicare reimbursement rates are reduced or fail to increase as
quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the rules
governing the Medicare program that are disadvantageous to our
business or industry, our business and results of operations
will be adversely affected.
The Medicare program and its reimbursement rates and rules are
subject to frequent change. These include statutory and
regulatory changes, rate adjustments (including retroactive
adjustments), administrative or executive orders and government
funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely
affect the rates at which Medicare reimburses us for our
services. Implementation of these and other types of measures
has in the past and could in the future result in substantial
reductions in our revenues and operating margins. Prior
reductions in governmental reimbursement rates partially
contributed to our bankruptcy filing under Chapter 11 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code in October 2001.
Budget pressures often lead the federal government to place
limits on reimbursement rates under Medicare. For instance, the
Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, included provisions that
are expected to reduce Medicare and Medicaid payments to skilled
nursing facilities by $100.0 million over five years
(federal fiscal years 2006 through 2010). Also, effective
January 1, 2006, there are caps on the annual amount that
Medicare Part B will pay for physical and speech language
therapy and occupation therapy for any given patient. Despite
certain exceptions applicable through the end of 2007, these
caps may result in decreased demand for rehabilitation therapy
services for beneficiaries whose therapy would have been
reimbursed under Part B but for the caps. This decrease in
demand could be exacerbated if the exceptions to the caps expire
and are not continued beyond December 31, 2007.
In addition, the federal government often changes the rules
governing the Medicare program, including those governing
reimbursement. Changes that could adversely affect our business
include:
•
administrative or legislative changes to base rates or the bases
of payment;
•
limits on the services or types of providers for which Medicare
will provide reimbursement;
•
the reduction or elimination of annual rate increases; or
•
an increase in co-payments or deductibles payable by
beneficiaries.
On February 5, 2007, the president submitted his proposed
2008 budget to Congress. Through legislative and regulatory
action, the president proposes to reduce Medicare spending by
$5.3 billion in fiscal year 2008 and by $75.9 billion
over five years. The budget would, among other things again
freeze payments to skilled nursing facilities in 2008 and reduce
payment updates for hospice services. The president also
proposes to eliminate bad debt reimbursement for unpaid
beneficiary cost sharing over four years for all
providers, including skilled nursing facilities. Medicare
currently pays 70% of unpaid beneficiary co-payments and
deductibles to skilled nursing facilities.
Given the history of frequent revisions to the Medicare program
and its reimbursement rates and rules, we may not continue to
receive reimbursement rates from Medicare that sufficiently
compensate us for our services. Limits on reimbursement rates or
the scope of services being reimbursed could have a material
adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition and results
of operations. For a more comprehensive description of recent
changes in reimbursement rates provided by Medicare, see
“Business — Sources of
Reimbursement — Medicare”.
We
expect the federal and state governments to continue their
efforts to contain growth in Medicaid expenditures, which could
adversely affect our revenue and profitability.
We receive a significant portion of our revenue from Medicaid,
which accounted for 29.5% and 32.0% of our total revenue during
the three months ended March 31, 2007 and in 2006,
respectively. In addition, many private payors for our
rehabilitation therapy services are reimbursed under the
Medicaid program. Accordingly, if Medicaid reimbursement rates
are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if
there are changes in the rules governing the Medicaid program
that are disadvantageous to our business or industry, our
business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by both state
funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid spending has
increased rapidly in recent years, becoming a significant
component of state budgets. This, combined with slower state
revenue growth, has led both the federal government and many
states to institute measures aimed at controlling the growth of
Medicaid spending. For example, the DRA included several
measures that are expected to reduce Medicare and Medicaid
payments to skilled nursing facilities by $100.0 million
over five years. These included limiting the circumstances under
which an individual may become financially eligible for nursing
home services under Medicaid, which could result in fewer
patients being able to afford our services. In addition, the
presidential budget submitted for federal fiscal year 2008
includes proposed reform of the Medicaid program to cut a total
of $25.7 billion in Medicaid expenditures over the next
five years.
We expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid
outlays for skilled nursing facilities both by the states in
which we operate and by the federal government. These may take
the form of both direct decreases in reimbursement rates or in
rule changes that limit the beneficiaries, services or providers
eligible to receive Medicaid benefits. For a description of
currently proposed reductions in Medicaid expenditures and a
description of the implementation of the Medicaid program in the
states in which we operate, see “Business —
Sources of Reimbursement — Medicaid.”
Recent
federal government proposals could limit the states’ use of
provider tax programs to generate revenue for their Medicaid
expenditures, which could result in a reduction in our
reimbursement rates under Medicaid.
To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the
Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements
such as provider taxes. Under provider tax arrangements, a state
collects taxes from health care providers and then returns the
revenue to these providers as a Medicaid expenditure. This
allows the state to claim federal matching funds on this
additional reimbursement. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of
2006, signed into law on December 20, 2006, reduced the
maximum allowable provider tax from 6% to 5.5% from
January 1, 2008 through October 1, 2011. As a result,
many states may have less funds available for payment of
Medicaid expenses, which would also decrease their federal
matching payments.
Revenue
we receive from Medicare and Medicaid is subject to potential
retroactive reduction.
Payments we receive from Medicare and Medicaid can be
retroactively adjusted after a new examination during the claims
settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. Payors
may disallow our requests for reimbursement based on
determinations that certain costs are not reimbursable because
either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or
because certain services were not covered or
deemed to be medically necessary. Congress and CMS may also
impose further limitations on government payments to health care
providers. Significant adjustments to our Medicare or Medicaid
revenues could adversely affect our financial condition and
results of operations.
Healthcare
reform legislation could adversely affect our revenue and
financial condition.
In recent years, there have been numerous initiatives on the
federal and state levels for comprehensive reforms affecting the
payment for, the availability of and reimbursement for
healthcare services in the United States. These initiatives have
ranged from proposals to fundamentally change federal and state
healthcare reimbursement programs, including to provide
comprehensive healthcare coverage to the public under
governmental funded programs, to minor modifications to existing
programs. The ultimate content or timing of any future
healthcare reform legislation, and its impact on us, is
impossible to predict. If significant reforms are made to the
U.S. healthcare system, those reforms may have an adverse
effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we incur considerable administrative costs in
monitoring the changes made within the various reimbursement
programs, determining the appropriate actions to be taken in
response to those changes and implementing the required actions
to meet the new requirements and minimize the repercussions of
the changes to our organization, reimbursement rates and costs.
We are
subject to extensive and complex laws and government
regulations. If we are not operating in compliance with these
laws and regulations or if these laws and regulations change, we
could be required to make significant expenditures or change our
operations in order to bring our facilities and operations into
compliance.
We, along with other companies in the healthcare industry, are
required to comply with extensive and complex laws and
regulations at the federal, state and local government levels
relating to, among other things:
•
licensure and certification;
•
adequacy and quality of healthcare services;
•
qualifications of healthcare and support personnel;
•
quality of medical equipment;
•
confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with
medical records and claims processing;
•
relationships with physicians and other referral sources and
recipients;
•
constraints on protective contractual provisions with patients
and third-party payors;
•
operating policies and procedures;
•
addition of facilities and services; and
•
billing for services.
Many of these laws and regulations are expansive, and we do not
always have the benefit of significant regulatory or judicial
interpretation of these laws and regulations. In addition,
certain regulatory developments, such as revisions in the
building code requirements for assisted living and skilled
nursing facilities, mandatory increases in scope and quality of
care to be offered to residents and revisions in licensing and
certification standards, could have a material adverse effect on
us. In the future, different interpretations or enforcement of
these laws and regulations could subject our current or past
practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality or could
require us to make changes in our facilities, equipment,
personnel, services, capital expenditure programs and operating
expenses.
In addition, federal and state government agencies have
heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement
efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare
companies and, in particular, skilled nursing facilities. This
includes investigations of:
•
cost reporting and billing practices;
•
quality of care;
•
financial relationships with referral sources; and
•
the medical necessity of services provided.
We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state and
local regulation or legislation, including Medicare and Medicaid
statutes and regulations, or the intensity of federal and state
enforcement actions. Changes in the regulatory framework, our
failure to obtain or renew required regulatory approvals or
licenses or to comply with applicable regulatory requirements,
the suspension or revocation of our licenses or our
disqualification from participation in federal and state
reimbursement programs, or the imposition of other harsh
enforcement sanctions could have a material adverse effect upon
our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Furthermore, should we lose licenses or certifications for a
number of our facilities as a result of regulatory action or
otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our
agreements, including agreements governing outstanding
indebtedness and the report of such issues at one of our
facilities could harm our reputation for quality care and lead
to a reduction in our patient referrals and ultimately our
revenue and operating income. For a discussion of the material
government regulations applicable to our business, see
“Business — Government Regulation.”
We
face periodic reviews, audits and investigations under federal
and state government programs and contracts. These audits could
have adverse findings that may negatively affect our
business.
As a result of our participation in the Medicare and Medicaid
programs, we are subject to various governmental reviews, audits
and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs
and applicable laws and regulations. Private pay sources also
reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse review, audit or
investigation could result in:
•
refunding amounts we have been paid pursuant to the Medicare or
Medicaid programs or from private payors;
•
state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other
sanctions on us;
•
temporary suspension of payment for new patients to the facility;
•
decertification or exclusion from participation in the Medicare
or Medicaid programs or one or more private payor networks;
•
damage to our reputation;
•
the revocation of a facility’s license; and
•
loss of certain rights under, or termination of, our contracts
with managed care payors.
Significant
legal actions, which are commonplace in our industry, could
subject us to increased operating costs and substantial
uninsured liabilities, which would materially and adversely
affect our results of operations, liquidity and financial
condition.
The long-term care industry has experienced an increasing trend
in the number and severity of litigation claims involving
punitive damages and settlements. We believe that this trend is
endemic to the industry and is a result of the increasing number
of large judgments, including large punitive damage awards,
against long-term care providers in recent years resulting in an
increased awareness by plaintiffs’ lawyers of potentially
large recoveries. According to a report issued by AON Risk
Consultants in March 2005 on long-term care operators’
professional liability and general liability costs, the average
cost per bed for professional liability and general liability
costs has increased from $430 in 1993 to $2,310 per bed in
2004. This has resulted from average professional liability and
general liability claims in the long-term care industry more
than doubling from $72,000 in 1993 to $176,000 in 2004 and the
average number of claims per 1,000 beds increasing at an average
annual rate of 10% from 6.0 in 1993 to 13.1 in 2004. Our
long-term care operator’s professional liability and
general liability cost per bed was $1,385 in 2006 and $1,892 in
2005, as compared to our average revenue per bed of $74,280 in
2006 and $70,443 in 2005. Our professional and general liability
cost per bed decreased in 2006 due to a favorable downward
adjustment in our actuarily estimated costs of
$3.2 million, primarily associated with the favorable
impact of Texas tort reform established in 2003, and our
acquisitions in Kansas and Missouri, which have existing tort
reform laws. Should a trend of increasing professional liability
and general liability costs occur, we may not be able to
increase our revenue sufficiently to cover the cost increases,
and our operating income could suffer.
We
could face significant financial difficultly as a result of one
or more of the risks discussed above, which could cause our
stock price to decline, could cause us to seek protection under
bankruptcy laws or could cause our creditors to have a receiver
appointed on our behalf.
We could face significant financial difficultly if Medicare or
Medicaid reimbursement rates are reduced, patient demand for our
services is reduced or we incur unexpected liabilities or
expenses, including in connection with legal actions. This
financial difficulty could cause our stock price to decline,
could cause us to seek protection under bankruptcy laws or could
cause our creditors to have a receiver appointed on our behalf.
In 2001 we filed a voluntary petition for protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. See
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations — Historical
Overview — Reorganization under Chapter 11.”
The financial difficulties that led to our filing under
Chapter 11 were caused by a combination of industry and
company specific factors. Effective in 1997, the federal
government fundamentally changed the reimbursement system for
skilled nursing operators, which had a significant adverse
effect on the cash flows of many providers, including us. Soon
thereafter, we also began to experience significant
industry-wide increases in our labor costs and professional
liability and other insurance costs that adversely affected our
operating results.
In late 2000, one of our facilities was temporarily decertified
from the Medicare and Medicaid programs for alleged regulatory
compliance reasons, causing a significant loss and delay in
receipt of revenue at this facility. During this time, a patient
brought a claim against us for negligence, infliction of
emotional distress and willful misconduct. The plaintiff was
able to obtain a judgment in the amount of approximately
$6.0 million. These events occurred as the amortization of
principal payments on our then outstanding senior debt
substantially increased. To preserve resources for our
operations, we discontinued amortization payments on our senior
debt and interest payments on our subordinated debt and began to
negotiate with our lenders to restructure our balance sheet.
Early in the fourth quarter of 2001, before we could reach an
agreement with our lenders, the plaintiff in the professional
liability litigation placed a lien on our assets, including our
cash. With our ability to operate severely restricted, we filed
for protection under Chapter 11. We ultimately settled the
professional liability claim for approximately
$1.1 million, an amount that was fully covered by insurance
proceeds. It is possible that future professional liability
claims could harm our ability to meet our obligations or repay
our liabilities.
A
significant portion of our business is concentrated in a few
markets, and an economic downturn or changes in the laws
affecting our business in those markets could have a material
adverse effect on our operating results.
In the three months ended March 31, 2007 we received
approximately 52.8% and 31.0% of our revenue from operations in
California and Texas, respectively, and in 2006 we received
approximately 52.1% and 34.4% of our revenue from operations in
California and Texas, respectively. Accordingly, isolated
economic conditions prevailing in either of these markets could
affect the ability of our patients and third-party payors to
reimburse us for our services, either through a reduction of the
tax base used to generate state funding of
Medicaid programs, an increase in the number of indigent
patients eligible for Medicaid benefits or other factors. An
economic downturn or changes in the laws affecting our business
in these markets could have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Possible
changes in the acuity mix of residents and patients as well as
payor mix and payment methodologies may significantly reduce our
profitability or cause us to incur losses.
Our revenue is affected by our ability to attract a favorable
patient acuity mix, and by our mix of payment sources. Changes
in the type of patients we attract, as well as our payor mix
among private payors, managed care companies, Medicare and
Medicaid significantly affect our profitability because not all
payors reimburse us at the same rates. Particularly, if we fail
to maintain our proportion of high-acuity patients or if there
is any significant increase in the percentage of our population
for which we receive Medicaid reimbursement, our financial
position, results of operations and cash flow may be adversely
affected.
It is
difficult to attract and retain qualified nurses, therapists,
healthcare professionals and other key personnel, which
increases our costs relating to these employees and could cause
us to fail to comply with state staffing requirements at one or
more of our facilities.
We rely on our ability to attract and retain qualified nurses,
therapists and other healthcare professionals. The market for
these key personnel is highly competitive, and we could
experience significant increases in our operating costs due to
shortages in their availability. Like other healthcare
providers, we have experienced difficulties in attracting and
retaining qualified personnel, especially facility
administrators, nurses, therapists, certified nurses’ aides
and other important healthcare personnel. We may continue to
experience increases in our labor costs, primarily due to higher
wages and greater benefits required to attract and retain
qualified healthcare personnel, and such increases may adversely
affect our profitability.
This shrinking labor market and the high demand for such
employees has created high turnover among clinical professional
staff, as many seek to take advantage of the supply of available
positions. A lack of qualified personnel at a facility could
result in significant increases in labor costs and an increased
reliance on expensive temporary nursing agencies or otherwise
adversely affect operations at that facility. If we are unable
to attract and retain qualified professionals, our ability to
provide services to our residents and patients may decline and
our ability to grow may be constrained.
If we
are unable to comply with state minimum staffing requirements at
one or more of our facilities, we could be subject to fines or
other sanctions.
Increased attention to the quality of care provided in skilled
nursing facilities has caused several states to mandate, and
other states to consider mandating, minimum staffing laws that
require minimum nursing hours of direct care per resident per
day. These minimum staffing requirements further increase the
gap between demand for and supply of qualified professionals,
and lead to higher labor costs.
We operate a number of facilities in California, which has
enacted legislation establishing minimum staffing requirements
for facilities operating in that state. This legislation
requires that the California Department of Health Services, or
DHS, promulgate regulations requiring each skilled nursing
facility to provide a minimum of 3.2 nursing hours per patient
day. Although DHS has not promulgated such regulations, it
enforces this requirement through
on-site
reviews conducted during periodic licensing and certification
surveys and in response to complaints. If a facility is
determined to be out of compliance with this minimum staffing
requirement, DHS may issue a notice of deficiency, or a
citation, depending on the impact on patient care. A citation
carries with it the imposition of monetary fines that can range
from $100 to $100,000 per citation. The issuance of either a
notice of deficiency or a citation requires the facility to
prepare and implement an acceptable plan of correction.
Our ability to satisfy these minimum staffing requirements
depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified
healthcare professionals, including nurses, certified
nurse’s assistants and other personnel. Attracting and
retaining these personnel is difficult, given existing shortages
in the labor markets in which we operate. Furthermore, if states
do not appropriate additional funds (through Medicaid program
appropriations or otherwise) sufficient to pay for any
additional operating costs resulting from minimum staffing
requirements, our profitability may be materially adversely
affected.
If we
fail to attract patients and residents or to compete effectively
with other healthcare providers, our revenue and profitability
may decline and we may incur losses.
The long-term healthcare services industry is highly
competitive. Our skilled nursing facilities compete primarily on
a local and regional basis with many long-term care providers,
from national and regional chains to smaller providers owning as
few as a single nursing center. We also compete with inpatient
rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute care hospitals.
Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and
retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our
business. Our ability to compete successfully varies from
location to location depending on a number of factors, including
the number of competing centers in the local market, the types
of services available, our local reputation for quality care of
patients, the commitment and expertise of our staff and
physicians, our local service offerings and treatment programs,
the cost of care in each locality, and the physical appearance,
location, age and condition of our facilities. If we are unable
to attract patients to our facilities, particularly the
high-acuity patients we target, then our revenue and
profitability will be adversely affected. Some of our
competitors have greater financial and other resources than us,
may have greater brand recognition and may be more established
in their respective communities than we are. Competing long-term
care companies may also offer newer facilities or different
programs or services than we do and may thereby attract our
patients who are presently residents of our facilities,
potential residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise
receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may accept
a lower margin, and therefore, present significant price
competition for managed care and private pay patients.
We also encounter competition in connection with our other
related healthcare services, including our rehabilitation
therapy services provided to third-party facilities, assisted
living facilities, hospice care and institutional pharmacy
services. Generally, this competition is national, regional and
local in nature. Many companies competing in these industries
have greater financial and other resources than we have. The
primary competitive factors for these other related healthcare
services are similar to those for our skilled nursing and
rehabilitation therapy businesses and include reputation, the
cost of services, the quality of clinical services,
responsiveness to customer needs and the ability to provide
support in other areas such as third-party reimbursement,
information management and patient record-keeping. Given the
relatively low barriers to entry and continuing health care cost
containment pressures in the assisted living industry, we expect
that the assisted living industry will become increasingly
competitive in the future. Increased competition in the future
could limit our ability to attract and retain residents,
maintain or increase resident service fees, or expand our
business.
In addition, our institutional pharmacy services generally
compete on price and quality of the services provided. The
introduction of the Medicare Part D benefit may also have
an impact on our competitiveness in the pharmacy business by
providing patients with an increased range of pharmacy
alternatives and putting pressure on pharmacy plans to reduce
prices.
Insurance
coverage may become increasingly expensive and difficult to
obtain for long-term care companies, and our self-insurance may
expose us to significant losses.
It may become more difficult and costly for us to obtain
coverage for patient care liabilities and certain other risks,
including property and casualty insurance. Insurance carriers
may require long-term care companies to significantly increase
their self-insured retention levels
and/or pay
substantially higher premiums for reduced coverage for most
insurance coverages, including workers’ compensation,
employee healthcare and patient care liability.
We self-insure a significant portion of our potential
liabilities for several risks, including professional liability,
general liability and workers’ compensation. In California,
Texas and Nevada, we have professional and general liability
insurance with an individual claim limit of $2 million per
loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit for all facilities
in these states of $6 million. In Kansas we have
occurrence-based
professional and general liability insurance with an occurrence
limit of $1 million per loss and an annual aggregate
coverage limit of $3 million for each individual facility.
In Missouri we have claims-made based professional and general
liability insurance with an individual claim limit of
$1 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit
of $3 million for each individual facility. We have also
purchased excess general and professional liability insurance
coverage providing an additional $12 million of coverage
for losses arising from any claims in excess of $3 million.
We also maintain a $1 million self-insured professional and
general liability retention per claim in California, Nevada and
Texas. We maintain no deductibles in Kansas and Missouri.
Additionally, we self-insure the first $1 million per
workers’ compensation claim in each of California and
Nevada. We purchase workers’ compensation policies for
Kansas and Missouri with no deductibles. We have elected to not
carry workers’ compensation insurance in Texas and we may
be liable for negligence claims that are asserted against us by
our employees.
Due to our self-insured retentions under our professional and
general liability and workers’ compensation programs,
including our election to self-insure against workers’
compensation claims in Texas, there is no limit on the maximum
number of claims or amount for which we can be liable in any
policy period. We base our loss estimates on actuarial analyses,
which determine expected liabilities on an undiscounted basis,
including incurred but not reported losses, based upon the
available information on a given date. It is possible, however,
for the ultimate amount of losses to exceed our estimates and
our insurance limits. In the event our actual liability exceeds
our estimates for any given period, our results of operations
and financial condition could be materially adversely impacted.
At March 31, 2007, we had $36.5 million in accruals
for known or potential uninsured general and professional
liability claims and $11.0 million in accruals for
workers’ compensation, based on claims experience and an
independent actuarial review. We may need to increase our
accruals as a result of future actuarial reviews and claims that
may develop. An adverse determination in legal proceedings,
whether currently asserted or arising in the future, could have
a material adverse effect on our business.
If our
referral sources fail to view us as an attractive long-term care
provider, our patient base may decrease.
We rely significantly on appropriate referrals from physicians,
hospitals and other healthcare providers in the communities in
which we deliver our services to attract the kinds of patients
we target. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer
business to us and may refer business to other healthcare
providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer
business to us as a result of the quality of our patient service
and our efforts to establish and build a relationship with them.
If we lose, or fail to maintain, existing relationships with our
referral resources, fail to develop new relationships or if we
are perceived by our referral sources for any reason as not
providing high quality patient care, the quality of our patient
mix could suffer and our revenue and profitability could decline.
We may
be unable to reduce costs to offset decreases in our occupancy
rates or other expenses completely.
We depend on implementing adequate cost management initiatives
in response to fluctuations in levels of occupancy in our
skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and in other
sources of income in order to maintain our current cash flow and
earnings levels. Fluctuation in our occupancy levels may become
more common as we increase our emphasis on patients with shorter
stays but higher acuities. A decline in our occupancy rates
could result in decreased revenue. If we are unable to put in
place corresponding reductions in costs in response to falls in
census or other revenue shortfalls, we may be unable to prevent
future decreases in earnings. As a result, our financial
condition and operating results may be adversely affected.
If we
do not achieve or maintain a reputation for providing high
quality of care, our business may be negatively
affected.
Our ability to achieve or maintain a reputation for providing
high quality of care to our patients at each of our skilled
nursing and assisted living facilities, or through our
rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses, is important to
our ability to attract and retain patients, particularly
high-acuity patients. We
believe that the perception of our quality of care by a
potential patient or potential patient’s family seeking to
contract for our services is influenced by a variety of factors,
including doctor and other healthcare professional referrals,
community information and referral services, newspapers and
other print and electronic media, results of patient surveys,
recommendations from family and friends, published quality care
statistics compiled by CMS or other industry data. Through our
focus on retaining high quality staffing, reviewing feedback and
surveys from our patients and referral sources to highlight
areas of improvement and integrating our service offerings at
each of our facilities, we seek to maintain and improve on the
outcomes from each of the factors listed above in order to build
and maintain a strong reputation at our facilities. If any of
our skilled nursing or assisted living facilities fail to
achieve or maintain a reputation for providing high-quality
care, or is perceived to provide a lower quality of care than
comparable facilities within the same geographic area, or users
of our rehabilitation therapy services perceive that they could
receive higher quality services from other providers, our
ability to attract and retain patients at such facility could be
adversely affected. If this perception were to become widespread
within the areas in which we operate, our revenue and
profitability could be adversely affected.
Consolidation
of managed care organizations and other third-party payors or
reductions in reimbursement from these payors may adversely
affect our revenue and income or cause us to incur
losses.
Managed care organizations and other third-party payors have
continued to consolidate in order to enhance their ability to
influence the delivery of healthcare services. Consequently, the
healthcare needs of a large percentage of the United States
population are increasingly served by a small number of managed
care organizations. These organizations generally enter into
service agreements with a limited number of providers for needed
services. These organizations have become an increasingly
important source of revenue and referrals for us. To the extent
that such organizations terminate us as a preferred provider or
engage our competitors as a preferred or exclusive provider, our
business could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, private third-party payors, including managed care
payors, are continuing their efforts to control healthcare costs
through direct contracts with healthcare providers, increased
utilization reviews, or reviews of the propriety of, and charges
for, services provided, and greater enrollment in managed care
programs and preferred provider organizations. As these private
payors increase their purchasing power, they are demanding
discounted fee structures and the assumption by healthcare
providers of all or a portion of the financial risk associated
with the provision of care. Significant reductions in
reimbursement from these sources could materially adversely
affect our business.
Annual
caps that limit the amounts that can be paid for outpatient
therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary may reduce
our future net operating revenue and profitability or cause us
to incur losses.
Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenue is paid by the
Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has
established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid
(including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for
rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare
beneficiary under Medicare Part B. The Balanced Budget Act
of 1997, or BBA, requires a combined cap for physical therapy
and speech-language pathology and a separate cap for
occupational therapy. Due to a series of moratoria enacted
subsequent to the BBA, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and
for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent
moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at
$1,740 for the physical therapy and speech therapy cap and
$1,740 for the occupational therapy cap. Each of these caps
increased to $1,780 on January 1, 2007.
The president signed the DRA into law on February 8, 2006.
The DRA directed CMS to create a process to allow exceptions to
therapy caps for certain medically necessary services provided
on or after January 1, 2006 for patients with certain
conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed
under Medicare Part B. The majority of the residents in our
skilled nursing facilities and patients served by our
rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is reimbursed
under Medicare Part B have qualified for the exceptions to
these reimbursement caps. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of
2006 extended the
exceptions through the end of 2007. Unless further extended,
these exceptions will expire on December 31, 2007.
The application of annual caps, or the discontinuation of
exceptions to the annual caps, could have an adverse effect on
our integrated rehabilitation therapy revenue as well as the
rehabilitation therapy revenue that we receive from third-party
facilities for treating their Medicare Part B
beneficiaries. Additionally, the exceptions to these caps may
not be extended beyond December 31, 2007, which would have
an even greater adverse effect on our revenue.
Delays
in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.
If we have information systems problems or issues arise with
Medicare, Medicaid or other payors, we may encounter delays in
our payment cycle. Any future timing delay may cause working
capital shortages. As a result, working capital management,
including prompt and diligent billing and collection, is an
important factor in our consolidated results of operations and
liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not
successfully ameliorate the effects of any delays in our receipt
of payments or reimbursements. Accordingly, such delays could
have an adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
Our rehabilitation and other related healthcare services are
also subject to delays in reimbursement, as we act as vendors to
other providers who in turn must wait for reimbursement from
other third-party payors. Each of these customers is therefore
subject to the same potential delays to which our nursing homes
are subject, meaning any such delays would further delay the
date we would receive payment for the provision of our related
healthcare services. As we continue to grow and expand the
rehabilitation and other complementary services that we offer to
third parties, we may incur increasing delays in payment for
these services, and these payment delays could have an adverse
effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
Our
success is dependent upon retaining key personnel.
Our senior management team has extensive experience in the
healthcare industry. We believe that they have been instrumental
in guiding our emergence from Chapter 11, instituting
valuable performance and quality monitoring and driving
innovation. Accordingly, our future performance is substantially
dependent upon the continued services of our senior management
team. The loss of the services of any of these persons could
have a material adverse effect upon us.
Future
acquisitions may use significant resources, may be unsuccessful
and could expose us to unforeseen liabilities.
We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions of skilled nursing
facilities, assisted living facilities and other related
healthcare operations. Acquisitions may involve significant cash
expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and additional
expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:
•
difficulties integrating acquired operations, personnel and
accounting and information systems, or in realizing projected
efficiencies and cost savings;
•
diversion of management’s attention from other business
concerns;
•
potential loss of key employees or customers of acquired
companies;
•
entry into markets in which we may have limited or no experience;
•
increasing our indebtedness and limiting our ability to access
additional capital when needed;
•
assumption of unknown material liabilities or regulatory issues
of acquired companies, including for failure to comply with
healthcare regulations; and
•
straining of our resources, including internal controls relating
to information and accounting systems, regulatory compliance,
logistics and others.
Furthermore, certain of the foregoing risks could be exacerbated
when combined with other growth measures that we expect to
pursue.
Our
substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial
health and prevent us from fulfilling our financial
obligations.
We have now and, after the offering, will continue to have a
significant amount of indebtedness. On March 31, 2007, our
total indebtedness, after, giving effect to the completion of
this offering and the application of the net proceeds to the
repayment of debt, was approximately $409.7 million.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences
to you. For example, it could:
•
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry
conditions;
•
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow
from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby
reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working
capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate
purposes;
•
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business and the industry in which we operate;
•
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less debt;
•
increase the cost or limit the availability of additional
financing, if needed or desired, to fund future working capital,
capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements,
or to carry out other aspects of our business plan;
•
require us to maintain debt coverage and financial ratios at
specified levels, reducing our financial flexibility; and
•
limit our ability to make strategic acquisitions and develop new
facilities.
In addition, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow
or otherwise obtain funds necessary to make required debt
payments, or if we fail to comply with the various covenants and
requirements of our 11% senior subordinated notes, our
senior secured credit facility or other existing or future
indebtedness, we would be in default, which could permit the
holders of our 11% senior subordinated notes and the
holders of our other indebtedness, including our senior secured
credit facility, to accelerate the maturity of the notes or such
other indebtedness, as the case may be. Any default under the
notes, our senior secured credit facility, or our other existing
or future indebtedness, as well as any of the above-listed
factors, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
operating results, liquidity and financial condition.
Despite
our substantial indebtedness, we may still be able to incur more
debt. This could intensify the risks associated with this
indebtedness.
The terms of the indenture governing our 11% senior
subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facility
contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional
indebtedness. These restrictions are subject to a number of
important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness
incurred in compliance with these exceptions could be
substantial. Accordingly, we could incur significant additional
indebtedness in the future. In addition, as of March 31,2007, on an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the completion
of this offering, the application of the net proceeds to the
repayment of debt, and a $25.0 million increase in
available borrowings under our first lien revolving credit
facility that was effective on May 11, 2007, we had
approximately $75.9 million available for additional
borrowing under our first lien revolving credit facility. The
more we become leveraged, the more we become exposed to the
risks described above under “— Our substantial
indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and
prevent us from fulfilling our financial obligations.”
Our
operations are subject to environmental and occupational health
and safety regulations, which could subject us to fines,
penalties and increased operational costs.
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local
environmental and occupational health and safety laws and
regulations. Regulatory requirements faced by healthcare
providers such as us include those relating to air emissions,
waste water discharges, air and water quality control,
occupational health and safety (such as standards regarding
blood-borne pathogens and ergonomics), management and disposal
of low-level radioactive medical waste, biohazards and other
wastes, management of explosive or combustible gases, such as
oxygen, specific regulatory requirements applicable to asbestos,
lead-based paints, polychlorinated biphenyls and mold, and
providing notice to employees and members of the public about
our use and storage of regulated or hazardous materials and
wastes. Failure to comply with these requirements could subject
us to fines, penalties and increased operational costs.
Moreover, changes in existing requirements or more stringent
enforcement of them, as well as discovery of currently unknown
conditions at our owned or leased facilities, could result in
additional cost and potential liabilities, including liability
for conducting clean-up, and there can be no guarantee that such
increased expenditures would not be significant.
A
portion of our workforce has unionized and our operations may be
adversely affected by work stoppages, strikes or other
collective actions.
Certain of our employees are represented by various unions and
covered by collective bargaining agreements. In addition,
certain labor unions have publicly stated that they are
concentrating their organizing efforts within the long-term
health care industry. We cannot predict the effect that
continued union representation or future organizational
activities will have on our business or future operations. We
cannot assure you that we will not experience a material work
stoppage in the future.
Natural
disasters, terrorist attacks or acts of war may seriously harm
our business.
Terrorist attacks or acts of nature, such as hurricanes or
earthquakes, may cause damage or disruption to us, our employees
and our facilities, which could have an adverse impact on our
residents. In order to provide care for our residents, we are
dependent on consistent and reliable delivery of food,
pharmaceuticals, power and other products to our facilities and
the availability of employees to provide services at our
facilities. If the delivery of goods or the ability of employees
to reach our facilities were interrupted due to a natural
disaster or a terrorist attack, it would have a significant
impact on our facilities. For example, in connection with
Hurricane Katrina in New Orleans several nursing home operators
unaffiliated with us have been accused of not properly caring
for their residents, which has resulted in, among other things,
criminal charges being filed against the proprietors of those
facilities. Furthermore, the impact, or impending threat, of a
natural disaster has in the past and may in the future require
that we evacuate one or more facilities, which would be costly
and would involve risks, including potentially fatal risks, for
the patients. The impact of natural disasters and terrorist
attacks is inherently uncertain. Such events could severely
damage or destroy one or more of our facilities, harm our
business, reputation and financial performance or otherwise
cause our business to suffer in ways that we currently cannot
predict.
The
efficient operation of our business is dependent on our
information systems.
We depend on several information technology systems for the
efficient functioning of our business. The software programs
supporting these systems are licensed to us by independent
software developers. Our inability, or the inability of these
developers, to continue to maintain and upgrade these
information systems and software programs could disrupt or
reduce the efficiency of our operations. In addition, costs and
potential problems and interruptions associated with the
implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with
maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also
disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. For example,
during the first quarter of 2007 we implemented an upgrade to
our general ledger system, including reorganizing our financial
database configuration, implementing a re-designed chart of
accounts and providing for the production of new financial
reports. There are inherent risks associated with modifications
to our general ledger system, including the potential for
inaccurately
capturing data as well as system disruptions. Either of these
problems, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated, could
have a negative impact on our ability to provide timely and
accurate financial reporting and have a material adverse effect
on our operations.
Risks
Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Class A
Common Stock
We are
controlled by Onex, whose interests may conflict with
yours.
Immediately following this offering, Onex, its affiliates and
our directors and members of our senior management will own
approximately 19,306,259 shares of our class B common
stock. Our class A common stock has one vote per share,
while our class B common stock has ten votes per share on
all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. After this
offering, Onex, its affiliates, our directors and members of our
senior management will control 88.2% of the combined voting
power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, Onex may
have the power to control the outcome of matters on which
stockholders are entitled to vote. These include the election
and removal of directors, the adoption or amendment of our
certificate of incorporation and by-laws, possible mergers,
corporate control contests and significant corporate
transactions. Through its control of our board of directors,
Onex will also have the ability to appoint or replace our senior
management and cause us to issue additional shares of our common
stock or repurchase common stock, declare dividends or take
other actions. Onex may make decisions regarding our company and
business that are opposed to other stockholders’ interests
or with which they disagree. Onex may also delay or prevent a
change of control of us, even if that a change of control would
benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our
stockholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their
class A common stock. The significant concentration of
stock ownership and voting power may adversely affect the
trading price of our class A common stock due to investors’
perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. To the
extent that the interests of our public stockholders are harmed
by the actions of Onex, the price of our class A common
stock may be harmed.
Additionally, Onex is in the business of making investments in
companies and currently holds, and may from time to time in the
future acquire, controlling interests in businesses engaged in
the healthcare industries that complement or directly or
indirectly compete with certain portions of our business.
Further, if it pursues such acquisitions in the healthcare
industry, those acquisition opportunities may not be available
to us. We urge you to read the discussions under the headings
“Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for further
information about the equity interests held by our Sponsor and
members of our senior management.
Our
class A common stock has no prior public market, and it is
not possible to predict how our stock will perform after this
offering.
There has not been a public market for our class A common
stock. An active trading market for our class A common
stock may not develop following this offering. You may not be
able sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading
in our class A common stock is not active. The initial
public offering price for the shares was determined by
negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters
and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the
trading market. Please see “Underwriting” for more
information regarding our arrangements with the underwriters and
the factors considered in setting the initial public offering
price.
If our
stock price is volatile, purchasers of our class A common
stock could incur substantial losses.
Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in
general often experiences substantial volatility that is
seemingly unrelated to the operating performance of particular
companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect
the trading price of our class A common stock. As a result
of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their
class A common stock at or above the initial public offering
price. The price for our class A common stock will be
determined in the marketplace and may be influenced by many
factors, including:
•
the depth and liquidity of the market for our class A
common stock;
developments generally affecting the healthcare industry;
•
investor perceptions of us and our business;
•
actions by institutional or other large stockholders;
•
strategic actions, such as acquisitions or restructurings, or
the introduction of new services by us or our competitors;
•
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws
or regulations applicable to our business;
•
litigation and governmental investigations;
•
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
•
adverse conditions in the financial markets or general economic
conditions, including those resulting from war, incidents of
terrorism and responses to such events;
•
sales of class B common stock by us or members of our
management team;
•
additions or departures of key personnel; and
•
our results of operations, financial performance and future
prospects.
These and other factors may cause the market price and demand
for our class A common stock to fluctuate substantially,
which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their
shares of class A common stock and may otherwise negatively
affect the liquidity of our class A common stock. In
addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been
volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class
action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If
any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could
incur substantial costs defending or settling the lawsuit. Such
a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our
management from our business.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or
reports about our business, if they change their recommendations
regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not
meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume
could decline.
The trading market for our class A common stock will be
influenced by the research and reports that industry or
securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or
more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to
publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the
financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or
trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the
analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or if our operating
results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could
decline.
We do
not intend to pay dividends on our class A common
stock.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our
class A common stock in the foreseeable future. We
currently anticipate that we will retain all of our available
cash, if any, for use as working capital and for other general
corporate purposes, including to service our debt and to fund
the operation and expansion of our business. Any payment of
future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings,
financial condition, capital requirements, level of
indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to
the payment of dividends and other considerations that the board
of directors deems relevant. Investors must rely on sales of
their class A common stock after price appreciation, which
may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their
investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase
our class A common stock.
You
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of the stock you purchase.
Purchasers of class A common stock in this offering will
pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the per share
value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities
and the per share price paid by our existing stockholders to
acquire shares of our common stock. Accordingly, based upon the
initial public
offering price of $15.50 per share, you will experience
immediate and substantial dilution of approximately
$18.10 per share, representing the difference between our
pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect
to this offering and the initial public offering price. In
addition, purchasers of class A common stock in this
offering will have contributed approximately 36.7% of the
aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but
will own only approximately 22.6% of our common stock
outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution.”
Failure
to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in
accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could
result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause
investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our
company and have a material adverse effect on our business and
stock price.
We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance
with the requirements of GAAP, but our internal accounting
controls may not currently meet all standards applicable to
companies with publicly traded securities. Effective internal
controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial
reports to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate
successfully as a publicly traded company. As a public company,
we will be required to document and test our internal control
procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or
Section 404, which will require annual management
assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over
financial reporting and a report by our independent registered
public accounting firm that addresses both management’s
assessments and our internal controls. This requirement will
apply to us starting with our annual report for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Our fiscal 2006 audit revealed that a significant deficiency
existed in the documentation of our internal control design and
that evidence of the functioning and effectiveness of key
controls did not exist for our significant accounts and
processes for 2006. In addition, our fiscal 2005 audit revealed
a reportable condition in our internal controls over our
financial closing and reporting processes. A reportable
condition or a significant deficiency is a control deficiency,
or combination of deficiencies, that adversely affects a
company’s ability to initiate, authorize, record, process
or report external financial data reliably in accordance with
GAAP such that there is a more than remote likelihood that a
misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial
statements that is more than inconsequential will not be
prevented or detected. In particular, we and our independent
registered public accounting firm identified numerous
post-closing adjustments to our financial statements as part of
the 2005 audit and the 2006 interim review process. In addition,
during our second quarter of 2006 closing review and as we
prepared to register the issuance of new 11% senior
subordinated notes in an exchange offer for our private
11% senior subordinated notes, we identified certain
accounting errors in our financial statements for the three
years ended December 31, 2005 and the first quarter of
2006. These errors primarily related to purchase accounting
entries made in connection with the Transactions. As a result of
discovering these errors, we undertook a further review of our
historical financial statements and identified adjustments to
additional accounts. Following this review, our board of
directors and independent registered public accounting firm
concluded that an amendment of our annual report to holders of
our 11% senior subordinated notes, which included the
restatement of our financial statements for the three years
ended December 31, 2005, and an amendment of our quarterly
report to holders of our 11% senior subordinated notes for
the first quarter of 2006, which included a restatement of our
financial statements therein, was necessary. We are in the
process of remediating the significant deficiency identified
above in order to help prevent and detect further errors in the
financial statement closing and reporting process. We are doing
this by hiring staff with the appropriate experience, upgrading
our general ledger system to produce timely and accurate
financial information and performing an evaluation of our
internal controls and remediating where necessary. We have
implemented many of these measures, and we intend to implement
other measures to improve our internal control over financial
reporting. If these measures are insufficient to address the
issues raised, or if we discover additional internal control
deficiencies, we may fail to meet reporting requirements
established by the Securities and Exchange Commission and our
reporting obligations under the terms of our existing or future
indebtedness, our financial statements may contain material
misstatements and require restatement and our business and
operating results may be harmed.
The restatement of previously issued financial statements could
also expose us to legal risk. The defense of any such actions
could cause the diversion of management’s attention and
resources, and we could be required to pay damages to settle
such actions if any such actions are not resolved in our favor.
Even if resolved in our favor, such actions could cause us to
incur significant legal and other expenses. Moreover, we may be
the subject of negative publicity focusing on the financial
statement inaccuracies and resulting restatement and negative
reactions from our stockholders, creditors or others with which
we do business. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could
harm our business and reputation and cause the price of our
securities, including our class A common stock, to decline.
As we prepare to comply with Section 404, we may identify
significant deficiencies or errors, that we may not be able to
remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with
Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls can
divert our management’s attention from other matters that
are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on
an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our
independent registered public accounting firm may not be able or
willing to issue a favorable assessment if we conclude that our
internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If
either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal
controls over financial reporting or our independent registered
public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an
unqualified report as required by Section 404, investors
could lose confidence in our reported financial information and
our company, which could result in a decline in the market price
of our class A common stock, and cause us to fail to meet
our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could
impact our ability to raise additional financing if needed in
the future.
If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in
a timely manner, we may also be subject to sanctions or
investigation by regulatory authorities such as the Securities
and Exchange Commission or The New York Stock Exchange.
The
requirements of being a public company, including compliance
with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the
requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, may strain our
resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we
may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or
cost-effective manner.
As a public company, we will need to comply with laws,
regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and
requirements of The New York Stock Exchange, with which we are
not required to comply as a private company. As a result, we
will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that
we did not incur as a private company. Complying with these
statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant
amount of the time of our board of directors and management,
will require us to have additional finance and accounting staff,
may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified
officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to
serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more
difficult, time consuming and costly. We will need to:
•
institute a more comprehensive compliance function;
•
establish new internal policies, such as those relating to
disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;
•
design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal
control over financial reporting in compliance with the
requirements of Section 404 and the related rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
•
prepare and distribute periodic reports in compliance with our
obligations under the federal securities laws;
•
involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and
accountants in the above activities; and
•
establish an investor relations function.
If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and
effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial
reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting
companies could be impaired. If our finance and accounting
personnel insufficiently support us in fulfilling these
public-company compliance
obligations, or if we are unable to hire adequate finance and
accounting personnel, we could face significant legal liability,
which could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if we identify
any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if
we or our independent registered public accountants identified a
material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal
control over financial reporting), we could incur additional
costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues
could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor
perceptions of us.
In addition, we also expect that being a public company subject
to these rules and regulations will require us to modify our
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required
to accept reduced policy limits or incur substantially higher
costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These factors
could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain
qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to
serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.
Substantial
future sales of our class A or class B common stock in
the public market may cause the price of our stock to
decline.
If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our
class A, or class B common stock, or the public market
perceives that stockholders might sell substantial amounts of
our class A common stock, the market price of our
class A common stock could decline significantly. Such
sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or
equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that
we deem appropriate. Upon the completion of this offering, we
will have outstanding approximately 16,666,666 shares of
class A common stock and 20,230,928 shares of class B
common stock, based upon the assumptions described in “The
Offering.” Of these shares, all of the shares of
class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely
tradable without restriction or further registration under the
federal securities laws, unless purchased by our
“affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act of 1933. All shares of class B common
stock (which will convert into shares of class A common
stock if transferred to holders other than our current
stockholders, which includes Onex, our management group and
certain of their affiliates), will be available for sale in the
public market pursuant to Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 under
the Securities Act of 1933 beginning on the date when the
lock-up
agreements between the underwriters and our current stockholders
expire, which we currently expect will be on the 180th day
after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under
certain circumstances. Additionally, the underwriters may
release all or a portion of these shares subject to
lock-up
agreements at any time prior to this 180th day. We describe
the lock-ups and the manner in which these shares may be resold
in greater detail under “Shares Eligible for Future
Sale.” Furthermore, we may sell additional shares of our
common stock in subsequent public offerings. The market price of
our class A common stock could decline as a result of any
sales by us or our existing stockholders in the market after
this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur.
Upon the completion of this offering, our current stockholders
will hold 20,230,928 shares of class B common stock
(or 17,730,928 shares if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full) and will be entitled to certain
rights to demand the registration of 20,082,506 shares of
class B common stock (which will convert into shares of
class A common stock if transferred to holders other than
our current stockholders, which includes Onex, our management
group and certain of their affiliates), held by them and to
include their shares for registration in certain registration
statements that we may file under the Securities Act of 1933
after the completion of this offering. Once we register these
shares, they may be freely sold in the public market upon
issuance, subject to the
lock-up
agreements described in “Underwriting” and the
restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144. We
may issue shares of our common stock, or other securities, from
time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and
investments. In the event any such acquisition or investment is
significant, the number of shares of our common stock or the
number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of
other securities that we may issue may also be significant. We
may also grant registration rights covering those shares or
other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and
investments. Any additional capital raised through the sale of
our equity securities may dilute your percentage ownership of us.
We
will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of
The New York Stock Exchange rules and, as a result, will qualify
for and will rely on exemptions from certain corporate
governance requirements.
Upon completion of this offering, Onex and its affiliates will
continue to control a majority of the voting power of our
outstanding common stock and we will be a “controlled
company” within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange
corporate governance standards. Under The New York Stock
Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting
power is held by another person or group of persons acting
together is a “controlled company” and may elect not
to comply with certain New York Stock Exchange corporate
governance requirements, including the requirements that:
•
a majority of the board of directors consist of independent
directors;
•
the nominating and corporate governance committee be entirely
composed of independent directors with a written charter
addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
•
the compensation committee be entirely composed of independent
directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s
purpose and responsibilities; and
•
there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and
corporate governance and compensation committees.
Following this offering, we intend to elect to be treated as a
controlled company and thus utilize these exemptions, including
the exemption for a board composed of a majority of independent
directors. In addition, although we will have adopted charters
for our audit, nominating and corporate governance and
compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance
evaluations for these committees, none of these committees will
be composed entirely of independent directors immediately
following the completion of this offering. We will rely on the
phase-in rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The
New York Stock Exchange with respect to the independence of our
audit committee. These rules permit us to have an audit
committee that has one member that is independent upon the
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are
independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that
are independent within one year thereafter. Accordingly, you may
not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of
companies that are subject to all of The New York Stock
Exchange corporate governance requirements.
Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and
Delaware law will contain provisions that could discourage
transactions resulting in a change in control, which may
negatively affect the market price of our class A common
stock.
In addition to the effect that the concentration of ownership by
our significant stockholders may have, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws
will contain provisions that may enable our management to resist
a change in control. These provisions may discourage, delay or
prevent a change in the ownership of our company or a change in
our management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our
stockholders. In addition, these provisions could limit the
price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for
shares of our class A common stock. Such provisions, to be
set forth in our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation or amended and restated bylaws effective upon the
completion of this offering, include:
•
our board of directors will be authorized, without prior
stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock,
commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock,
with rights senior to those of class A common stock and
class B common stock;
•
advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate
individuals to serve on our board of directors or to submit
proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;
provided, that prior to the date that the total number of
outstanding shares of class B common stock is less than 10%
of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, which
we refer to as the Transition Date, no such requirement is
required for holders of at least 10% of our outstanding
class B common stock;
our board will be classified so not all members of our board are
elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a
person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding
voting stock to replace our directors;
•
following the Transition Date, stockholder action by written
consent will be prohibited;
•
special meetings of the stockholders will be permitted to be
called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief
executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;
•
stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for
the election of directors;
•
newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the
authorized number of directors or vacancies on our board of
directors will be filled only by majority vote of the remaining
directors;
•
our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make,
alter or repeal our bylaws; and
•
stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws only upon
receiving at least
662/3%
of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding
shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class.
After the Transition Date, we will also be subject to the
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business
combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our
outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our
amended and rested certificate of incorporation, amended and
restated bylaws and Delaware law could discourage acquisition
proposals and make it more difficult or expensive for
stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our
board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our
then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding
a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. Any delay
or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in
our board of directors could cause the market price of our
class A common stock to decline.
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Any
statements contained herein that are not statements of
historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements.
Without limiting the foregoing, the words,
“anticipates,”“plans,”“expects,”“estimates,”“assumes,”“could,”“projects,”“intends,”“may,”“continue” or the negative of these and similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
Examples of such forward-looking statements include our
expectations with respect to our strategy, expansion
opportunities, extension of our business model and future
growth. These forward-looking statements are based on current
expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, our
future performance, our business, our beliefs and
management’s assumptions. We believe that our expectations
are based upon reasonable beliefs, assumptions and information
available to our management at the time the statements are made,
however, such forward-looking statements involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which
are beyond our control, that may cause our actual results,
performance or achievements, or industry results, to be
materially different from any future results, performance or
achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking
statements.
Numerous factors may affect our actual results and may cause
results to differ materially from those expressed in
forward-looking statements made by or on our behalf. Factors
that may cause such differences include, among others:
•
changes in Medicare and Medicaid payment levels and
methodologies, including annual therapy caps, and the
application of such methodologies by the government and its
fiscal intermediaries;
•
the effect of government regulations and changes in regulations
governing the healthcare industry, including our compliance with
such regulations;
•
periodic reviews, audits and investigations by federal and state
agencies;
•
our ability to obtain and maintain individual state facility
licenses to operate;
•
changes in, or the failure to comply with, regulations governing
the transmission and privacy of health information;
•
pending or threatened litigation and professional liability
claims;
•
national and local economic conditions, including their effect
on the availability and cost of labor, utilities and materials;
•
future cost containment initiatives by third-party payors;
•
demographic changes and changes in payor mix and payment
methodologies;
•
our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
•
our ability to maintain and increase census (volume of
residents) levels;
•
the competitive environment in which we operate;
•
our ability to obtain adequate insurance coverage with
financially viable insurance carriers, as well as the ability of
our insurance carriers to fulfill their obligations;
•
changes in the current trends in the costs and volume of
patient-care related claims, workers’ compensation claims
and insurance costs related to such claims;
•
our ability to maintain good relationships with referral sources;
•
further consolidation in the industry in which we operate;
•
liquidity concerns, including as a result of delays in
reimbursement;
•
our ability to integrate acquisitions and realize synergies and
accretion;
the failure to comply with environmental and occupational health
and safety regulations;
•
unionization, work stoppages or slowdowns;
•
acts of God or public authorities, war, civil unrest, terrorism,
fire, floods, earthquakes and other matters beyond our control;
•
our existing and future debt, which may affect our ability to
obtain financing in the future or to comply with our existing
debt covenants;
•
our ability to improve our fundamental business processes and
reduce costs throughout the organization; and
•
the availability and terms of capital to fund acquisitions,
capital expenditures and ongoing operations.
The foregoing factors are not exhaustive, and new factors may
emerge or changes to the foregoing factors may occur that could
materially affect our business. For additional information
regarding factors that may cause our results of operations to
differ materially from those presented herein, please see
“Risk Factors” contained in this prospectus. Any
subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements
attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly
qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set
forth or referred to above, as well as the risk factors
contained in this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation
to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking
statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of
this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events, except as may be required under applicable securities
law.
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our
class A common stock in this offering will be approximately
$116.8 million, at the initial public offering price of
$15.50 per share, after deducting the underwriting
discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses
payable by us. The shares of class A common stock that may
be purchased upon exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option are shares held by existing stockholders and are not
additional shares issuable by us. We will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
We will use all of the net proceeds from this offering to:
•
redeem $70.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11%
senior subordinated notes, due January 15, 2014 for an
aggregate redemption price, including accrued interest, of
approximately $81.7 million; and
•
reduce the outstanding balance of our first lien revolving
credit facility, using any remaining proceeds.
As of March 31, 2007, we owed $255.5 million under our
first lien term loan and $55.0 million under our first lien
revolving credit facility. Borrowings under these facilities
bear interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount at a
rate equal to an applicable margin (as described below) plus, at
our option, either:
•
a base rate determined by reference to the higher of the prime
rate announced by Credit Suisse and the federal funds rate
plus one-half of 1.0%; or
•
a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate.
Prior to January 31, 2007, for term loans the applicable
margin was 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.75% for Eurodollar
rate loans. For revolving loans the applicable margin ranges
from 1.00% to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.00% to 2.75% for
Eurodollar loans, in each case based on our consolidated
leverage ratio. Loans under the swing line subfacility bear
interest at the rate applicable to base rate loans under the
revolving credit facility. For the first three months of 2007,
the average interest rate applicable to term loans and
Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.5% and 7.8%, respectively. For
the year ended December 31, 2006, the average interest rate
applicable to term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.9%
and 7.9%, respectively. For the first three months of 2007 and
for the year ended December 31, 2006, the average interest
rate applicable to revolving loans was 8.7% and 9.6%,
respectively. Effective January 31, 2007, the applicable
margin for term loans is 1.25% for base rate loans and 2.25% for
Eurodollar rate loans. Our first lien term loan matures on
June 15, 2012 and our revolving credit facility matures on
June 15, 2010.
Onex and certain members of our management used borrowings from
our 11% senior subordinated notes and our first lien term loan
to consummate the Transactions. See “Description of
Indebtedness — 11% Senior Subordinated
Notes.” Certain of the underwriters of this offering or
their affiliates are or may become holders of our 11% senior
subordinated notes and as such will receive a portion of the
proceeds of this offering to the extent they hold our
11% senior subordinated notes at the time of redemption. In
addition, affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC,
J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA), Inc.,
each an underwriter in this offering, are lenders under our
first lien secured credit facility and, as such, will receive a
portion of the proceeds of this offering. We expect the
aggregate amounts received by underwriters through the repayment
of indebtedness will be less than 9% of the total net proceeds
of the offering.
As of the completion of this offering, there will be no accrued
dividends outstanding on our preferred stock, and all
outstanding preferred stock will be converted into shares of our
class B common stock. After the completion of this
offering, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash
dividends on our class A common stock in the foreseeable
future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our
available cash, if any, for use as working capital and for other
general corporate purposes, including to service our debt and to
fund the operation and expansion of our business. Payment of
future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board
of directors and will depend on many factors, including general
economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our
financial results and condition, legal requirements and other
factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In addition,
the credit agreement governing our first lien term loan and the
indenture governing our 11% senior subordinated notes each
restrict our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and
capitalization as of March 31, 2007 as follows:
•
on an actual basis; and
•
pro forma to give effect to (a) the conversion of all
outstanding shares of our class A preferred stock into
15,928,182 shares of class B common stock concurrently
with the completion of this offering, (b) the conversion of
each share of our outstanding common stock into one share of
class B common stock, effective as of April 26, 2007,
(c) the conversion of the 8,333,333 shares of
class B common stock sold in the offering by selling
stockholders into 8,333,333 shares of class A common
stock effective concurrently with the completion of the
offering, (d) our sale of 8,333,333 shares of
class A common stock in this offering at the initial public
offering price of $15.50 per share, and the application of
the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of
Proceeds” and (e) our acquisition of three skilled
nursing facilities in Missouri in April 2007.
Assuming the completion of this offering on May 18, 2007,
and a conversion price of $15.50 (which is the offering price
shown on the front cover page of this prospectus) our
class A preferred stock will convert into
15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock
concurrently with this offering. For a discussion of the
conversion of our class A preferred stock see
“Prospectus Summary — The Offering.”
You should read the capitalization table together with “Use
of Proceeds,”“Selected Historical Consolidated
Financial Data,”“Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and our consolidated financial statements and related notes to
our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
(In thousands, except for share and per share values)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
378
$
378
Long-term debt obligations,
including current portions:
Revolving credit facility(1)
$
55,000
$
19,854
First lien term loan
255,450
255,450
Capital leases and other debt
5,530
5,530
11% senior subordinated
notes(2)
198,874
128,874
Total debt
514,854
409,708
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, 50,000 shares
authorized, with 25,000 class A convertible shares and
25,000 class B shares
Class A, $0.001 par value,
22,312 shares, issued and outstanding actual, liquidation
preference of $23,424 at March 31, 2007; no shares
outstanding pro forma
23,424
—
Class B, $0.001 par value,
no shares issued and outstanding, at March 31, 2007
actual or pro forma
—
—
Preferred stock, $0.001 par
value;
Authorized — 25,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding — no shares at March 31,2007 actual and pro forma
—
—
Common stock, $0.001 par value;
Authorized — 25,350,000 shares
Issued and outstanding — 12,636,079 shares at
March 31, 2007 actual; no shares pro forma
13
—
Class A common stock, $0.001 par
value;
Authorized —
175,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding —
no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 16,666,666 shares pro
forma
—
17
Class B common stock,
$0.001 par value;
Authorized — 30,000,000
shares
Issued and outstanding —
no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 20,230,928 shares
pro forma
—
20
Additional paid-in-capital(2)
221,882
350,428
Retained earnings
—
—
Total stockholders’ equity(2)
245,319
350,465
Total capitalization
$
760,173
$
760,173
(1)
Our revolving credit facility provides for letters of credit and
revolving credit loans. As of March 31, 2007, we had
$15.8 million available for borrowing under our revolving
credit facility, after taking into account $4.2 million of
outstanding but undrawn letters of credit and revolving credit
loans outstanding of $55.0 million. The figures in both columns
include $30.1 million drawn under our revolving credit
facility to pay for our acquisition of three skilled nursing
facilities on April 1, 2007 as the draw down had already
occurred by March 31, 2007.
(2)
Our 11% senior subordinated notes were issued at a 0.7%
discount to face value of $200 million. As of
March 31, 2007, the 11% senior subordinated notes were
recorded on our balance sheet at $198.9 million, net of
$1.1 million of unamortized original issue discount.
The information in the table above does not include
1,123,181 shares of class A common stock reserved for
future grants or issuance under our 2007 Incentive Award Plan.
If you invest in our class A common stock, your interest
will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference
between the public offering price per share of our class A
common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our
common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per
share is determined at any date by subtracting our total
liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and
dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock
deemed to be outstanding at that date.
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2007 was
approximately $(200.9) million, or $(15.90) per share,
not taking into account the conversion of our outstanding
class A preferred stock into class B common stock. Our
net tangible book value per share is equal to the sum of our
total assets of $881.6 million less intangible assets of
$446.3 million less total liabilities of
$636.2 million, divided by the number of shares of our
common stock outstanding. Assuming the completion of this
offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50
(which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of
this prospectus), our class A preferred stock will convert
into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock
concurrently with this offering. After taking into account the
automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of
class A preferred stock into class B common stock
concurrently with the completion of this offering, our net
tangible book value per share of our class A common stock
as of March 31, 2007 was approximately $(7.04) per
share. See “Prospectus Summary — The Offering”
for a description of the conversion of our class A
preferred stock.
Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the
difference between the amount paid by investors in this offering
and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock
immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving
effect to the conversion of all of our class A preferred
stock and the receipt and our intended use of approximately
$116.8 million of estimated net proceeds from our sale of
8,333,333 shares of class A common stock in this
offering at the initial public offering price of $15.50 per
share, the offering price shown on the front cover page of this
prospectus, our net tangible book value as of March 31,2007 would have been approximately $(95.8) million, or
$(2.60) per share. This represents an immediate increase in
net tangible book value of $4.44 per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of $18.10 per share
to new investors purchasing shares of class A common stock
in this offering. The following table illustrates this
substantial and immediate dilution to new investors on a per
share basis:
Initial public offering price per
share
$
15.50
Net tangible book value per share
as of March 31, 2007 after conversion of series A
convertible preferred stock
$
(7.04
)
Increase in net tangible book
value per share attributable to this offering
4.44
Net tangible book value per share
after this offering
The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2007, after
adjusting for the conversion of all of our class A
preferred stock into class B common stock, the total number
of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in
this offering, at the initial public offering price of
$15.50 per share.
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
per Share
Existing stockholders
28,564,261
77.4
%
$
222,965,000
63.3
%
$
7.81
New investors
8,333,333
22.6
129,167,000
36.7
$
15.50
Total
36,897,594
100
%
$
352,132,000
100
%
The above discussion and tables are based on
28,564,261 shares of common stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2007 and exclude 1,123,181 shares of
class A common stock reserved for future grants or issuance
under our 2007 Incentive Award Plan.
The shares of class A common stock that may be purchased
upon exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option are
shares held by existing stockholders, and are not additional
shares issuable by us. As a result, exercise by the underwriters
of the over-allotment option will have no effect on the tables
and discussion included above.
We may choose to raise additional capital due to market
conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we
have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.
To the extent we raise additional capital through the sale of
equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these
securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
We have derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement
of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 from our
audited historical consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2006 included elsewhere in this
prospectus. We have derived the unaudited pro forma balance
sheet as of March 31, 2007 and the unaudited pro forma
statement of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from our unaudited historical consolidated
financial statements as of and for the three months ended
March 31, 2007, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
pro forma financial information is qualified in its entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our
historical financial statements.
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements are adjusted, as described below, to give pro forma
effect to the following transactions, collectively the pro forma
adjustments, all of which are deemed to have occurred
simultaneously:
•
the acquisition of three skilled nursing facilities in Missouri
in April 2007 for $30.1 million, including acquisition
costs of $0.1 million, or the “April Acquisition”;
•
the acquisition of two skilled nursing facilities and one
skilled nursing and residential care facility in Missouri in
March 2006 for an aggregate purchase price of
$31.0 million, or the “Missouri Acquisitions”;
•
the acquisition of a leasehold interest in a skilled nursing
facility in Nevada in June 2006 for $2.7 million and
the acquisition of a skilled nursing facility in Missouri in
December 2006 for $8.5 million or collectively with the
April Acquisition, the “Other Acquisitions,” and
together with the Missouri Acquisitions, the
“Acquisitions”; and
•
the adjustments for this offering and the use of proceeds
therefrom, or the “Offering,” including:
•
our issuance of 8,333,333 shares of our class A common
stock at a price of $15.50 per share, which is the offering
price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus;
•
the conversion of our class A preferred stock into
15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock;
•
our receipt of the net proceeds from this offering of
approximately $116.8 million after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of
approximately $12.3 million payable by us;
•
our redemption of $70.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of our 11% senior subordinated notes for an
aggregate redemption price, including accrued interest, of
approximately $81.7 million; and
•
our use of all remaining net proceeds to reduce the outstanding
principal amount of our first lien revolving credit facility.
We describe our anticipated use of the proceeds of this
offering, including the effect of any change in our initial
public offering price and the exercise by the underwriters of
their over-allotment option, in greater detail under “Use
of Proceeds.”
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for
the three months ended March 31, 2007 gives effect to this
offering and the April Acquisition as if they had occurred on
January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended December 31,2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions and this Offering as if
they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro
forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2007 gives
effect to this Offering and the April Acquisition as if they had
occurred on March 31, 2007.
We present the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements for informational purposes only; they do not purport
to represent what our financial position or results of
operations would actually have been had the pro forma
adjustments in fact occurred on the assumed dates or to project
our financial position at any future date or results of
operations for any future period. We have based the unaudited
pro forma consolidated financial statements on the estimates and
assumptions set forth in the notes to these statements that
management believes are reasonable. In the opinion of
management, all adjustments have been made that are necessary to
present fairly the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements.
You should read the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements in conjunction with our historical consolidated
financial statements and related notes, and other financial
information and discussion included elsewhere in this
prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.” Assumptions
underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the
accompanying notes, which you should read in conjunction with
these unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31,2007
Adjustments
for the April
Adjustments for
Historical
Acquisition (B)
this Offering
Pro Forma
(In thousands, except share and per share values)
ASSETS:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
378
$
—
$
—
$
378
Accounts receivable, net
88,468
—
—
88,468
Other current assets
28,158
—
—
28,158
Total current assets
117,004
—
—
117,004
Property and equipment, net
238,549
24,320
—
262,869
Goodwill
412,894
5,829
—
418,723
Intangible assets, net
33,378
—
—
33,378
Other assets
79,728
(30,149
)
—
49,579
Total assets
$
881,553
$
—
$
—
$
881,553
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
$
50,547
$
—
$
—
$
50,547
Other current liabilities
22,505
—
—
22,505
Current portion of long-term debt
and capital leases
3,185
—
—
3,185
Total current liabilities
76,237
—
—
76,237
Long-term liabilities:
Long-term debt and capital leases,
less current portion
511,669
(A)(D)
—
(105,146
)
406,523
Other liabilities
48,328
—
—
48,328
Total liabilities
636,234
—
(105,146
)
531,088
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, 50,000 shares
authorized with 25,000 Class A convertible shares and
25,000 Class B shares
Class A, $0.001 par value;
22,312 shares, issued and outstanding actual, liquidation
preference of $23,424 at March 31, 2007; no shares
outstanding pro forma
23,424
—
(23,424
)
—
Class B, $0.001 par value;
no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007
actual or pro forma
—
—
—
—
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value;
Authorized — 25,000,000
shares
Issued and outstanding —
no shares at March 31, 2007 actual and pro forma
—
—
—
—
Common stock, $0.001 par value;
Authorized — 25,350,000
Issued and outstanding — 12,636,079 shares at
March 31, 2007 actual; no shares pro forma
13
—
(13
)
—
Class A common stock, $0.001
par value;
Authorized —
175,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding —
no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 16,666,666 shares
pro forma
—
—
17
17
Class B common stock,
$0.001 par value;
Authorized — 30,000,000
shares;
Issued and outstanding —
no shares at March 31, 2007 actual; 20,230,928 shares
pro forma
Notes to
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
(A)
The following table sets forth the anticipated uses of the
estimated $129.2 million of gross proceeds to us from this
offering (in thousands):
Redemption of 11% senior
subordinated notes(1)
$
70,000
Additional redemption price
relating to 11% senior subordinated notes
7,700
Accrued interest on 11% Senior
subordinated notes
4,002
Repayment of amounts outstanding
under first lien revolving credit facility
35,146
Underwriting discounts and
estimated transaction fees and expenses
12,319
Total
$
129,167
(1)
The 11% senior subordinated notes were issued at a 0.7%
discount to face value of $200 million. As of
March 31, 2007, the 11% senior subordinated notes were
recorded on our balance sheet at $198.9 million, net of
$1.1 million of unamortized original issue discount.
(B)
Adjustments reflect the assets acquired in connection with the
April Acquisition.
(C)
Adjustments to stockholders’ equity reflect the following
(in thousands):
Gross proceeds to us from the
offering of class A common stock
$
129,167
Underwriting discounts and
estimated transaction expenses
(12,319
)
Additional redemption price
related to 11% senior subordinated notes
(7,700
)
Accrued interest on 11% Senior
subordinated notes
(4,002
)
Total
$
105,146
(D)
Our historical balance at March 31, 2007 includes
$30.1 million in draw downs on our revolving credit
facility to purchase the facilities acquired in the April
Acquisition. The cash used to consummate the April Acquisition
was held in escrow and included in noncurrent other assets on
our balance sheet until the closing of the April Acquisitions.
These adjustments reflect the operating income and expenses of
the facilities acquired in the April Acquisition for the period
presented, including interest expense on borrowing incurred to
finance the acquisition.
(B)
The pro forma adjustment to interest expense reflects the
decrease of interest expense as a result of the use of net
proceeds from this offering of approximately $116.8 million
to repay certain existing indebtedness. The components to this
adjustment to interest expense, net are as follows:
These adjustments reflect the operating income and expenses of
the facilities acquired in the Missouri Acquisitions for the
period presented.
(B)
These adjustments reflect the operating income and expenses of
the facilities acquired in the Other Acquisitions for the period
presented, including interest expense on borrowing incurred to
finance the acquisition.
(C)
The pro forma adjustment to interest expense reflects the
decrease of interest expense as a result of the use of net
proceeds from this offering of approximately $116.8 million
to repay certain existing indebtedness. The components to this
adjustment to interest expense, net are as follows:
The following tables set forth our selected historical
consolidated financial data. We derived the selected historical
consolidated financial data for each of the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, from our audited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We
derived the selected historical consolidated financial data for
the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and as of
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 from our audited
consolidated financial statements not included in this
prospectus. We derived our selected historical consolidated
financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2007
and 2006 and as of March 31, 2007 from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Our selected historical consolidated statements of
operations have been recast to reflect our California pharmacy
business, which we sold in March 2005, as discontinued
operations. The unaudited historical consolidated financial
statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our
audited historical consolidated financial statements and include
all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our
financial position and results of operations for these periods.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future
performance. Operating results for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be expected for the entire year ended
December 31, 2007. Due to the effect of the Transactions on
the recorded amounts of assets, liabilities and
stockholders’ equity, our financial statements prior to the
Transactions are not comparable to our financial statements
subsequent to the Transactions. You should read the information
set forth below in conjunction with other sections of this
prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of
Operations,” and our consolidated historical financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Long-term debt (including current
portion and the revolving credit facility)
514,854
469,055
463,309
280,885
254,040
224,406
Total stockholders’ equity
(deficit)
245,319
240,648
222,927
(50,475
)
(82,313
)
(69,440
)
Notes
(1)
Pro forma net income per class A common share gives effect
to the conversion of our class A preferred stock into
approximately 15,928,182 shares of class B common
stock, which will occur concurrently with the completion of this
offering, assuming the completion of this offering on
May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50, which is
the offering price shown on the front cover page of this
prospectus.
(2)
We define EBITDA as net income before depreciation, amortization
and interest expenses (net of interest income and other) and the
provision for (benefit from) income taxes. EBITDA margin is
EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA by
adjusting EBITDA (each to the extent applicable in the
appropriate period) for:
•
discontinued operations, net of tax;
•
the effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax;
•
the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge;
•
reversal of a charge related to the decertification of a
facility;
•
gains or losses on sale of assets;
•
provision for the impairment of long-lived assets;
•
the write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt;
•
reorganization expenses; and
•
fees and expenses related to the Transactions.
We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
provide useful information to investors regarding our
operational performance because they enhance an investor’s
overall understanding of the financial performance and prospects
for the future of our core business activities. Specifically, we
believe that a report of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide
consistency in our financial reporting and provides a basis for
the comparison of results of core business operations between
our current, past and future periods. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
are two of the primary indicators management uses for planning
and forecasting in future periods, including trending and
analyzing the core operating performance of our business from
period-to-period without the effect of GAAP expenses, revenues
and gains that are unrelated to the day-to-day performance of
our business. We also use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to
benchmark the performance of our business against expected
results, analyzing year-over-year trends, as described below,
and to compare our operating performance to that of our
competitors.
Management uses both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess the
performance of our core business operations, to prepare
operating budgets and to measure our performance against those
budgets on a corporate, segment and a facility by facility
level. We typically use Adjusted EBITDA for these purposes at
the corporate level (because the adjustments to EBITDA are not
generally allocable to any
individual business unit) and we typically use EBITDA to compare
the operating performance of each skilled nursing and assisted
living facility, as well as to assess the performance of our
operating segments: long term care services, which includes the
operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities;
and ancillary services, which includes our rehabilitation
therapy and hospice businesses. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are
useful in this regard because they do not include such costs as
interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization
expense and special charges, which may vary from business unit
to business unit and period-to-period depending upon various
factors, including the method used to finance the business, the
amount of debt that we have determined to incur, whether a
facility is owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a
facility or business, the original purchase price of a facility
or business unit or the tax law of the state in which a business
unit operates. These types of charges are dependent on factors
unrelated to our underlying business. As a result, we believe
that the use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide a meaningful
and consistent comparison of our underlying business between
periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP which have
little or no significance in our
day-to-day
operations.
We also make capital allocations to each of our facilities based
on expected EBITDA returns and establish compensation programs
and bonuses for our executive management and facility level
employees that are based upon the achievement of pre-established
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA targets.
We also use Adjusted EBITDA to determine compliance with our
debt covenants and assess our ability to borrow additional funds
and to finance or expand our operations. The credit agreement
governing our first lien term loan uses a measure substantially
similar to Adjusted EBITDA as the basis for determining
compliance with our financial covenants, specifically our
minimum interest coverage ratio and our maximum total leverage
ratio, and for determining the interest rate of our first lien
term loan. The indenture governing our 11% senior
subordinated notes also uses a substantially similar measurement
for determining the amount of additional debt we may incur. For
example, both our credit facility and the indenture for the
11% senior subordinated notes include adjustments for
(i) gain or losses on the sale of assets, (ii) the
write-off of deferred financing costs of extinguished debt;
(iii) reorganization expenses; and (iv) fees and
expenses related to the Transactions. Our non-compliance with
these financial covenants could lead to acceleration of amounts
under our credit facility. In addition, if we cannot satisfy
certain financial covenants under the indenture for our
11% senior subordinated notes, we cannot engage in
specified activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness
or making certain payments. We are currently in compliance with
our debt covenants.
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our
underlying business, maintaining our financial requirements,
designing incentive compensation and for our goal setting both
on an aggregate and facility level basis, EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures that have no standardized
meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA measures have limitations as analytical tools, and they
should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
•
they do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future
requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
•
they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our
working capital needs;
•
they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash
requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, on our debt;
•
they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required
to make;
•
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not
reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
•
they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items
that are reflected in our consolidated statements of cash flows;
they do not reflect the impact on earnings of charges resulting
from certain matters we consider not to be indicative of our
on-going operations; and
•
other companies in our industry may calculate these measures
differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as
comparative measures.
We compensate for these limitations by using them only to
supplement both net income (loss) and consolidated cash flow on
a basis prepared in conformance with GAAP in order to provide a
more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting
our business. We strongly encourage investors to consider both
net income (loss) and cash flows determined under GAAP as
compared to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, and to perform their own
analysis, as appropriate.
The following table provides a reconciliation from our net
income (loss) (including the pro forma presentations thereof),
which is the most directly comparable financial measure
presented in accordance with GAAP for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Successor
Successor
Successor
Predecessor
Predecessor
Predecessor
Predecessor
2007
2006
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
(Unaudited)
(In thousands)
Net income (loss)
$
4,654
$
4,102
$
17,337
$
33,938
$
16,521
$
(13,946
)
$
706
Plus
Provision for (benefit from) income
taxes
3,378
2,601
12,204
(13,048
)
4,421
(1,645
)
—
Depreciation and amortization
3,961
3,674
13,897
9,991
8,597
8,069
7,947
Interest expense, net of interest
income
11,765
10,841
45,090
26,680
21,581
27,339
24,587
EBITDA
23,758
21,218
88,528
57,561
51,120
19,817
33,240
Discontinued operations, net of
tax(a)
—
—
—
(14,740
)
(2,789
)
(1,966
)
(2,851
)
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax(b)
—
—
—
1,628
—
12,261
—
Change in fair value of interest
rate hedge(c)
33
21
197
165
926
1,006
—
Reversal of charge related to
decertification of a facility(d)
—
—
—
—
—
(2,734
)
—
Gain on sale of assets(e)
—
—
—
(980
)
—
—
—
Write-off of deferred financing
costs of extinguished debt(f)
—
—
—
16,626
7,858
4,111
—
Reorganization expenses(g)
—
—
—
1,007
1,444
12,964
12,304
Expenses related to the
Transactions(h)
—
—
—
16,511
—
—
—
Adjusted EBITDA
$
23,791
$
21,239
$
88,725
$
77,778
$
58,559
$
45,459
$
42,693
Notes
(a)
In March 2005, we sold our California-based institutional
pharmacy business and, therefore, the results of operations of
our California-based pharmacy business have been classified as
discontinued operations. As our pharmacy business has been sold,
these amounts are no longer part of our core operating business.
(b)
In 2005, we recorded the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle as a result of our adoption of FIN
No. 47. In 2003, we recorded the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principle as a result of our adoption of
SFAS No. 150, which requires that financial instruments
issued in the form of shares that are mandatorily redeemable be
classified as liabilities. While these
items are required under GAAP, they are not reflective of the
operating income and losses of our underlying business.
(c)
Changes in fair value of an interest rate hedge are unrelated to
our core operating activities and we believe that adjusting for
these amounts allows us to focus on actual operating costs at
our facilities.
(d)
In 2003, we reversed a charge recorded in 2000 related to a
facility decertification from the Medicare and Medicaid
programs. We appealed the decertification decision and in
November 2002 reached a settlement for a recertification,
resulting in the recovery of previously uncompensated care
expenses in the amount of approximately $2.7 million. We
believe our reversal of this charge is appropriate as the amount
relates to a charge previously recorded in 2000. Even though the
reversal is appropriate under GAAP, this amount is not
reflective our of true operating income for 2003.
(e)
While gains or losses on sales of assets are required under
GAAP, these amounts are also not reflective of income and losses
of our underlying business.
(f)
Reflects deferred financing costs that were expensed in
connection with the prepayment of previously outstanding debt,
and deferred financing costs that were expensed upon prepayment
of our second lien senior secured term loan in connection with
the Transactions. Write-offs for deferred financing costs are
the result of distinct capital structure decisions made by our
management and are unrelated to our
day-to-day
operations.
(g)
Represents expenses incurred in connection with our
Chapter 11 reorganization. We believe that reorganization
expenses will be immaterial in 2007 and, upon acceptance of our
final petition by the bankruptcy court, which we expect will
occur in 2007, we will no longer incur reorganization expenses.
As a result, we do not believe that these expenses are
reflective of the performance of our core operating business.
(h)
Represents (1) $0.2 million in fees paid by us in
connection with the Transactions for valuation services and an
acquisition audit; (2) our forgiveness in connection with
the completion of the Transactions of a $2.5 million note
issued to us in March 1998 by our then-Chairman of the Board,
William Scott; (3) a $4.8 million bonus award expense
incurred in December 2005 upon the completion of the
Transactions pursuant to Trigger Event cash bonus agreements
between us and our Chief Financial Officer, John King, and our
Executive Vice President and President Ancillary Subsidiaries,
Mark Wortley, in order to compensate them similarly to the
economic benefit received by other executive officers who had
previously purchased restricted stock; and (4) non-cash
stock compensation charges of $9.0 million incurred in
connection with restricted stock granted to certain of our
senior executives. As these expenses relate solely to the
Transactions, we do not expect to incur these types of expenses
in the future.
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations is intended to assist in
understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes
in our results of operations and financial condition. Historical
results may not indicate future performance. Our forward-looking
statements reflect our current views about future events, are
based on assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks
and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those contemplated by these statements. See
“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”
for a discussion of risks associated with reliance on
forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause differences
between actual results and those contemplated by forward-looking
statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in
“Risk Factors.” Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should
be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical
Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Business
Overview
We are a provider of integrated long-term healthcare services
through our skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation
therapy business. We also provide other related healthcare
services, including assisted living care and hospice care. We
focus on providing high-quality care to our patients and we have
a strong reputation for treating patients who require a high
level of skilled nursing care and extensive rehabilitation
therapy, whom we refer to as high-acuity patients. As of
April 1, 2007 we owned or leased 64 skilled nursing
facilities and 13 assisted living facilities, together
comprising approximately 8,900 licensed beds. We currently own
approximately 75% of our facilities, which are located in
California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada and are generally
clustered in large urban or suburban markets. For the first
three months of 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006,
our skilled nursing facilities, including our integrated
rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, generated
approximately 84.4% and 85.5%, respectively, of our revenue,
with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare
services.
In the first three months of 2007 and the year ended
December 31, 2006, our revenue was $144.7 million and
$531.7 million, respectively. To increase our revenue we
focus on improving our skilled mix, which is the percentage of
our patient population that is eligible to receive Medicare and
managed care reimbursements. Medicare and managed care payors
typically provide higher reimbursement than other payors because
patients in these programs typically require a greater level of
care and service. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6%
for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007. Our high
skilled mix also results in a high quality mix, which is our
percentage of non-Medicaid revenues. We have increased our
quality mix from 61.4% in 2004 to 70.5% for the first three
months of 2007. In the first three months of 2007, our net
income was $4.7 million, our EBITDA was $23.8 million
and our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.8 million. In 2006, our net
income was $17.3 million, our EBITDA was $88.5 million
and our Adjusted EBITDA was $88.7 million. We define EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA, provide a reconciliation of EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) (the most directly
comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP),
and discuss our uses of, and the limitations associated with the
use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in footnote 2 to
“Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data.”
We operate our business in two reportable operating segments:
long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled
nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most
significant portion of our business, and ancillary services,
which include our rehabilitation therapy and hospice businesses.
The “other” category includes general and
administrative items and eliminations.
In December 2005, Onex, certain members of our management and
Baylor Health Care System, together the rollover investors, and
other associates and affiliates of Onex purchased our business
in a merger for $645.7 million. Onex, its affiliates and
associates, and the rollover investors funded the purchase
price, related transaction costs and an increase of cash on our
balance sheet with equity contributions of approximately
$222.9 million, the issuance and sale of
$200.0 million principal amount of our 11% senior
subordinated notes and the incurrence and assumption of
$259.4 million in term loan debt. Immediately after the
merger, Onex and its affiliates and associates, on the one hand,
and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held
approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our outstanding
capital stock, not including restricted stock issued to
management at the time of the Transactions.
As a result of the merger, our assets and liabilities were
adjusted to their estimated fair value as of the closing of the
merger. The excess of total purchase price over the fair value
of our tangible and identifiable intangible assets was allocated
to goodwill in the amount of approximately $396.0 million,
which is subject to an annual impairment test. We refer to the
transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, the equity
contributions, the financings and use of proceeds of the
financings, collectively, as the “Transactions.” We
describe the Transactions in greater detail under “Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions — The
Transactions.”
Acquisitions,
Divestitures and Development Activities
From the beginning of 2004 through December 31, 2006, we
have acquired the real estate or a leasehold interest or entered
into long-term leases for 22 skilled nursing and assisted living
facilities across four states. During this time period, we also
sold one skilled nursing facility and one assisted living
facility.
In 2004, we entered into a capital lease with a purchase option
for a skilled nursing facility in Fullerton, California with 59
beds, along with an operating lease for a new 190 bed skilled
nursing facility in Summerlin, Nevada, near Las Vegas, Nevada.
In December 2004, we acquired seven skilled nursing facilities
and eight assisted living facilities in Kansas, which we refer
to as the Vintage Park group of facilities, for
$42.0 million in cash, our largest acquisition to date, and
assumed operation of these facilities on January 1, 2005.
As of December 31, 2006, the Vintage Park group of
facilities had 838 licensed beds.
In 2005, we sold an assisted living facility in California with
230 licensed beds and a skilled nursing facility in Texas
with 119 licensed beds, for an aggregate sales price of
$4.6 million in cash.
On March 1, 2006, we purchased two skilled nursing
facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility
in Missouri for $31.0 million in cash; on June 16,2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest in a skilled
nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for $2.7 million in
cash and on December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled
nursing facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash. These
facilities added approximately 666 beds to our operations.
On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and
related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing
facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. Changing
this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net
change in the number of beds.
In March of 2007 we completed construction on an assisted living
facility in Ottawa, Kansas for a total cost of approximately
$2.8 million. This facility added 47 beds to our
operations.
On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property,
tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and
licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri
for $30.1 million in cash. We also assumed certain
liabilities under associated operating contracts. The
transaction added approximately 426 beds and 24 unlicensed
apartments to our operations. The acquisition was financed by
draw downs of $30.1 million on our revolving credit
facility.
We are currently developing three skilled nursing facilities in
the Dallas/Fort Worth greater metropolitan area. We expect the
total costs for development to be between $38 million and
$43 million and that all of the facilities will be
completed by April 2009. Upon completion we expect these
facilities to add in aggregate approximately 360 to
410 beds to our operations.
We are also developing an assisted living facility in the
greater Kansas City area. We estimate that the costs for this
project will be approximately $4.4 million. We expect this
facility to be completed in September 2008 and to add
approximately 40 to 50 new beds to our operations.
Discontinued
Operations
On March 31, 2005, we completed the disposition of our
California pharmacy business, which comprised two institutional
pharmacies in southern California, in a sale to Kindred Pharmacy
Services for approximately $31.5 million in cash. We
continue to hold our joint venture interest in an institutional
pharmacy in Austin, Texas. Our consolidated statements of
operations reflect our California pharmacy business, which we
sold in March 2005, as discontinued operations.
The following table sets forth selected financial data of our
discontinued operations.
On October 2, 2001, we and 19 of our subsidiaries filed
voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California, Los Angeles Division, or
the bankruptcy court. On November 28, 2001, our remaining
three subsidiaries also filed voluntary petitions for protection
under Chapter 11. From the date we filed the petition with
the bankruptcy court through December 31, 2005, we incurred
reorganization expenses totaling approximately
$32.5 million. There were no material reorganization
expenses in 2006.
Upon emerging from bankruptcy on August 19, 2003, we repaid
or restructured all of our indebtedness in full, paying all
accrued interest expenses and issuing 5.0% of our common stock
to holders of our then outstanding
111/4% senior
subordinated notes.
The financial difficulties that led to our filing under
Chapter 11 were caused by a combination of industry and
company specific factors. Effective in 1997, the federal
government fundamentally changed the reimbursement system for
skilled nursing operators, which had a significant adverse
effect on the cash flows of many providers, including ours. Soon
thereafter, we also began to experience significant
industry-wide increases in our labor costs and professional
liability and other insurance costs that adversely affected our
operating results.
In late 2000, one of our facilities was temporarily decertified
from the Medicare and Medicaid programs for alleged regulatory
compliance reasons, causing a significant loss and delay in
receipt of revenue at this facility. During this time, we were
also subject to an unrelated significant adverse professional
liability judgment. These events occurred as the amortization of
principal payments on our then outstanding senior debt
substantially increased. To preserve resources for our
operations, we discontinued amortization payments on our senior
debt and interest payments on our subordinated debt and began to
negotiate with our lenders to restructure our balance sheet.
Early in the fourth quarter of 2001, before we
could reach an agreement with our lenders, the plaintiff in our
professional liability litigation placed a lien on our assets,
including our cash. With our ability to operate severely
restricted, we filed for protection under Chapter 11. We
were ultimately able to settle the professional liability claim
for an amount that was fully covered by insurance proceeds.
Following our petition for protection under Chapter 11, we
and our subsidiaries continued to operate our businesses as
debtors-in-possession,
subject to the jurisdiction of the bankruptcy court through
August 19, 2003. While in bankruptcy we retained a new
management team that:
•
emphasized quality of care;
•
recruited experienced facility level management and nursing
staff;
•
accelerated revenue growth by improving census and payor mix by
focusing on higher acuity patients;
•
managed corporate and facility level operating expenses by
streamlining support processes and eliminating redundant costs;
•
expanded our corporate infrastructure by establishing a risk
management team, legal department and human resources
department; and
•
implemented a new information technology system to provide rapid
data delivery for management decision making.
Key
Performance Indicators
We manage our business by monitoring certain key performance
indicators that affect our revenue and profitability. The most
important key performance indicators for our business are:
•
Skilled mix — the number of Medicare and
non-Medicaid
managed care patient days at our skilled nursing facilities
divided by the total number of patient days at our skilled
nursing facilities for any given period.
•
EBITDA — net income (loss) before depreciation,
amortization and interest expenses and the provision for income
taxes. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA means EBITDA as adjusted
for non-core operating items. See footnote 2 to
“Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical and
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for an
explanation of the adjustments and a description of our uses of,
and the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA.
•
Average daily rates — revenue per patient per
day for Medicare or managed care, Medicaid and private pay and
other, calculated as total revenues for Medicare or managed
care, Medicaid and private pay and other at our skilled nursing
facilities divided by actual patient days for that revenue
source for any given period.
•
Quality mix — the amount of non-Medicaid
revenue from each of our business units as a percentage of total
revenue. In most states, Medicaid is the least attractive payor
source, as rates are generally the lowest of all payor types.
•
Occupancy percentage — the average daily ratio
during a measurement period of the total number of residents
occupying a bed in a skilled nursing facility to the number of
available beds in the skilled nursing facility. During any
measurement period, the number of licensed beds in a skilled
nursing facility that are actually available to us may be less
than the actual licensed bed capacity due to, among other
things, bed decertifications.
•
Percentage of facilities owned — the number of
skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities that
we own as a percentage of the total number of facilities. We
believe that our success is influenced by the level of ownership
of the facilities we operate.
Average daily number of patients — the total
number of patients at our skilled nursing facilities in a period
divided by the number of days in that period.
•
Number of facilities and licensed beds — the
total number of skilled nursing facilities and assisted living
facilities that we own or operate and the total number of
licensed beds associated with these facilities.
The following table summarizes our key performance indicators,
along with other statistics, for each of the dates or periods
indicated (unaudited):
Excludes the Vintage Park group of facilities that we acquired
on December 31, 2004 and began operations on
January 1, 2005, and our Summerlin, Nevada facility for
which we acquired an operating lease on September 30, 2004
and that was under construction for the remainder of 2004.
(2)
Occupancy percentage was 86.6% excluding Summerlin, Nevada,
which was in
start-up
phase in 2005.
(3)
As of January 1, 2006, the resource utilization group, or
RUG, categories were expanded from 44 to 53. This measures the
percentage of our Medicare days that were generated by patients
for whom we are reimbursed under one of the nine highest paying
RUG categories.
(4)
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures of our
performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance
with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income before depreciation,
amortization and interest expenses (net of interest income and
other) and the provision for (benefit from) income taxes. See
footnote 2 to “Prospectus Summary — Summary
Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data” for a description of our use of, and the limitations
associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. See
footnote 2 to “Selected Historical Consolidated
Financial Data” for a reconciliation to net income, which
is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in
accordance with GAAP.
(5)
Effective April 1, 2007, the number of owned skilled
nursing facilities increased to 47 from 44, the total number of
skilled nursing facilities increased to 64 from 61, the total
number of skilled nursing facility beds increased to 7,986 from
7,578, the total number of assisted living beds increased to 931
from 913, the total number of facilities increased to 77 from 74
and the percentage owned facilities increased to 75.3% from
74.3%.
In our long-term care services segment we derive the majority of
our revenue by providing skilled nursing care and integrated
rehabilitation therapy services to residents in our network of
skilled nursing facilities. In our ancillary services segment we
derive revenue by providing related healthcare services,
including our rehabilitation therapy services provided to
third-party facilities and hospice care. The following table
shows the percentage of our total revenue generated by each of
these segments for the periods presented:
Although our total revenue derived from skilled nursing
facilities generally continues to increase, the percentage of
total revenue that is derived from skilled nursing facilities
has declined as revenue growth in our ancillary services segment
has occurred at a faster rate. We expect this trend to continue
in the near-term as we continue to enhance and expand our
offerings in our ancillary services segment.
Sources
of Revenue
Long-term
care services segment
Skilled Nursing Facilities. Within our skilled
nursing facilities, we generate our revenue from Medicare,
Medicaid, managed care providers, insurers, private pay and
other sources. We believe that our skilled mix is an important
indicator of our success in attracting high-acuity patients
because it represents the percentage of our patients who are
reimbursed by Medicare and managed care payors, for whom we
receive the most favorable reimbursement rates. Medicare and
managed care payors typically do not provide reimbursement for
custodial care, which is a basic level of healthcare.
The following table sets forth our Medicare, managed care,
private pay/other and Medicaid patient days for our skilled
nursing facilities as a percentage of total patient days for our
skilled nursing facilities and the level of skilled mix for our
skilled nursing facilities:
Assisted Living Facilities. Within our
assisted living facilities, we generate our revenue primarily
from private pay sources, with a small portion earned from
Medicaid or other state specific programs.
Ancillary
services segment
Rehabilitation Therapy. As of March 31,2007, we provided rehabilitation therapy services to a total of
177 facilities, 61 of which were our facilities and 116 of which
were unaffiliated facilities. Rehabilitation therapy revenue
derived from servicing our own facilities is included in our
revenue from skilled nursing facilities. Our rehabilitation
therapy business receives payment for services from skilled
nursing facilities based on negotiated patient per diem rates or
a negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered.
Hospice. We established our hospice business
in 2004. We derive substantially all of the revenue from our
hospice business from Medicare reimbursement for hospice
services.
Regulatory
and other Governmental Actions Affecting Revenue
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from the Medicare
and Medicaid programs. For the three months ended March 31,2007, we derived approximately 38.2% and 29.5% of our total
revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, respectively,
and for the year ended December 31, 2006, we derived
approximately 36.0% and 32.0% of our total revenue from the
Medicare and Medicaid programs, respectively. In addition, our
rehabilitation therapy services, for which we receive payment
from private payors, are significantly dependent of Medicare and
Medicaid funding, as those private payors are often reimbursed
by these programs.
Medicare. Medicare is an exclusively federal
program that primarily provides healthcare benefits to
beneficiaries who are 65 years of age or older. It is a
broad program of health insurance designed to help the
nation’s elderly meet hospital, hospice, home health and
other health care costs. Medicare coverage extends to certain
persons under age 65 who qualify as disabled and those
having end-stage renal disease.
Medicare reimburses our skilled nursing facilities under a
prospective payment system, or PPS, for inpatient Medicare
Part A covered services. Under the PPS, facilities are paid
a predetermined amount per patient, per day, based on the
anticipated costs of treating patients. The amount to be paid is
determined by classifying each patient into a resource
utilization group, or RUG, category that is based upon each
patient’s acuity level. As of January 1, 2006, the RUG
categories were expanded from 44 to 53, with increased
reimbursement rates for treating higher acuity patients. The new
rules also implemented a market basket increase that increased
rates by 3.1% for fiscal year 2006. At the same time, Congress
terminated certain temporary add on payments that were added in
1999 and 2000 as the nursing home industry came under financial
pressure from prior Medicare cuts. Therefore, while Medicare
payments to skilled nursing facilities were reduced by an
estimated $1.02 billion
because of the expiration of the temporary payment add-ons, this
reduction was more than offset by a $510 million increase
in payments resulting from the refined classification system and
a $530 million increase resulting from updates to the
payment rates in connection with the market basket index. While
the fiscal year 2006 Medicare skilled nursing facility payment
rates did not decrease payments to skilled nursing facilities,
the loss of revenue associated with future changes in skilled
nursing facility payments could, in the future, have an adverse
impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
On February 8, 2006, the president signed into law the
Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, which is expected to
reduce Medicare and Medicaid payments to skilled nursing
facilities by $100.0 million over five years, (federal
fiscal years 2006 to 2010). Under previously enacted federal
law, caps on annual reimbursements for rehabilitation therapy
became effective on January 1, 2006. The DRA directed CMS
to create a process to allow exceptions to the therapy caps for
certain medically necessary services provided after
January 1, 2006 for patients with certain conditions or
multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare
Part B. The majority of the residents in our skilled
nursing facilities and patients served by our rehabilitation
therapy agencies whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare
Part B have qualified for these exceptions. The Tax Relief
and Health Care Act of 2006 extended these exceptions through
the end of 2007. Unless further extended, these exceptions will
expire on December 31, 2007.
On February 5, 2007, the Bush Administration released its
fiscal year 2008 budget proposal, with legislative and
administrative proposals that would reduce Medicare spending by
$5.3 billion in fiscal year 2008 and $75.9 billion
over five years. The budget would, among other things, freeze
payments in fiscal year 2008 to skilled nursing facilities and
reduce payment updates for hospice services. Of these proposals,
$4.3 billion for 2008 and $65.6 billion over five years
would require legislation to be implemented. Both the DRA and
the 2008 budget proposal may result in reduced Medicare funding
for skilled nursing facilities and other providers. For 2007, as
part of a market basket adjustment implemented for increased
cost of living, Medicare payments to skilled nursing facilities
increase by an average of 3.1% over prior year rates.
On April 30, 2007 CMS issued a proposal ruled that would
update 2008 per diem payment rates for skilled nursing
facilities by 3.3%, and revise and rebase the skilled nursing
facility market basket. The proposed rule would increase
aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by
approximately $690 million.
While CMS has proposed a market basket increase of
3.3 percent in its proposed rule, the president’s
budget recommendation, includes a proposal for zero percent
update to the skilled nursing facility market basket. To become
effective, the proposed rule would require legislation enacted
by Congress.
Historically, adjustments to the reimbursement under Medicare
have had a significant effect on our revenue. For a discussion
of historic adjustments and recent changes to the Medicare
program and related reimbursement rates see
“Business — Sources of Reimbursement” and
“Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and
Industry — Reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates
or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program could
have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial
condition and results of operations.”
Medicaid. Medicaid is a state administered
medical assistance program for the indigent, operated by the
individual states with the financial participation of the
federal government. Each state has relatively broad discretion
in establishing its Medicaid reimbursement formulas and coverage
of service, which must be approved by the federal government in
accordance with federal guidelines. All states in which we
operate cover long-term care services for individuals who are
Medicaid eligible and qualify for institutional care. Medicaid
payments are made directly to providers, who must accept the
Medicaid reimbursement level as payment in full for services
rendered. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with
slow state revenue growth, has led many states to institute
measures aimed at controlling spending growth. Given that
Medicaid outlays are a significant component of state budgets,
we expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid
outlays for skilled nursing facilities in the states in which we
operate. In addition, the DRA limited the circumstances under
which an individual may become financially eligible for Medicaid
and nursing home services paid for by Medicaid. The following
summarizes the Medicaid regime in the principal states in which
we operate.
California. In 2005, under State Assembly Bill
1629, California Medicaid, known as Medi-Cal, switched from a
prospective payment system to a prospective cost-based system
for free-standing nursing facilities that is facility specific
based upon the cost of providing care at that facility. State
Assembly Bill 1629 included both a rate increase, as well as a
quality assurance fee that is a provider tax. The provider tax
is a mechanism for states to obtain additional federal funding
for the state’s Medicaid program. State Assembly Bill 1629
also effected a retroactive cost of living adjustment to its
existing average reimbursement rate for the 2004/2005 rate year.
As a result, we received a $5.8 million retroactive cost of
living adjustment in August 2005, which related to services we
had provided in 2004 and 2005. State Assembly Bill 1629 is
scheduled to expire, with its prospective cost-based system and
quality assurance fee becoming inoperative, on July 31,2008, unless a later enacted statute extends this date.
•
Texas. Texas has a prospective cost based
system that is facility specific based upon patient acuity mix
for that facility.
•
Kansas/Missouri. The Kansas and Missouri
Medicaid reimbursement systems are prospective cost based and
are case mix adjusted for resident activity levels.
•
Nevada. Nevada’s reimbursement system is
prospective cost based, adjusted for patient acuity mix and
designed to cover all costs except those currently associated
with property, return on equity, and certain ancillaries.
Property cost is reimbursed at a prospective rate for each
facility.
For additional information on the Medicaid program in the states
in which we currently operate see “Business —
Sources of Reimbursement.”
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has established
a Medicaid advisory commission charged with recommending ways in
which Congress can restructure the program. The commission
issued its report on December 29, 2006. The
commission’s report included several recommendations that
involved giving states greater discretion in the determination
of eligibility, formulation of benefit packages, financing, and
tying payment for services to quality measures. The commission
also recommended to expand home and community-based care for
seniors and the disabled.
Primary
Expense Components
Cost
of Services
Cost of services in our long-term care services segment
primarily include salaries and benefits, supplies, purchased
services, ancillary expenses such as the cost of pharmacy and
therapy services provided to patients and residents, and
expenses for general and professional liability insurance and
other operating expenses of our skilled nursing and assisted
living facilities.
Cost of services in our ancillary services segment primarily
include salaries and benefits, supplies, purchased services and
expenses for general and professional liability insurances and
other operating expenses of our rehabilitation therapy and
hospice businesses.
General
and Administrative
General and administrative expenses are primarily salaries,
bonuses and benefits and purchased services to operate our
administrative offices. Also included in general and
administrative expenses are expenses related to non-cash stock
based compensation and professional fees, including accounting,
financial audit and legal fees.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in
the future as a result of becoming a public company. Our
anticipated additional expenses include:
•
increased salaries, bonuses and benefits necessary to attract
and retain qualified accounting professionals as we seek to
expand the size and enhance the skills of our accounting and
finance staff;
increased professional fees as we complete the process of
complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
including incurring additional audit fees in connection with our
independent registered public accounting firm’s audit of
our assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting;
•
increased costs associated with creating and developing an
internal audit function, which we have not had historically;
•
increased legal costs associated with reviews of our filings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
•
the incurrence of miscellaneous costs, such as exchange fees,
investor relations fees, filing expenses, training expenses and
increased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
We currently estimate that our general and administrative
expenses will increase by approximately $1.2 to
$1.5 million per year as a result of being a public
company. In addition, we estimate that we will have
approximately $0.8 to $1.0 million in added general and
administrative expenses in 2007, primarily related to the
process of complying with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley
Act.
Restricted Stock Issued Prior to the
Transactions. Non-cash stock based compensation
primarily relates to grants of our restricted stock. Effective
March 8, 2004, we entered into restricted stock and
employment agreements with four executive officers,
Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch, Rapp and our former Chief
Financial Officer. Pursuant to these agreements we sold
70,661 shares of restricted and non-voting common stock (as
governed by our then effective certificate of incorporation) to
these executives for a purchase price of $0.05 per share,
the then fair market value of the shares. Of these shares,
4,930 shares owned by our former Chief Financial Officer
were cancelled in September 2004 upon the termination of his
service with us.
These shares of common stock were restricted by certain vesting
requirements, our right to repurchase the shares and
restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. These
shares were subject to vesting, among other things, as follows:
•
Subject to the executive’s continuing service with us, the
shares would vest in full upon the occurrence of a Trigger
Event, which was defined as any asset sale, initial public
offering or stock sale (each, a “liquidity event”),
providing a terminal equity value of us in excess of
$100.0 million. The consummation of the Transactions
constituted a valid Trigger Event; and
•
If a Trigger Event had not occurred by the end of the original
term of the executive’s employment agreement and such
executive was still employed by us, 50% of his shares would vest
if he had complied with the confidentiality and non-solicitation
obligations in his employment agreement and we had achieved
EBITDA in any one fiscal year of over $60.0 million.
We used the intrinsic value method in accordance with the
Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, or APB
No. 25, to account for non-cash stock-based compensation
associated with the restricted stock. Under this method, we did
not recognize compensation expense upon the issuance of the
restricted stock because the per share purchase price paid by
each executive for the restricted shares was equal to the then
fair market value per share. We were required to recognize
non-cash stock-based compensation expense in the period that the
number of shares subject to vesting became probable and
determinable, calculated as the difference between the fair
value of such shares as estimated by our management at the end
of the applicable period and the price paid for such shares by
the executive. We amortized the deferred non-cash stock-based
compensation over the probable vesting period, beginning with
the date of issuance of the restricted stock.
In 2004, we determined that it was probable that 50% of the
restricted shares would vest at the end of the original term of
each executive’s employment agreement. For 2004, we
recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense totaling
$1.2 million, representing the difference between the
estimated aggregate market value of our restricted stock as
determined by our management on December 31, 2004 and the
aggregate price paid for such restricted shares by the
executives. We recorded related amortization of non-cash
stock-based compensation expense equal to $0.8 million in
2005 and $0.3 million in 2004.
Upon completion of the Transactions, the remainder of the
restricted shares fully vested and we recorded $9.0 million
of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, determined as the
difference between the per share price paid in the merger and
$0.05 per share (the per share price paid by the
executives), multiplied by the number of restricted shares that
were not previously determined to be probable to vest.
Cash Bonus Payments. In April 2005, we entered
into Trigger Event cash bonus agreements with our Chief
Financial Officer and our Executive Vice President and
President, Ancillary Services, to compensate them similarly to
the economic benefit received by our other executive officers
that were entitled to receive benefits under their respective
restricted stock agreements upon the consummation of certain
liquidity events. Subject to each of their continued employment
through the closing of a Trigger Event, including the closing of
the Transactions, these agreements entitled the officers to a
cash bonus on the date of such closing equal to the product of
(a) Skilled Healthcare Group’s terminal equity value
determined as of the Trigger Event, plus aggregate cash
dividends paid by Skilled Healthcare Group prior to such Trigger
Event, multiplied by (b) the executive’s then
effective ownership percentage. Upon the closing of the
Transactions, pursuant to these agreements, our Chief Financial
Officer and our Executive Vice President and President,
Ancillary Services, received a cash payment of
$3.3 million, and $1.1 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Issued in Connection with or Following the
Transactions. Effective December 27, 2005, we entered
into restricted stock agreements with our executive officers,
Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch, King, Rapp and Wortley, under
our Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, in connection with each
of our executive officers’ employment agreements. We
awarded 1,129,924 shares of restricted common stock to
these executive officers and 123,585 shares of restricted
common stock to other employees. We did not obtain
contemporaneous valuations from an unrelated valuation
specialist on this date, but determined that the fair market
value of each share of restricted common stock granted on
December 27, 2005 was $0.20, the same price paid for our
common stock by third parties in the Transactions. In January
2006, we sold 5,070 shares of common stock and
ten shares of class A preferred stock to a third party
at a price of $0.20 per share of common stock and
$9,900 per share of class A preferred stock. In March
2006, we issued 35,310 shares of restricted common stock to
our Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Susan
Whittle, in connection with the commencement of her employment
with us, and in April 2006, we issued 35,310 shares of
restricted common stock to our Senior Vice President, Finance
and Chief Accounting Officer, Peter Reynolds, in connection with
the commencement of his employment with us. We did not obtain
contemporaneous valuations from an unrelated valuation
specialist in connection with these grants primarily because of
the close proximity in timing of these grants to the
Transactions, as well as the sale of common stock in January
2006, and the ability to perform a contemporaneous review of
changes in key milestones and performance indicators for this
short period. Contemporaneously with these grants, we estimated
that the fair value of a share of common stock continued to be
$0.20 by reviewing and analyzing key milestones and changes in
the performance metrics of our business (including revenue,
EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, skilled mix, occupancy percentage and
average daily rates) from January 2006, the last sale of our
common stock to a third party, through the date of each grant
and changes in our expected future performance over this time
period. Based on this review, we estimated that the value of a
share of common stock and a share of class A preferred
stock had not changed.
The shares of common stock awarded to our officers in December
2005, March 2006 and April 2006 are restricted by certain
vesting requirements, our right to repurchase the shares and
restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. 25% of the
restricted shares vested on the day of grant. The remaining
shares will vest 25% on each of the subsequent three
anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the
employee’s continuing employment with us or any of our
subsidiaries. In addition, all restricted shares will vest upon
certain change in control transactions. The recognition and
measurements of restricted stock expense was accounted for under
APB No. 25, prior to January 1, 2006 and under
SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share Based Payments,
or SFAS No. 123R, subsequent to January 1, 2006.
Accordingly, we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation
expense equal to 25% of the estimated fair value of the shares
granted on the date of grant and record related amortization of
non-cash
stock-based
compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the
shares, unless the vesting is accelerated as described above.
In connection with the issuance of the restricted stock at and
immediately following the Transactions, we recorded non-cash
stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million in 2005.
The remainder of the $9.9 million non-cash stock-based
compensation expense recorded in 2005 resulted from the
accelerated vesting of previously issued restricted stock that
was cashed out in the Transactions as discussed above. In
connection with the grant of shares to our executives in March
2006 and April 2006 the non-cash stock-based compensation
expense recorded was inconsequential.
In July 2006 our management determined to explore the
possibility of completing a public offering of our common stock.
After consulting with the lead underwriters in this offering, we
estimated the fair value of our common stock by applying a 15%
discount to an estimated equity value of our company, which was
determined by reviewing and comparing earnings multiples of
publicly-traded companies in our industry.
We determined that a 15% discount was appropriate because:
•
the valuation in a public offering reflected a valuation of
freely-tradable common stock to be issued in the offering,
whereas our then outstanding securities reflected illiquid
ownership in a private company;
•
there is a risk that we will be unable to achieve our projected
financial forecasts of operating results and cash flows, which
could significantly reduce our equity value; and
•
there is a risk that we might not achieve a liquidity event,
such as the completion of this offering or a sale of our
company, at all.
On August 30, 2006, we granted an aggregate of
15 shares of preferred stock and 7,605 shares of
common stock to certain of our non-employee directors. We did
not obtain a contemporaneous valuation from an unrelated
valuation specialist in connection with these grants primarily
because we had recently completed a valuation of our business in
consultation with the underwriters in this offering. We used our
determination of the estimated equity value of the company in
July 2006, to contemporaneously estimate that the fair market
value of a share of common stock on the date of grant was $7.81.
The increase in the estimated fair value of the company is
considered to be related to overall market increases in the
industry and consistent favorable operating performance. We also
determined that the fair market value of a share of preferred
stock was equal to its liquidation preference of $9,900. The
shares granted to our non-employee directors were fully vested
upon grant, and we recognized stock compensation expense equal
to the full value of the shares as of that date. We accordingly
recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of
$0.2 million in connection with the grant of shares to
certain of our
non-employee
directors.
Since the grant of shares made to non-employee directors in
August 2006, we have continued to revise and update our
projected financial performance. Based on these increases in our
projections and based upon EBITDA multiples implied by trading
values of public companies in our industry, we and the
underwriters in this offering established the offering price
range for this offering.
Based on the offering price of $15.50 per common share, which is
the offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus,
the intrinsic value of the restricted stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2007 was $20.5 million, of which
$10.1 million was related to vested restricted stock and
$10.4 million was related to unvested restricted stock.
Determining the fair value of our stock requires making complex
and subjective judgments. There is inherent uncertainty in
making these estimates. Although it is reasonable to expect that
the completion of this offering will add value to the shares
because they will have increased liquidity and marketability,
the amount of the additional value cannot be measured with
precision or certainty.
Performance Based Incentive Compensation
Plan. Our performance based incentive
compensation plan for each of our operating segments provides
for cash bonus payments that are intended to reflect the
achievement of key operating measures, including quality
outcomes, customer satisfaction, cash collections, efficient
resource utilization and operating budget goals. We accrue bonus
expense based on the ratable achievement of these operating
measures.
Depreciation and amortization relates to the ratable write-off
of assets such as our owned buildings and equipment over their
assigned useful lives as a result of wear and tear due to usage.
Depreciation and amortization is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets as follows:
Buildings and improvements
15-40 years
Leasehold improvements
Shorter of the lease term or
estimated useful
life, generally 5-10 years
Furniture and equipment
3-10 years
Rent
Cost of Sales
Rent consists of the straight-line recognition of lease amounts
payable to third-party owners of skilled nursing facilities and
assisted living facilities that we operate but do not own. Rent
does not include inter-company rents paid between wholly-owned
subsidiaries.
Dividend
Accretion on Class A Convertible Preferred Stock
Dividends accrue daily on our class A preferred stock at a
rate of 8% per annum on the sum of the original purchase
price and the accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. In the
first three months of 2007 and during 2006, dividend accretion
on our convertible preferred stock was $4.8 million and
$18.4 million, respectively. Upon completion of this
offering, our class A preferred stock, plus all accumulated
and unpaid dividends thereon, will be converted into shares of
our class B common stock.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.
The preparation of these financial statements and related
disclosures requires us to make judgments, estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an
ongoing basis we re-evaluate our judgments and estimates,
including those related to doubtful accounts, income taxes and
loss contingencies. We base our estimates and judgments on our
historical experience, knowledge of current conditions and our
belief of what could occur in the future considering available
information, including assumptions that are believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an
inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results could differ
materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.
The following represents a summary of our critical accounting
policies, defined as those policies that we believe:
(a) are the most important to the portrayal of our
financial condition and results of operations and
(b) require management’s most subjective or complex
judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about
the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Revenue
recognition
Our revenue is derived primarily from our skilled nursing
facilities, which includes our integrated rehabilitation therapy
services at these facilities, with the remainder generated by
our other related healthcare services. These services consist of
our rehabilitation therapy services provided to third-party
facilities, assisted living facilities and hospice care. For the
first three months of 2007 and during 2006, approximately 67.7%
and 68.0%, respectively, of our revenue was received from funds
provided under Medicare and state Medicaid assistance programs.
We also receive revenue from managed care providers and private
pay patients. We record our revenue from these governmental and
managed care programs on an accrual basis as services are
performed at their estimated net realizable value under these
programs. Our revenue from governmental and managed care
programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by
governmental and third-party
agencies. Retroactive adjustments that are likely to result
from future audits by third-party payors are accrued on an
estimated basis in the period the related services are
performed. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting
practices, any changes to these governmental revenue estimates
are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes
known based on final settlements. Because of the complexity of
the laws and regulations governing Medicare and state Medicaid
assistance programs, our estimates may potentially change by a
material amount. We record our revenue from private pay patients
on an accrual basis as services are performed. If, as of
March 31, 2007, we were to experience a decrease of 1% in
our revenue estimates, our revenue would decrease by
$1.4 million.
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from non-payment of patient accounts receivable
and third-party billings and notes receivable from customers. In
evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, we
consider a number of factors, including the age of the accounts,
changes in collection trends, the composition of patient
accounts by payor the status of ongoing disputes with
third-party payors and general industry conditions. If the
financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate,
resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments,
additional allowances may be required. Our receivables from
Medicare and Medicaid payor programs represent our only
significant concentration of credit risk. We do not believe
there are significant credit risks associated with these
governmental programs. If, at March 31, 2007, we were to
recognize an increase of 10% in the allowance for our doubtful
accounts, our total current assets would decrease by
$0.9 million, or 0.7% with a corresponding statement of
operations expense of the same amount.
Patient
liability risks
Our professional liability and general liability reserve
includes amounts for patient care related claims and incurred
but not reported claims. Professional liability and general
liability costs for the long-term care industry have become
increasingly expensive and difficult to estimate. The amount of
our reserves is determined based on an estimation process that
uses information obtained from both company-specific and
industry data. The estimation process requires us to
continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims.
Using data obtained from this monitoring and our assumptions
about emerging trends, we, along with an independent actuary,
develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on
our historical experience and other available industry
information. The most significant assumptions used in the
estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the
expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the
expected costs to settle unpaid claims. Although we believe that
our reserves are adequate, it is possible that this liability
will require a material adjustment in the future. For example,
an adverse professional liability judgment partially contributed
to our predecessor company’s bankruptcy filing under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in
October 2001. If, at March 31, 2007, we were to
recognize an increase of 10.0% in the reserve for professional
liability and general liability, our total liabilities would be
increased by $3.7 million, or 0.6% with a corresponding
statement of operations expense of the same amount.
Impairment
of long-lived assets
We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived
assets other than goodwill, primarily consisting of our
investments in real estate, for impairment indicators. If
indicators of impairment are present, we evaluate the carrying
value of the related real estate investments in relation to the
future discounted cash flows of the underlying operations to
assess recoverability of the assets. Measurement of the amount
of the impairment, if any, may be based on independent
appraisals, established market values of comparable assets or
estimates of future cash flows expected. The estimates of these
future cash flows are based on assumptions and projections
believed by management to be reasonable and supportable. They
require management’s subjective judgments and take into
account assumptions about revenue and expense growth rates.
These assumptions may vary by type of long-lived asset. As of
March 31, 2007, none of our long-lived assets were impaired.
As of March 31, 2007, the carrying value of goodwill and
intangible assets was approximately $446.3 million. This
goodwill and intangible assets results primarily from the excess
of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets in the
Transactions. In connection with the Transactions, we recorded
goodwill of approximately $396.0 million and recorded other
intangible assets of approximately $32.5 million.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business
combinations accounted for as purchases. In accordance with
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and other Intangible
Assets, or SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not
amortized, but instead is subject to impairment tests performed
at least annually, or between annual testing upon the occurrence
of an event or change in circumstances that would reduce the
fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For
goodwill, the test is performed at the reporting unit level as
defined by SFAS No. 142 as discussed below. If we find
that the carrying value of goodwill is to be impaired, we must
reduce the carrying value to fair value. We believe that our
determination not to recognize an impairment loss on our
long-lived assets and goodwill is a critical accounting estimate
because this determination is susceptible to change, dependent
upon events that are remote in time and may or may not occur and
because recognizing an impairment loss could result in a
material reduction of the assets reported on our consolidated
balance sheet.
Determination of Reporting Units
We consider the following three businesses to be reporting units
for the purpose of testing our goodwill for impairment under
SFAS No. 142:
•
long-term care services, which includes our operation of
skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most
significant portion of our business,
•
rehabilitation therapy, which provides physical,
occupational and speech therapy in our facilities and
unaffiliated facilities, and
•
hospice care, which was established in 2004 and provides
hospice care in Texas and California.
The goodwill that resulted from the Transactions as of
December 27, 2005 was allocated to the long-term care
services operating segment and the ancillary services operating
segment based on the relative fair value of the assets on the
date of the Transactions. Within the ancillary services
operating segment all of the goodwill was allocated to the
rehabilitation therapy reporting unit and no goodwill was
allocated to the hospice care reporting unit due to the start-up
nature of the business and cumulative net losses before
depreciation, amortization, interest expense (net) and provision
for (benefit from) income taxes attributable to that segment. In
addition, no synergies were expected to arise as a result of the
Transactions which might provide a different basis for
allocation of goodwill to reporting units.
Goodwill Impairment Testing
We test goodwill for impairment annually on October 1, or
sooner if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of its reporting units, including goodwill, may
exceed their fair values. As a result of our testing, we did not
record any impairment charges in 2006 or 2005. We test goodwill
using a present value technique by comparing the present value
of estimates of future cash flows of our reporting units to the
carrying amounts of the applicable goodwill. We are not aware of
any indicators of potential impairment as of March 31, 2007.
Deferred
Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are costs related to fees and expenses
associated with our issuances of debt. The deferred financing
costs at March 31, 2007 substantially relate to our
11% senior subordinated notes and our first lien secured
credit agreement and are being amortized over the maturity
period using an effective-interest method for term debt and the
straight-line method for first lien revolving credit facility.
At March 31, 2007, deferred financing costs, net of
amortization, were approximately $15.8 million. In
connection with the Transactions, we expensed approximately
$2.3 million of deferred financing costs related to our
previously outstanding second lien senior secured term loan,
which was repaid in connection
with the Transactions, and capitalized approximately
$11.4 million of fees and expenses related to the
Transactions.
Income
Taxes
We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes as
set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes, or SFAS No. 109. We determine deferred tax
assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date based upon the
difference between the financial statement and tax bases of
assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable
income.
Our temporary differences are primarily attributable to purchase
accounting, accrued professional liability expenses, asset
impairment charges associated with our 2001 write-down of asset
values under SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
Disposed Of, or SFAS No. 121, accelerated tax
depreciation, our provision for doubtful accounts and accrued
compensatory benefits.
We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
recovered from future taxable income and available carryback
potential and unless we believe that recovery is more likely
than not, we establish a valuation allowance to reduce the
deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. We
make our judgments regarding deferred tax assets and the
associated valuation allowance, based on among other things,
expected future reversals of taxable temporary differences,
available carryback potential, tax planning strategies and
forecasts of future income. We periodically review the adequacy
of the valuation allowance and recognize these benefits if a
reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that
these benefits will be realized.
Significant judgment is required in determining our provision
for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, there are
many transactions for which the ultimate tax outcome is
uncertain. While we believe that our tax return positions are
supportable, there are certain positions that may not be
sustained upon review by tax authorities. At March 31, 2007
and at December 31, 2006, we have provided for
$13.5 million and $11.7 million, respectively, of
accruals for uncertain tax positions. The current portion of the
accrual for uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component
of taxes payable and the non-current portion of the accrual for
uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component of other
long-term liabilities at March 31, 2007. The accrual for
uncertain tax positions is recorded as a component of taxes
payable at December 31, 2006. While we believe that
adequate accruals have been made for such positions, the final
resolution of those matters may be materially different than the
amounts provided for in our historical income tax provisions and
accruals.
In 2001, due to the uncertainty regarding whether our deferred
tax assets would be realized, we established a full valuation
allowance against our net deferred tax assets. In 2001 and 2003,
we incurred net losses and accordingly our net deferred tax
assets increased to $32.7 million as of December 31,2003. Due to our bankruptcy and our financial performance in
2001, 2002 and 2003, we continued to apply a full valuation
allowance against our deferred tax assets. We were profitable in
2004 and were able to utilize all of our tax net operating loss
carryforwards. As a result, we reduced the valuation allowance
against our net deferred tax assets by $6.2 million but
maintained a valuation allowance of $26.5 million at
December 31, 2004 against our remaining deferred net tax
assets. In 2005, due to continuing operating profitability, the
gain on the sale of our two California-based institutional
pharmacies, available carryback potential and identified tax
strategies, we determined that it was more likely than not that
we would be able to realize substantially all of our net
deferred tax assets. Therefore, during 2005 we offset our income
tax expense with a reduction in our valuation allowance of
$25.2 million. At December 31, 2006, we retained a
valuation allowance for certain state credit carryforwards of
$1.3 million.
We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN
No. 48, on January 1, 2007. This interpretation
clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in
accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, and prescribes a recognition threshold and
measurement criteria for the financial statement recognition and
measurement of
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
The interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption
of FIN No. 48, we recorded a $1.5 million
increase in goodwill and taxes payable as of January 1,2007. As of January 1, 2007 (unaudited), the total amount
of unrecognized tax benefit is $11.1 million (unaudited).
If reversed, the entire decrease in the unrecognized benefit
amount would result in a reduction to the balance of goodwill
recorded in connection with the acquisition of us by Onex.
We recognize interest and penalties associated with unrecognized
tax benefits in the “Provision for income taxes” line
item of the consolidated statements of operations. As of
January 1, 2007, we had accrued approximately
$2.7 million in interest and penalties, net of
approximately $0.6 million of tax benefit, related to
unrecognized tax benefits. A substantial portion of the accrued
interest and penalties relate to periods prior to the
acquisition of us by Onex. If reversed, approximately
$2.1 million of the reversal of interest and penalties
would result in a reduction to goodwill.
We and our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the
U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states’
jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to
U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax
authorities for years before 2002. During the first quarter of
2007, we agreed to an adjustment related to depreciation claimed
on our 2003 federal tax return and are awaiting assessment. As a
result, we anticipate that there is a reasonable possibility
that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by
$1.8 million due to the settlement of 2003 federal tax
depreciation matters during 2007. In addition, due to normal
closures of the statue of limitations, we anticipate that there
is a reasonable possibility that the amount of unrecognized
state tax benefits will decrease by approximately
$0.4 million within the next 12 months.
Discontinued
Operations
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, or SFAS No. 144,
addresses the accounting for and disclosure of long-lived assets
to be disposed of by sale. Under SFAS No. 144, when a
long-lived asset or group of assets meets defined criteria, the
long-lived assets are measured and reported at the lower of
their carrying value or fair value less costs to sell, and are
classified as held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet.
In addition, the related operations of the long-lived assets are
reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated
statements of operations with all comparable periods
reclassified. Our consolidated statements of operations have
been reclassified to reflect our California pharmacy business,
which we sold in March 2005, as discontinued operations.
Accounting
for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations
We adopted FIN No. 47, effective December 31,2005 and recorded a liability of $5.0 million, of which
$1.6 million was recorded as a cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principle, net of tax benefit.
Substantially all of the impact of adopting FIN No. 47
relates to estimated costs to remove asbestos that is contained
within our facilities.
We have determined that a conditional asset retirement
obligation exists for asbestos remediation. Though not a current
health hazard in our facilities, upon renovation we may be
required to take the appropriate remediation procedures in
compliance with state law to remove the asbestos. The removal of
asbestos-containing materials includes primarily floor and
ceiling tiles from our
pre-1980
constructed facilities. The fair value of the conditional asset
retirement obligation was determined as the present value of the
estimated future cost of remediation based on an estimated
expected date of remediation. This computation is based on a
number of assumptions which may change in the future based on
the availability of new information, technology changes, changes
in costs of remediation, and other factors.
The determination of the asset retirement obligation is based
upon a number of assumptions that incorporate our knowledge of
the facilities, the asset life of the floor and ceiling tiles,
the estimated timeframes for periodic renovations which would
involve floor and ceiling tiles, the current cost for
remediation of asbestos and the current technology at hand to
accomplish the remediation work. These
assumptions to determine the asset retirement obligation may be
imprecise or be subject to changes in the future. Any change in
the assumptions can impact the value of the determined liability
and impact our future earnings. If we were to experience a 5%
increase in our estimated future cost of remediation, our
recorded liability at March 31, 2007 of $5.1 million
would increase by $0.3 million.
Operating
Leases
We account for operating leases in accordance with
SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and FASB
Technical
Bulletin 85-3,
Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent
Increases. Accordingly, rent expense under our
facilities’ and administrative offices operating leases is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the original term of
each facility’s and administrative office’s leases,
inclusive of predetermined rent escalations or modifications and
including any lease renewal options.
Recent
Accounting Standards
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair
Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157.
SFAS No. 157 addresses differences in the definition
of fair value and guidance in applying the definition of fair
value in the many accounting pronouncements that require fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that
(1) fair value is a market-based measurement that should be
determined based on assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing the asset or liability for sale or transfer and
(2) fair value is not entity-specific but based on
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the
asset or liability. Finally, SFAS No. 157 establishes
a hierarchy of fair value assumptions that distinguishes between
independent market participant assumptions and the reporting
entity’s own assumptions about market participant
assumptions. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. We do not expect that SFAS No. 157 will have a
material impact on our consolidated results of operations,
financial position or liquidity.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, or SFAS No. 159.
SFAS No. 159 expands opportunities to use fair value
measurement in financial reporting and permits entities to
choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other
items at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not
determined whether we will early adopt SFAS No. 159 or
choose to measure any eligible financial assets and liabilities
at fair value. Management is in the process of evaluating the
impact of SFAS No. 159 on us, if any.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth details of our revenue and
earnings as a percentage of total revenue for the periods
indicated:
Income before provision for
(benefit from) income taxes, discontinued operations and the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
5.5
5.4
5.6
1.7
5.0
Provision for (benefit from)
income taxes
2.3
2.1
2.3
(2.8
)
1.2
Income before discontinued
operations and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle
3.2
3.3
3.3
4.5
3.8
Income from discontinued
operations, net of tax
—
—
—
3.2
0.7
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax
—
—
—
(0.4
)
—
Net income
3.2
%
3.3
%
3.3
%
7.3
%
4.5
%
EBITDA margin(1)
16.4
%
16.9
%
16.7
%
12.4
%
13.8
%
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)
16.4
%
17.0
%
16.7
%
16.8
%
15.8
%
(1)
See footnote 2 to “Selected Historical Consolidated
Financial Data” for a calculation of EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA and a description of our uses of, and the limitations
associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.
Revenue. Revenue increased $19.5 million,
or 15.6%, to $144.7 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from $125.2 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2006.
Revenue in our long-term care services segment, comprising
skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, increased
$14.3 million, or 12.8%, to $126.0 million in the
three months ended March 31, 2007 from $111.7 million
in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in
long-term care services segment revenue resulted from a
$14.1 million, or 13.1%, increase in skilled nursing
facilities revenue, and a $0.2 million, or 4.9%, increase
in assisted living facilities revenue. Of the increase in
skilled nursing facilities revenue, $8.2 million resulted
from increased reimbursement rates from Medicare, Medicaid,
managed care and private pay sources, as well as a higher
patient acuity mix and $5.9 million resulted from increased
occupancy. Our average daily Medicare rate increased 9.1% to
$481 in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from $441 in
the three months ended March 31, 2006 as a result of market
increases provided under the Medicare program, as well as a
shift to higher-acuity Medicare patients. Our average daily
Medicaid rate increased 3.3% to $126 in the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from $122 in the three months ended
March 31, 2006, primarily due to increased Medicaid rates
in California and Texas. Our private pay and other rates
increased by approximately 5.6% in the three months ended
March 31, 2007 as compared to the three months ended
March 31, 2006. Our managed care rates increased by
approximately 2.0% in the three months ended March 31, 2007
compared to the three months ended March 31, 2006. Our
skilled mix increased to 25.3% in the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from 24.4% for the three months ended
March 31, 2006 as we continued marketing our capabilities
to referral sources to attract high-acuity patients to our
facilities and recent regulatory changes limited the type of
patient that can be admitted to certain
higher-cost post-acute care facilities. Our average daily
number of patients increased by 332, or 5.5%, to 6,388 in the
three months ended March 31, 2007, from 6,056 in the three
months ended March 31, 2006, due to our acquisition of
three healthcare facilities in Missouri on March 1, 2006,
one healthcare facility in Nevada on June 16, 2006, and one
healthcare facility in Missouri on December 15, 2006. These
acquisitions contributed 449 average daily patients, partially
offset by a decline in occupancy levels at our existing
facilities, primarily in Medicaid.
Revenue in our ancillary services segment increased
$5.1 million, or 37.8%, to $18.5 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2007, compared to $13.4 million
in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in
our ancillary services segment revenue resulted from a
$4.3 million, or 33.8%, increase in our rehabilitation
therapy services revenue and a $0.8 million, or 99.5%,
increase in our hospice business revenue. Of the
$4.3 million increase in rehabilitation therapy services
revenue, $2.3 million resulted from an increase in the
number of rehabilitation therapy contracts with third-party
facilities and $2.0 million resulted from increased
services under existing third-party contracts. Increased
services under existing third-party contracts primarily resulted
from increases in volume at the facilities and, to a lesser
extent, the timing of contract execution during the periods,
with some contracts entered into during the first quarter of
2006 being in effect for the full first quarter of 2007.
Cost of Services Expenses. Our cost of
services expenses increased $14.9 million, or 16.1%, to
$107.2 million, or 74.1% of revenue, in the three months
ended March 31, 2007 from $92.3 million, or 73.7% of
revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
Cost of services expenses for our long-term care services
segment increased $11.3 million, or 13.3% to
$96.4 million, or 76.5% of revenue, in three months ended
March 31, 2007 from $85.1 million, or 76.2% of
revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
The increase in long-term care services segment cost of services
expenses resulted from an $11.2 million, or 13.6%, increase
in cost of services expenses at our skilled nursing facilities
and a $0.1 million, or 4.0% increase in cost of services
expenses at our assisted living facilities.
Of the increase in cost of services expenses at our skilled
nursing facilities, $5.9 million resulted from operating
costs per patient day increasing $12 to $163 in the three months
ended March 31, 2007 from $151 in the three months ended
March 31, 2006 and $5.3 million resulted from
increased occupancy. The $5.9 million increase in operating
costs as a result of increased operating costs per patient day
primarily resulted from increased labor costs of
$2.3 million, due to an average hourly rate increase of
4.9% and increased staffing, primarily in the nursing area, to
respond to increased acuity levels, an increase in ancillary
expenses such as pharmacy and therapy costs due to an increase
in the mix of higher acuity patients of $2.6 million and
increases in other expenses, such as supplies, food, taxes and
licenses, insurance and utilities of $1.0 million, due to
increased purchasing costs. The increase in occupancy resulted
in increased operating costs of $5.3 million, in which the
average daily number of patients increased by 332 to 6,388 in
the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 6,056 in the
three months ended March 31, 2006, due to our 2006
acquisitions of four healthcare facilities in Missouri and one
healthcare facility in Nevada that contributed 449 average daily
patients, partially offset by a decline in occupancy levels at
our other existing facilities, primarily in Medicaid.
Cost of services expenses in our ancillary services segment,
prior to any intercompany eliminations, increased
$5.6 million, or 28.6%, to $25.2 million, or 76.5% of
revenue, from both internal and external customers, in the three
months ended March 31, 2007 from $19.6 million, or
75.8% of revenue, from both internal and external customers, in
the three months ended March 31, 2006. The increase in
ancillary services segment cost of services expenses resulted
from a $4.9 million, or 26.1%, increase in cost of services
expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy services business
to $23.7 million, or 75.6% of revenue, from both internal
and external customers, in the three months ended March 31,2007 from $18.8 million, or 74.9% of revenue, from both
internal and external customers, in the three months ended
March 31, 2006, and a $0.7 million, or 87.5%, increase
in cost of services expenses related to our hospice business.
The increase in cost of services expenses in our rehabilitation
therapy services business primarily resulted from
the increased activity under third-party rehabilitation therapy
contracts discussed above. The increase in hospice operating
costs is related to the increase in hospice revenue of 99.5%.
Rent Cost of Sales. Rent cost of sales
increased by $0.2 million, or 9.9%, to $2.7 million in
the three months ended March 31, 2007 from
$2.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2006.
This increase was primarily caused by the June 2006 acquisition
of a leased healthcare facility in Nevada, partially offset by
the February 2007 acquisition of a previously leased facility.
General and Administrative Services
Expenses. Our general and administrative services
expenses increased $1.9 million, or 20.2%, to
$11.5 million, or 8.0% of revenue, in the three months
ended March 31, 2007 from $9.6 million, or 7.6% of
revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2006. The
increase in our general and administrative expenses resulted
from increased compensation and benefits of $1.3 million as
we added corporate administrative service personnel.
Professional fees also increased $0.9 million in 2007,
primarily in the areas of accounting and audit services and
legal fees incurred in preparation of becoming a public
reporting company. Other expenses decreased $0.3 million.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation
and amortization increased by $0.3 million, or 7.8%, to
$4.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007
from $3.7 million in the three months ended March 31,2006. This increase primarily resulted from increased
depreciation related to our March and December 2006 acquisitions
of four healthcare facilities in Missouri and one healthcare
facility in Nevada in June 2006.
Interest Expense, net of interest income and
other. Interest expense, net of interest income
and other, increased by $1.0 million, or 8.5%, to
$11.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007
from $10.8 million in the three months ended March 31,2006. The increase in our interest expense was due to the
average debt for the three months ended March 31, 2007
increasing by $15.2 million to $478.2 million from
$463.0 million for the three months ended March 31,2006 and the average interest rate on our debt increased to 9.2%
for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from 8.9% for the
year ago period. Debt increased primarily as a result of
borrowings made to fund acquisitions. The increase in the
average interest rate was the result of an increase in the
interest rate on our term and revolving debt, which is
adjustable rate debt. The increase in average debt outstanding
resulted in an increase in interest expense of $0.5 million
and the increase in average interest rate resulted in an
increase in interest expense of $0.4 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2007 as compared to the year ago
period. The balance of the increase is the result of penalty
interest on the 2014 Notes for the notes not being publicly
registered.
Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for
income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2007 was
$3.4 million, or 42.1% of earnings before income tax, an
increase of $0.8 million from taxes of $2.6 million,
or 38.8% of earnings before income tax, for the three months
ended March 31, 2006. The increase in our tax rate was
primarily the result of recording interest expense on our tax
contingency reserves incurred for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 in accordance with FIN 48.
EBITDA. EBITDA increased by $2.6 million,
or 12.0%, to $23.8 million in the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from $21.2 million in the three months
ended March 31, 2006. The $2.6 million increase was
primarily related to the $19.5 million increase in revenue
discussed above, offset by the $14.9 million increase in
cost of services expenses discussed above, the $0.3 million
increase in rent cost of sales discussed above, the
$1.9 million increase in general and administrative
services expenses discussed above, as well as a
$0.2 million decrease in other items.
EBITDA for our long-term care services segment increased by
$2.2 million, or 11.9%, to $20.7 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2007 from $18.5 million in the
three months ended March 31, 2006. The $2.2 million
increase was primarily related to the $14.3 million
increase in revenue in our long-term care services segment
discussed above, offset by the $11.3 million increase in
cost of services in our long-term care services segment expenses
discussed above, and an increase in rent cost of sales of
$0.8 million, primarily due to additional facilities.
EBITDA for our ancillary services segment increased by
$1.1 million, or 26.7%, to $5.1 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2007 from $4.0 million in the
three months ended March 31, 2006. The
$1.1 million increase was primarily related to the
$5.1 million increase in our ancillary services segment
revenue discussed above, as well as a $2.6 million increase
in intercompany revenue, primarily related to an increase in the
volume of rehabilitation therapy services provided to our
skilled nursing facilities, offset by the $5.6 million
increase in cost of services in our ancillary services segment
expenses discussed above, and a $1.0 million increase in
general and administrative services expenses.
Net Income. Net income increased by
approximately $0.6 million, or 13.5%, to $4.7 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2007 from
$4.1 million for the three months ended March 31,2006. The $0.6 million increase was related to the
$2.6 million increase in EBITDA discussed above, offset by
the $1.0 million increase in interest expense, net of
interest income, discussed above, the increase in provision for
income taxes of $0.8 million discussed above and the
increase in depreciation and amortization of $0.3 million
discussed above. The most material factors that contributed to
the fact that net income was relatively unchanged in the three
months ended March 31, 2007 compared to the three months
ended March 31, 2006 were the increases in EBITDA,
partially offset by the increases in interest expense, net of
interest income and provision for income taxes.
Revenue. Revenue increased $68.9 million,
or 14.9%, to $531.7 million in 2006 from
$462.8 million in 2005.
Revenue in our long-term care services segment increased
$51.8 million, or 12.4%, to $469.8 million in 2006
from $418.0 million in 2005. The increase in long-term care
services segment revenue resulted from a $52.3 million, or
a 13.0%, increase in our skilled nursing facilities revenue,
partially offset by a $0.6 million, or 3.8%, decrease in
our assisted living facilities revenue. Of the increase in
skilled nursing facilities revenue, $36.9 million resulted
from increased reimbursement rates from Medicare, Medicaid,
managed care and private pay sources, as well as a higher
patient acuity mix and $21.2 million of the increase in
skilled nursing facilities revenue resulted from increased
occupancy. Revenue in 2005 reflects $5.8 million of
retroactive cost of living adjustments under California State
Assembly Bill 1629 implemented in August 2005, which related to
services we provided in 2004 and 2005. This retroactive cost of
living adjustment did not recur in 2006 and we do not expect
that it will recur in future periods. Our average daily Medicare
rate increased 5.8% to $459 in 2006 from $434 in 2005 as a
result of market basket increases provided under the Medicare
program, as well as a shift to higher-acuity Medicare patients.
Our average daily Medicaid rate increased 6.0% to $124 in 2006
from $117 per day in 2005, primarily due to increased
Medicaid rates in California and Texas. Our managed care and
private and other rates increased by approximately 1.5% and 7.5%
respectively in 2006 compared to 2005. Our skilled mix increased
to 23.5% in 2006 from 22.4% in 2005 as we continued marketing
our capabilities to referral sources to attract high-acuity
patients to our facilities and recent regulatory changes limited
the type of patient that can be admitted to certain higher-cost
post-acute care facilities. Our average daily number of patients
increased by 316, or 5.4%, to 6,221 in 2006 from 5,905 in 2005,
primarily due to our acquisition of three facilities in Missouri
and one healthcare facility in Nevada in the first quarter of
2006 that contributed 334 average daily patients, partially
offset by a decline in occupancy levels, primarily in Medicaid.
Revenue in our ancillary services segment increased
$16.9 million, or 37.9%, to $61.4 million in 2006
compared to $44.5 million in 2005. The increase in our
ancillary services segment revenue resulted from a
$14.0 million, or 32.8%, increase in rehabilitation therapy
services revenue and a $2.9 million or a 154.1% increase in
our hospice business revenue. Of the $14.0 million increase
in rehabilitation therapy services revenue, $12.5 million
resulted from an increase in the number of rehabilitation
therapy contracts with third-party facilities and
$1.5 million resulted from increased services under
existing third-party contracts. Increased services under
existing third-party contracts, primarily resulted from
increases in volume at the facilities and, to a lesser extent,
the timing of contract execution during the periods, with most
contracts entered into during 2005 being in effect for all of
2006.
Cost of Services Expenses. Our cost of
services expenses increased $47.7 million, or 13.7% to
$394.9 million, or 74.3% of revenue, in 2006 from
$347.2 million, or 75.0% of revenue, in 2005.
Cost of services expenses for our long-term care services
segment increased $36.1 million, or 11.1%, to
$360.8 million, or 76.8% of revenue, in 2006 from
$324.7 million, or 77.7% of revenue, in 2005.
The increase in long-term care services segment operating
expense resulted from a $36.9 million, or 11.8%, increase
in cost of services expenses at our skilled nursing facilities
offset by a $0.8 million, or 7.0%, decrease in cost of
services expenses at our assisted living facilities.
Of the increase in cost of services expenses at our skilled
nursing facilities, $20.1 million resulted from operating
costs per patient day increasing $8, or 5.5%, to $154 per
day in 2006 from $146 per day in 2005, and
$16.8 million resulted from increased occupancy. The
$20.1 million increase in operating costs as a result of
increased operating costs per patient day primarily resulted
from a $11.1 million increase in labor costs as a result of
a 5.5% increase in average hourly rates and increased staffing,
primarily in the nursing area, to respond to the increased mix
of high-acuity patients, a $5.4 million increase in
ancillary expenses, such as pharmacy and therapy costs, due to
an increase in the mix of higher acuity patients, a
$0.6 million increase due to implementation in August 2005
of a provider tax on skilled nursing facilities in California as
a result of State Assembly Bill 1629, and a $5.2 million
increase in other expenses, such as supplies, food, taxes and
licenses, insurance and utilities, due to increased purchasing
costs. Offsetting these increases was a decrease in insurance
expenses of $2.2 million.
The average daily number of patients increased 316 to 6,221 in
2006 from 5,905 in 2005. This increase was primarily due to our
acquisition of three facilities in Missouri and one healthcare
facility in Nevada that contributed 334 average daily patients,
partially offset by a decline in occupancy levels at our other
existing facilities, primarily in Medicaid patients.
Cost of services expenses in our ancillary services segment,
prior to any intercompany eliminations, increased
$19.1 million, or 29.0%, to $85.1 million, or 75.5% of
revenue, from both internal and external customers, in 2006 from
$66.0 million, or 75.2% of revenue, from both internal and
external customers, in 2005. The increase in our ancillary
services segment operating expenses resulted from a
$16.7 million, or 26.0%, increase in operating expenses
related to our rehabilitation therapy services to
$80.6 million, or 74.6% of revenue, from both internal and
external customers, in 2006 from $63.9 million, or 74.5% of
revenue, from both internal and external customers, in 2005, and
a $2.5 million, or a 125.1%, increase in operating expenses
related to our hospice business. The increased operating
expenses related to our rehabilitation therapy business were
incurred to support the increased rehabilitation therapy
services revenue resulting from the increased activity under
rehabilitation therapy contracts discussed above. The operating
expenses related in our hospice business resulted from the
increase in hospice revenue of 154.1%.
Rent cost of sales. Rent cost of sales
increased by $0.2 million, or 2.2% to $10.0 million in
2006 from $9.8 million in 2005.
General and Administrative Services
Expenses. Our general and administrative services
expenses decreased $3.9 million, or 8.9%, to
$39.9 million, or 7.5% of revenue, in 2006 from
$43.8 million, or 9.5% of revenue in 2005. Of the
$3.9 million decrease, $13.8 million was related to
bonus and non-cash stock-based compensation expense recognized
in 2005 upon completion of the Transactions, of which
$9.0 million was a charge for the value of restricted stock
that became determinable upon completion of the Transactions and
$4.8 million was due to bonuses in connection with the
achievement of pre-established terms that were satisfied by the
successful conclusion of the Transactions. In addition, non-cash
stock-based compensation expense unrelated to the Transactions
decreased $0.5 million to $0.3 million in 2006 from
$0.8 million in 2005. Offsetting these decreases were
$4.4 million in increased compensation and benefits as we
added administrative service personnel, $4.0 million in
increased professional fees, primarily in the areas of
accounting and audit services and legal fees incurred in
preparation for becoming a public reporting company, and
$2.0 million in other increased expenses.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation
and amortization increased by $3.9 million, or 39.1%, to
$13.9 million in 2006 from $10.0 million in 2005. This
increase primarily resulted from amortization of intangible
assets that were recorded as part of the Transaction.
Interest Expense, net of interest income and
other. Interest expense, net of interest income,
increased by $18.4 million, or 69.0%, to $45.1 million
in 2006 from $26.7 million in 2005. This increase resulted
from an increased debt balance incurred during 2005 and in
December 2005 in connection with the Transactions. The net
proceeds of the increase in debt was used primarily to fund a
$108.6 million dividend paid to our stockholders, redeem
our then outstanding class A preferred stock in June 2005
for $15.7 million, pay a portion of the purchase price in
connection with the Transactions, and pre-fund our Missouri
acquisition.
Write-off of deferred financing
costs. Write-off of deferred financing costs was
$16.6 million in 2005. There was no corresponding amount in
2006. The write-off of the deferred financing costs in 2005
resulted from the write-off of capitalized deferred financing
cots associated with the refinancing in June 2005 of our
then-existing first lien senior secured credit facility and
second lien senior secured credit facility, as well as the
write-off of capitalized deferred financing costs associated
with the Transactions in December 2005.
Forgiveness of stockholder loan. The
$2.5 million forgiveness of stockholder loan expense in
2005 represents the principal amount of a note issued to us in
March 1998 by William Scott, a member of our board of directors,
that we forgave in connection with the completion of the
Transactions. There was no corresponding amount in 2006.
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. In
2006, we recognized tax expense of $12.2 million of which
$11.5 million related to the tax provision on operating
income and $0.7 million related to adjustments made to tax
reserves. The benefit from income taxes from continuing
operations was $13.0 million in 2005, due primarily to the
approximately $25.2 million reversal of significantly all
of the remaining valuation allowance previously provided,
partially offset by the effect of non-deductible stock-based
compensation associated with restricted stock and prior year
reorganization expenses of approximately $12.2 million.
Discontinued operations, net of
tax. Discontinued operations, net of tax was
$14.7 million in 2005. There were no comparable amounts in
2006. In March 2005, we sold our California based institutional
pharmacy business to Kindred Pharmacy Services and the results
of operations for these assets have accordingly been classified
as discontinued operations. The gain on the sale of the pharmacy
business is included in 2005.
EBITDA. EBITDA increased by
$30.9 million, or 53.8%, to $88.5 million in 2006 from
$57.6 million in 2005. The $30.9 million increase was
primarily related to the $68.9 million increase in revenues
discussed above, offset by the $47.7 million increase in
cost of services expenses discussed above, the $0.2 million
increase in rent cost of sales discussed above, net of a
$3.9 million decrease in general and administrative
services expenses discussed above and $6.0 million in net
decreases in expense related to other items. The
$6.0 million in net decreases in expense related to other
items was primarily related to $16.6 million write-off of
deferred financing costs in 2005 and $2.5 million
forgiveness of stockholder loan expense in 2005, offset by
$14.7 million in discontinued operations, net of tax, in
2005. Each of these items had no corresponding amounts in 2006.
EBITDA for our long-term care services segment increased by
$10.9 million, or 16.9%, to $75.2 million in 2006 from
$64.3 million in 2005. The $10.9 million increase was
primarily related to the $51.8 million increase in revenues
in our long-term care services segment discussed above, offset
by the $36.1 million increase in cost of services in our
long-term care services segment expenses discussed above, a
$3.9 million gain on sale of assets in 2005 which did not
reoccur in 2006 and an increase in rent cost of sales of
$0.9 million.
EBITDA for our ancillary services segment increased by
$4.0 million, or 27.2%, to $18.8 million in 2006 from
$14.8 million in 2005. The $4.0 million increase was
primarily related to the $18.1 million increase in revenues
in our ancillary services segment discussed above, as well as a
$7.0 million increase in intercompany revenues, primarily
related to an increase in the volume of rehabilitation therapy
services provided to our skilled nursing facilities, offset by
the $19.1 million increase in cost of services expenses
discussed above, a $1.8 million increase in general and
administrative services expenses and an increase in rent cost of
sales of $0.2 million.
Net Income. Net income decreased by
$16.6 million, or 48.9%, to $17.3 million in 2006 from
$33.9 million in 2005. The $16.6 million decrease was
related to the $30.9 million increase in EBITDA discussed
above, offset by the $18.4 million increase in interest
expense, net of interest income discussed above, the increase in
income tax expense of $25.2 million discussed above and the
increase in depreciation and amortization of $3.9 million
discussed above. The most material factors that contributed to
the decline in net income were the increases in income tax and
interest expense, net of interest income.
Revenue. Revenue increased $91.5 million,
or 24.7%, to $462.8 million in 2005 from
$371.3 million in 2004.
Revenue in our long-term care services segment increased
$73.6 million, or 21.4%, to $418.0 million in 2005
from $344.4 million in 2004. The increase in long-term care
services segment revenue resulted from a $65.0 million, or
19.3%, increase in our skilled nursing facilities revenue and an
$8.6 million, or 115.9%, increase in our assisted living
facilities revenue. Of the increase in skilled nursing
facilities revenue, $41.0 million resulted from increased
reimbursement rates from Medicare, Medicaid, managed care and
private pay sources, as well as a higher patient acuity mix. The
remaining $24.0 million of the increase in skilled nursing
facilities revenue resulted from increased occupancy. Our
average daily Medicare rate increased 10.2% to $434 in 2005 from
$394 in 2004 as a result of increased reimbursement rates and a
shift to higher-acuity Medicare patients. Our average daily
Medicaid rate increased 7.3% to $117 in 2005 from $109 per
day in 2004, primarily due to our recognition in August 2005 of
increased revenue in connection with a retroactive cost of
living increase provided for under the Medi-Cal reimbursement
system, which related to services we provided in 2004 and 2005.
Our managed care and private and other rates increased by
approximately 5.2% and 5.0% respectively in 2005 compared to
2004. Our skilled mix increased to 22.4% in 2005 from 20.6% in
2004 as we continued marketing our capabilities to referral
sources to attract high-acuity patients to our facilities and
recent regulatory changes limited the type of patient that can
be admitted to certain higher-cost post-acute care facilities.
Our average daily number of patients increased by 407, or 7.4%,
to 5,905 in 2005 from 5,498 in 2004, primarily associated with
our acquisition of the Vintage Park group of facilities at the
end of 2004 and the development of our Summerlin, Nevada
facility
start-up.
The increase in revenue in our assisted living facilities
resulted from an increase in the average daily number of
patients, primarily due to our acquisition of the Vintage Park
group of facilities on December 31, 2004.
Revenue in our ancillary services segment increased
$18.0 million, or 68.2%, to $44.5 million in 2005
compared to $26.5 million in 2004. The increase in our
ancillary services segment revenue resulted from a
$16.2 million, or 61.2%, increase in rehabilitation therapy
services revenue and a $1.8 million increase in our hospice
business revenue. We initiated our hospice business in 2005 and
accordingly did not generate hospice revenue in 2004. Of the
$16.2 million increase in rehabilitation therapy services
revenue, $9.4 million resulted from an increase in the
number of rehabilitation therapy contracts with third-party
facilities and $6.8 million resulted from increased
services under existing third-party contracts. Increased
services under existing third-party contracts, primarily
resulted from increases in volume at the facilities and, to a
lesser extent, the timing of contract execution during the
periods, with most contracts entered into during 2004 being in
effect for all of 2005.
Cost of Services. Our cost of services
increased $65.8 million, or 23.4% to $347.2 million,
or 75.0% of revenue, in 2005 from $281.4 million, or 75.8%
of revenue, in 2004.
Cost of services for our long-term care services segment
increased $57.2 million, or 21.4%, to $324.7 million,
or 77.7% of revenue, in 2005 from $267.5 million, or 77.7%
of revenue, in 2004.
The increase in long-term care services segment cost of services
resulted from a $52.1 million, or 19.9%, increase in cost
of services at our skilled nursing facilities and a
$5.1 million, or 83.1%, increase in cost of services at our
assisted living facilities.
Of the increase in cost of services at our skilled nursing
facilities, $33.5 million resulted from operating cost per
patient day increasing $16, or 12.3%, to $146 per day in
2005 from $130 per day in 2004, and $18.6 million
resulted from increased occupancy. The $33.5 million
increase in operating costs primarily resulted from a
$12.4 million increase in ancillary expenses, such as
pharmacy and therapy costs, due to an increase in the mix of
higher acuity patients, a $7.8 million increase in labor
costs as a result of a 4.9% increase in average hourly rates and
increased staffing, primarily in the nursing area, to respond to
the increased mix of high-acuity patients, a $5.6 million
increase due to implementation in August 2005 of a provider tax
on skilled nursing facilities in California as a result of State
Assembly Bill 1629, and a $7.7 million increase in other
expenses, such as supplies, food, taxes and licenses, insurance
and utilities, due to increased purchasing costs.
The average daily number of patients increased 407 to 5,905 in
2005 from 5,498 in 2004. This increase was due to our
acquisition of seven facilities as of December 31, 2004,
partially offset by the divestiture of one facility, and the
increase in the census at our existing facilities.
The $5.1 million increase in our assisted living facilities
cost of services resulted from an increase in the average daily
number of patients, primarily due to our acquisition of the
Vintage Park group of facilities on December 31, 2004.
Cost of services in our ancillary services segment, prior to any
intercompany eliminations, increased $21.7 million, or
49.0%, to $66.0 million, or 75.2% of revenue, in 2005 from
$44.3 million, or 78.0% of revenue, in 2004. The increase
in our ancillary services segment cost of services resulted from
a $20.1 million, or 45.9%, increase in operating expenses
related to our rehabilitation therapy services to
$63.9 million, or 74.5% of revenue, in 2005 from
$43.8 million, or 77.2% of revenue, in 2004, and a
$1.6 million increase in operating expenses related to our
hospice business. The increased operating expenses related to
our rehabilitation therapy business were incurred to support the
increased rehabilitation therapy services revenue resulting from
the increased activity under rehabilitation therapy contracts
discussed above. The increased operating expenses related to our
hospice business resulted from the initiation of our hospice
business in early 2005.
Rent Cost of Sales Rent cost of sales
increased by $1.9 million, or 24.5%, to $9.8 million
in 2005 from $7.9 million in 2004, of which
$1.3 million was related to rent expense associated with
our Summerlin, Nevada facility acquired in late 2004 and
$0.6 million was related to rent increases at two
facilities in late 2004 and one facility in early 2005 upon
renewal of expiring lease contracts.
General and Administrative Services
Expenses. Our general and administrative services
expenses increased $18.7 million, or 74.1%, to
$43.8 million, or 9.5% of revenue, in 2005 from
$25.1 million, or 6.8% of revenue, in 2004. This increase
was primarily related to the payment of cash bonuses in
connection with the completion of the Transactions and non-cash
stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2005. We expensed
bonuses of $4.8 million in connection with the achievement
of pre-established terms that were satisfied by the successful
conclusion of the Transactions. We also incurred
$9.8 million in non-cash stock-based compensation. This
increase was due to a charge of $9.0 million for the value
of restricted stock that became determinable upon the completion
of the Transactions and $0.8 million expensed in 2005 prior
to the completion of the Transactions, and was the remaining
amortization of non-cash stock-based compensation recorded in
2004 that resulted from the vesting of restricted stock upon
exceeding the minimum EBITDA trigger. The remaining
$4.1 million increase in general and administrative expense
in 2005 as compared to 2004 resulted from a $2.4 million
increase in selling and administrative services in our therapy
business unit to acquire and support new business relations and
increased compensation and benefits of $1.3 million for
additional regional long-term care overhead personnel to support
our growth into new markets. The remainder of the increase is
due to higher professional fees paid, primarily for information
technology consulting.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation
and amortization increased by $1.4 million, or 16.2%, to
$10.0 million in 2005 from $8.6 million in 2004. This
increase primarily resulted from increased depreciation in
connection with our acquisition of the Vintage Park group of
facilities on December 31, 2004 and increased capital
expenditures that we made in 2005 in connection with our
Express
Recoverytm
units.
Interest Expense, Net of Interest Income and
Other. Interest expense, net of interest income,
increased by $5.1 million, or 23.6%, to $26.7 million
in 2005 from $21.6 million in 2004, primarily due to an
increase in the principal amount of outstanding debt, the net
proceeds of which were used to fund a $108.6 million
dividend paid to our stockholders in June 2005.
Write-off of Deferred Financing
Costs. Write-off of deferred financing costs
increased by $8.7 million to $16.6 million in 2005
from $7.9 million in 2004, primarily due to the write-off
of deferred financing costs that we had capitalized in
connection with the repayment of our $110.0 million second
lien senior secured term loan in December 2005 as part of the
Transactions.
Forgiveness of Stockholder Loan. The
$2.5 million forgiveness of stockholder loan expense in
2005 represents the principal amount of a note issued to us in
March 1998 by William Scott, a member of our board of directors,
that we forgave in connection with the completion of the
Transactions. There was no corresponding amount in 2004.
Gain on Sale of Assets. The $1.0 million
gain on the sale of assets in 2005 resulted from our sale of an
owned 119 bed skilled nursing facility in Texas and a leased 230
bed assisted living facility in California.
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. The
benefit from income taxes from continuing operations was
$13.0 million in 2005, due primarily to the approximately
$25.2 million reversal of significantly all of the
remaining valuation allowance previously provided, partially
offset by non-cash stock-based compensation associated with
restricted stock and prior year reorganization expenses of
approximately $12.2 million. The provision for income taxes
from continuing operations was $4.4 million in 2004, due
primarily to the reversal of a portion of the valuation
allowance attributable to the utilization of our net operating
loss carryforwards in 2004 of $6.2 million, offset by
charges for prior year reorganization expenses, dividends on our
previously outstanding class A preferred shares and the
provision for taxes on continuing operations, which combined to
total approximately $10.6 million.
Discontinued Operations, Net of
Tax. Discontinued operations, net of tax
increased by $11.9 million to $14.7 million in 2005,
compared to $2.8 million in 2004. In March 2005, we sold
our California based institutional pharmacy business to Kindred
Pharmacy Services for approximately $31.5 million in cash,
and used the proceeds of the sale to repay then outstanding
indebtedness. The results of operations for these assets have
been classified as discontinued operations and are not included
in the results of operations for 2005 or 2004. The gain on the
sale of the pharmacy business is included in 2005.
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting
Principle. In 2005, we recorded the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle of $1.6 million,
net of tax, as a result of our adoption of Financial Accounting
Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, Accounting for
Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.
EBITDA. EBITDA increased by $6.5 million,
or 12.6%, to $57.6 million in 2005 from $51.1 million
in 2004. The $6.5 million increase was primarily related to
the $91.5 million increase in revenues discussed above,
offset by the $65.8 million increase in cost of services
expenses discussed above, the $1.9 million increase in rent
cost of sales discussed above, the $18.7 million increase
in general and administrative services expenses discussed above
and $1.4 million in net decreases in expense related to
other items.
EBITDA for our long-term care services segment increased by
$16.4 million, or 34.2%, to $64.3 million in 2005 from
$47.9 million in 2004. The $16.4 million increase was
primarily related to the $73.6 million increase in revenues
in our long-term care services segment discussed above, offset
by the $57.2 million increase in cost of services expenses
in our long-term care services segment discussed above and an
increase in rent cost of services of $3.9 million,
primarily related to the increases in rent cost of sales
discussed above. In addition, there was a $3.9 million gain
on sale of assets in 2005.
EBITDA for our ancillary services segment increased by
$6.8 million, or 85.5%, to $14.8 million in 2005 from
$8.0 million in 2004. The $6.8 million increase was
primarily related to the $18.0 million increase in revenues
in our ancillary services segment discussed above, as well as a
$12.9 million increase in intercompany revenues, primarily
related to an increase in the volume of rehabilitation therapy
services provided to our skilled nursing facilities, offset by
the $21.7 million increase in cost of services expenses in
our ancillary services segment discussed above and a
$2.5 million increase in general and administrative
services expenses.
Net Income. Net income increased by
$17.4 million, or 105.4%, to $33.9 million in 2005
from $16.5 million in 2004. The $17.4 million increase
was related to the $6.5 million increase in EBITDA
discussed above and the decrease in income tax expense of
$17.4 million discussed above, offset by the
$5.1 million increase in interest expense, net of interest
income discussed above and the increase in depreciation and
amortization of $1.4 million discussed above. The most
material factor that contributed to the increase in net income
was the decrease in income tax expense.
Quarterly
Data
The following is a summary of our unaudited quarterly results
from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007
and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Net cash provided by operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2007, was $2.7 million compared to
$3.6 million for the three months ended March 31,2006, a decrease of $0.9 million. Of the decrease in net
cash provided by operations, $1.2 million was due to a
decrease in the net income before non-cash items to
$8.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2007
from $9.3 million for the three months ended March 31,2006, which was offset by a $0.2 million decrease in cash
used by the change in operating assets and liabilities to a
$5.5 million use of cash for the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from a $5.7 million use of cash for the
three months ended March 31, 2006.
The $0.2 million increase in cash used by the change in
operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of:
•
a $17.6 million decrease in cash from the change in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities, to a
$12.6 million use of cash in the three months ended
March 31, 2007 from a $5.0 million provision of cash
in the three months ended March 31, 2006, due to a
reclassification of $11.1 million from accrued income tax
contingencies to other long-term liabilities as a result of our
adoption of the provisions of FIN No. 48, with the
remaining $6.5 million due to timing of payments; and
•
a $1.3 million increase in the use of cash resulting from
the change in other current assets to a use of cash of
$0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2007
from a $0.5 million provision of cash in the three months
ended March 31, 2006;
Offset by:
•
an $11.1 million increase in cash from the change in other
long-term liabilities, to an $11.2 million provision of
cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from
$0.1 million provision of cash in the three months ended
March 31, 2006, due to the reclassification of
$11.1 million from accrued income tax contingencies to
other long-term liabilities as a result of our adoption of the
provisions of FIN No. 48; and
•
a $8.4 million decrease in the use of cash resulting from
the change in accounts receivable to a $3.3 million use of
cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007 from an
$11.7 million use of cash in the three months ended
March 31, 2006; the use of cash of $11.7 million in
the three months ended March 31, 2006 was primarily related
to the March 1, 2006 acquisition of three healthcare
facilities in Missouri, with no corresponding acquisition in
cash in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
Investing activities used $50.1 million in the three months
ended March 31, 2007 compared to $37.4 million in the
three months ended March 31, 2006. The primary use of funds
in the three months ended March 31, 2007 was
$30.0 million placed in escrow to fund the April 1,2007 purchase of three facilities in Missouri, $4.3 million
to purchase the land, building, and related improvements of one
of our leased skilled nursing facilities in California, as well
as $6.4 million in capital expenditures, including
$1.9 million of capital expenditures for developments,
primarily associated with our Express
Recoverytm
units. Additionally, $6.3 million was used to pay our
former stockholders for amounts paid to the Internal Revenue
Service in excess of the 2006 tax amounts on our tax return for
the period ended December 27, 2005 and $1.0 million
was used to fund an escrow account for the satisfaction of
certain tax liabilities that arose prior to the date of the
Transactions. The primary use of funds in the three months ended
March 31, 2006 was $31.3 million to purchase three
facilities in Missouri and the leasehold of one facility in Las
Vegas, Nevada, as well as $3.1 million in capital
expenditures, including capital expenditures for the development
of our Express
Recoverytm
units.
Net cash provided by financing activities in the three months
ended March 31, 2007 totaled $45.0 million compared to
net cash used in financing activities of $0.7 million in
the three months ended March 31, 2006. The cash provided by
financing activities in the three months ended March 31,2007 consisted of $46.5 million in net borrowings under the
line of credit, offset by $0.7 million in repayments of
long-term debt and $0.8 million of additions to deferred
financing fees. Cash used in the three months ended
March 31, 2006 consisted primarily of repayments of
long-term debt of $0.7 million, partially offset by
$0.1 million provided by the issuance of stock.
Net cash provided by operations in 2006 was $34.4 million
compared to $15.0 million in 2005, an increase of
$19.4 million. The increase in net cash provided by
operations resulted from a $0.7 million increase in income
before non-cash items to $33.6 million in 2006 from
$34.3 million in 2005, a $19.1 million decrease in
cash used by the change in operating assets and liabilities to a
$0.8 million
provision of cash in 2006 from a $18.3 million use of cash
in 2005, and a $1.0 million decrease in reorganization
costs that did not recur in 2006.
The $19.1 million decrease in cash used by the change in
operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of the
following:
•
$24.9 million was due to a decrease in cash used by the
change in other current assets, primarily prepaids and income
taxes receivable to a $12.3 million provision of cash in
2006 from a $12.6 million use of cash in 2005 primarily due
to the offset of a $9.4 million income tax receivable from
2005 against tax payments in 2006 as well lower prepaids in 2006
compared to 2005 primarily due to timing of payments; and
•
$3.6 million decrease in cash provided by the change in
insurance liability risks to a $1.6 million provision of
cash in 2006 from a $5.2 million provision of cash in 2005.
Investing activities used $74.4 million in 2006 compared to
$223.8 million in 2005. The primary use of funds in 2006
was $43.0 million to purchase a total of four facilities in
Missouri and the leasehold of one facility in Las Vegas, Nevada,
as well as $22.3 million in capital expenditures, including
$11.2 million of capital expenditures for developments,
primarily associated with our Express
Recoverytm
units. The primary use of funds in 2005 was $253.4 million
in cash distributed related to the Transactions and capital
expenditures for property and equipment of $11.2 million,
of which $2.5 million of capital expenditures were
primarily associated with our Express
Recoverytm
units. Partially offsetting these uses of funds in 2005 were
$41.1 million in cash proceeds related to the sale of our
California Pharmacy business, as well as an assisted living
facility in California and a skilled nursing facility in Texas.
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2006 was
$5.6 million compared to $241.3 million in 2005. In
2006, net cash provided by financing activities reflected our
borrowing of $8.5 million under the revolving credit
facility that is part of our first lien credit agreement,
partially offset by $2.9 million of required principal
payments we made to reduce debt. Net cash provided by financing
activities in 2005 totaled $241.3 million, consisting of
$533.3 million in sources of cash and $292.0 million
in uses of cash.
Sources of cash consisted of the following:
•
$211.3 million of equity investments made in us associated
with the Transactions;
•
$123.1 million received from a refinancing of debt in July
2005;
•
$198.7 million received from the issuance of our
11% senior subordinated notes in December, 2005;
•
$0.1 million received from the exercise of stock options
and warrants; and
•
$0.1 million in proceeds received from the sale of an
interest rate hedge.
Uses of cash consisted of the following:
•
$110.0 million to fully pay-off our second lien term loan;
•
$108.6 million to pay a special dividend to our
stockholders;
•
$28.3 million incurred in deferred financing costs,
purchase of an interest rate hedge and early termination fees
associated with our new debt issuances;
•
$15.7 million to fully redeem our class A preferred
stock in accordance with our new senior debt structure;
•
$15.0 million to reduce the outstanding balance under our
revolver; and
•
$14.4 million in repayments on long-term debt and capital
leases.
Net cash provided by operations for 2005 was $15.0 million
compared to $48.4 million in 2004, a decrease of
$33.4 million. Of the decrease in net cash provided by
operations, $4.8 million was due to a decrease in the net
income before non-cash items to $34.3 million in 2005 from
$39.1 million in 2004 and $29.4 million was due to an
increase in cash used by the change in operating assets and
liabilities to a $18.3 million use of cash in 2005 from a
$11.1 million provision of cash in 2004. Offsetting these
items was a decrease of $0.8 million in cash paid for
reorganization costs to $1.0 million in 2005 compared to
$1.8 million in 2004.
The $29.4 million increase in cash used by the change in
operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of the
following:
•
$21.1 million was due to an increase in accounts
receivable, net, to a $28.2 million use of cash in 2005
from a $7.1 million use of cash in 2004, primarily due to
increases in accounts receivable in 2005 related to the
$5.8 million of retroactive cost of living revenue
adjustments under California State Assembly Bill 1629, increases
in our Hallmark rehabilitation business and the acquisition of
the Vintage Park group of facilities and the Summerlin, Nevada
facility, and
•
$10.7 million was due to an increase in cash used by the
change in other current assets, primarily prepaids and income
taxes receivable, to a $12.6 million use of cash in 2005
from a $1.9 million use of cash in 2004, and
•
$6.1 million was due to a decrease in cash provided by
insurance liability risks to $5.2 million in 2005 from
$11.3 million in 2004 , primarily related to the timing
difference between when amounts are accrued and subsequent
claims payments associated with those accruals, offset by an
•
$8.2 million increase in cash provided by the increase in
accounts payable and accrued liabilities to a $13.9 million
provision of cash in 2005 from a $5.7 million provision of
cash in 2004.
Net cash used in investing activities in 2005 was
$223.8 million compared to $45.2 million in 2004. The
primary use of funds in 2005 was $253.4 million to purchase
the then outstanding equity interests of our former stockholders
as well as $11.2 million in capital expenditures (including
$2.5 million of capital expenditures for the development of
twelve Express
Recoverytm
units) somewhat offset by the gross proceeds of
$41.1 million associated with the sale of our two
California-based institutional pharmacies as well as two other
long-term care facilities. Net cash used in investing activities
in 2004 was $45.2 million primarily associated with routine
capital expenditures for property and equipment of
$8.2 million, of which $1.1 million of capital
expenditures were primarily associated with our development of
nine Express
Recoverytm
units. The primary use of funds in 2004 was associated with our
purchase of the Vintage Park group of assets for
$42.7 million in total consideration.
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2005 totaled
$241.3 million, consisting of $533.3 million in
sources of cash and $292.0 million in uses of cash.
Sources of cash consisted of the following:
•
$211.3 million of equity investments made in us associated
with the Transactions;
•
$123.1 million received from a refinancing of debt in July
2005;
•
$198.7 million received from the issuance of our
11% senior subordinated notes in December, 2005;
•
$0.1 million received from the exercise of stock options
and warrants; and
•
$0.1 million in proceeds received from the sale of an
interest rate hedge.
Uses of cash consisted of the following:
•
$110.0 million to fully pay-off our second lien term loan;
•
$108.6 million to pay a special dividend to our
stockholders;
$28.3 million incurred in deferred financing costs,
purchase of an interest rate hedge and early termination fees
associated with our new debt issuances;
•
$15.7 million to fully redeem our class A preferred
stock in accordance with our new senior debt structure;
•
$15.0 million to reduce the outstanding balance under our
revolver; and
•
$14.4 million in repayments on long-term debt and capital
leases.
Net cash used in financing activities in 2004 totaled
$1.1 million, consisting of the following uses of cash,
offset by the proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of
approximately $279.0 million and $1.4 million in
proceeds from sale of interest rate hedge:
•
$228.9 million for repayments of our long-term debt due to
the refinancing of our debt capital structure;
•
$23.3 million to reduce our term debt;
•
$15.0 million dividend payment made to our class A
preferred stockholders; and
•
$14.3 million incurred in deferred financing costs, the
purchase of an interest note hedge and fees paid for the early
extinguishment of debt associated with our new debt issuance.
Cash
flows from Discontinued Operations
Cash flows from discontinued operations are combined with cash
flows from continuing operations within each cash flows
statement category. In 2005 and 2004, cash flows from
discontinued operations in operating activities were
approximately $0.4 million and $4.4 million,
respectively. There were no cash flows from discontinued
operations in the first three months of 2007 or in 2006.
Cash flows related to discontinued operations used in investing
activities were for additions to property and equipment and were
less than $0.1 million in 2005 and 2004. There were no cash
flows from financing activities related to discontinued
operations in the first three months of 2007 or in 2006,
2005 or 2004. Our future liquidity and capital resources are not
expected to be materially affected by the absence of cash flows
from discontinued operations because we expect these cash flows
to be replaced by increased operating cash flows from our
continuing operations. For example, net cash flows provided by
operating activities for 2006 were $34.4 million, compared
to $15.0 million for 2005.
Principal
Debt Obligations
Historically, our primary sources of liquidity were cash flow
generated by our operations and borrowings under our credit
facilities, mezzanine loans, term loans and senior subordinated
notes. Following the Transactions, our primary sources of
liquidity have been our cash on hand, our cash flow from
operations and availability under the revolving portion of our
first lien secured credit facility, which is subject to our
satisfaction of certain financial covenants therein. Following
the Transactions, our primary liquidity requirements are for
debt service on our first lien senior secured term loan and our
11% senior subordinated notes, capital expenditures and
working capital.
We are significantly leveraged. As of March 31, 2007, we
had $514.9 million in aggregate indebtedness outstanding,
consisting of $198.9 million principal amount of
11% senior subordinated notes (net of the original issue
discount of $1.1 million), a $255.5 million first lien
senior secured term loan that matures on June 15, 2012,
$55.0 million principal amount under our $75.0 million
revolving credit facility that matures on June 15, 2010,
capital leases and other debt of approximately $5.5 million
and $4.2 million in outstanding letters of credit against
our revolving credit facility (leaving approximately
$15.8 million of additional borrowing capacity under our
revolver). For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and
2006, our interest expense, net of interest income, was
$11.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively. For
2006, 2005 and 2004, our interest expense, net of interest
income, was $45.1 million, $26.7 million and
$21.6 million respectively. We are in compliance with our
debt covenants as of March 31, 2007.
On December 27, 2005, concurrent with the consummation of
the Transactions, we repaid in full our $110.0 million
second lien senior secured term loan. We also amended and
restated our first lien senior secured credit facility, to
provide for up to $334.4 million of financing, consisting
of a $259.4 million term loan with a maturity of
June 15, 2012 and a $75.0 million revolving credit
facility with a maturity of June 15, 2010. We amended this
facility on January 31, 2007, reducing our interest rates
for the term loan and making other minor revisions, with no
change to the amount of the financing available under the
facility. We received a further increase in the amount available
to be borrowed under the revolving credit facility to
$100.0 million on May 11, 2007. The revolving credit
facility also includes a subfacility for letters of credit and a
swing line subfacility. The full amount of the loans under the
revolving credit facility are due on the maturity date of the
revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed under the term loan
are due in quarterly installments of $0.7 million at the
end of each calendar quarter with the remaining principal amount
due on the maturity date for the term loan.
The term loans revolving under the first lien senior secured
credit facility bear interest on the outstanding unpaid
principal amount at a rate equal to an applicable margin (as
described below) plus, at our option, either
•
a base rate determined by reference to the higher of the prime
rate announced by Credit Suisse and the federal funds rate plus
one-half of 1.0%; or
•
a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate.
Prior to January 31, 2007, for term loans the applicable
margin was 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.75% for Eurodollar
rate loans. For revolving loans the applicable margin ranges
from 1.00% to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.00% to 2.75% for
Eurodollar loans, in each case based on our consolidated
leverage ratio. Loans under the swing line subfacility will bear
interest at the rate applicable to base rate loans under the
revolving credit facility. For the first three months of
2007, the average interest rate applicable to term loans and
Eurodollar rate loans was 9.50% and 7.8%, respectively. For
2006, the average interest rate applicable to term loans and
Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.9% and 7.9%, respectively. For
the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate
applicable to revolving loans was 8.7%. For 2006, the average
interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 9.6%. Effective
January 31, 2007, the applicable margin for term loans is
1.25% for base rate loans and 2.25% for eurodollar rate loans.
Our first term loan matures on June 15, 2012 and our
revolving credit facility matures on June 15, 2010.
Immediately prior to the Transactions, we had outstanding:
•
our $259.4 million first lien senior secured term loan and
a $50.0 million unused first lien senior secured revolving
credit facility that matured on June 15, 2010;
•
a $110.0 million second lien senior secured term
loan; and
•
capital leases and other debt of approximately $5.9 million.
On June 15, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our
existing first lien senior secured credit facility and our
second lien senior secured credit facility to increase the term
loan and revolving loan portions of those facilities to
$259.4 million and $110.0 million, respectively.
On July 22, 2004, we entered into our first lien senior
secured credit facility and our second lien senior secured
credit facility. The first lien senior secured credit facility
initially provided for a senior secured term loan of
$140.0 million and a revolving credit facility of
$35.0 million. We did not draw down any amounts under the
revolving credit facility. The second lien senior secured credit
facility initially provided for a senior secured term loan of
$100.0 million and an additional term loan of
$30.0 million. We used the proceeds from these loans to pay
all of the principal and accrued interest on our then
outstanding debt that we had incurred upon emerging from
bankruptcy.
On March 1, 2006, we acquired three facilities that provide
skilled nursing and residential care and are located in close
proximity to one of our existing markets. We financed the
$31.0 million purchase price with cash retained on our
balance sheet following the completion of the Transactions. On
June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest
in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for
$2.7 million in cash. On December 15, 2006, we
purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for
$8.5 million in cash. On February 1, 2007, we
purchased the land, building and related improvements of one of
our leased skilled nursing facilities in California for
$4.3 million in cash. On April 1, 2007, we purchased
the owned real property, tangible assets, intellectual property
and related rights and licenses of three skilled nursing
facilities located in Missouri for a $30.1 million in cash,
including $0.1 million in transaction expenses. We financed
these transactions primarily through borrowings under our
revolving credit facility.
We intend to invest in the maintenance and general upkeep of our
facilities on an ongoing basis. We expect to spend on average
per annum approximately $400 per licensed bed for each of
our skilled nursing facilities and $400 per unit at each of
our assisted living facilities. We also expect to perform
renovations of our existing facilities every five to ten years
to remain competitive. Combined, we expect that these activities
will amount to between $8.0 million to $12.0 million
in capital expenditures per annum on our existing facilities. We
also expect to build additional Express
Recoverytm
units at a cost per location of between $400,000 and $600,000.
We are in the process of developing an additional 12 Express
Recoverytm
units that will be completed in the next 12 months.
Finally, we may also invest in expansions of our existing
facilities and the acquisition or development of new facilities.
We currently anticipate that we will incur capital expenditures
in 2007 of approximately $41 million, comprised of
$19.7 million for developments, $12.2 million for
routine capital expenditures and $9.1 million to build out
additional Express
Recoverytm
units. We currently anticipate that our future annual capital
expenditures for the years 2008 through 2010 will be within a
range of approximately $15 million to $20 million,
primarily comprised of routine capital expenditures, including
maintenance and upkeep of our existing facilities.
Liquidity
Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that cash
generated from operations, cash on hand and borrowings available
to us will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service
requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs
through December 31, 2007 and for the foreseeable future,
unless we are unable to refinance our debt as it comes due or we
determine to increase our anticipated capital expenditures for
acquisitions or otherwise. Our $100.0 million revolving
credit facility matures in 2010, our $259.4 million first
lien term loan matures in 2012 and our $200 million
11% senior subordinated notes mature in 2014. It is likely
that some portion of, or the entire total of, the amounts owed
under each indebtedness will need to be refinanced upon
maturity. We cannot assure you that our business will generate
sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings
will be available under our senior secured credit facilities, or
otherwise, to enable us to grow our business, service our
indebtedness, including our first lien secured credit facilities
and our 11% senior subordinated notes, or make anticipated
capital expenditures. Both our first lien senior secured credit
facility and the indenture governing our 11% senior
subordinated notes contain covenants that restrict our ability
to incur additional debt and, in the case of the 11% senior
subordinated notes, issue preferred stock. For example, our
senior secured credit facility contains covenants requiring
minimum interest coverage ratios, maximum leverage ratios and
maximum annual capital expenditures. These limitations may
restrict our ability to make capital expenditures or service our
existing debt, to the extent cash generated from operations is
not sufficient for these purposes.
We intend to use all of the net proceeds of this offering to pay
down our existing indebtedness, including portions of our first
lien revolving credit facility and our 11% senior
subordinated notes. We do not plan to use any of the net
proceeds for working capital purposes or otherwise in the
operation of our business. Our outstanding indebtedness as of
March 31, 2007 was $514.9 million. On a pro forma
basis, after application of the net proceeds of approximately
$116.8 million from this offering, we would have had
approximately $409.7 million of indebtedness outstanding as
of March 31, 2007. In addition, assuming we had repaid
$105.1 million of indebtedness as of January 1, 2006,
our interest expense for 2006 would have
been reduced by approximately $10.5 million. Assuming we
had repaid $105.1 million of indebtedness as of
January 1, 2007, our interest expense for the first three
months of 2007 would have been reduced by approximately
$2.6 million. After the offering we are still able to incur
additional indebtedness. In the event we incurred substantial
additional indebtedness following the application of the
proceeds from this offering, the interest expense associated
with that additional debt could offset any savings in interest
expense that we plan to achieve as a result of the application
of the proceeds of this offering.
One element of our business strategy is to selectively pursue
acquisitions and strategic alliances. Any acquisitions or
strategic alliances may result in the incurrence of, or
assumption by us, of additional indebtedness. We continually
assess our capital needs and may seek additional financing,
including debt or equity, as considered necessary to fund
capital expenditures and potential acquisitions or for other
corporate purposes. Our future operating performance, ability to
service or refinance our 11% senior subordinated notes and
ability to service and extend or refinance our senior secured
credit facilities will be subject to future economic conditions
and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are
beyond our control.
Other
Factors Affecting Liquidity and Capital Resources
Medical and Professional Malpractice and Workers’
Compensation Insurance. In recent years,
physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers have become
subject to an increasing number of legal actions alleging
malpractice, product liability or related legal theories. Many
of these actions involve large claims and significant defense
costs. To protect ourselves from the cost of these claims, we
maintain professional liability and general liability as well as
workers’ compensation insurance in amounts and with
deductibles that we believe to be sufficient for our operations.
Historically, unfavorable pricing and availability trends
emerged in the professional liability and workers’
compensation insurance market and the insurance market in
general that caused the cost of these liability coverages to
generally increase dramatically. Many insurance underwriters
became more selective in the insurance limits and types of
coverage they would provide as a result of rising settlement
costs and the significant failures of some nationally known
insurance underwriters. As a result, we experienced substantial
changes in our professional insurance program beginning in 2001.
Specifically, we were required to assume substantial
self-insured retentions for our professional liability claims. A
self-insured retention is a minimum amount of damages and
expenses (including legal fees) that we must pay for each claim.
We use actuarial methods to estimate the value of the losses
that may occur within this self-insured retention level and we
are required under our workers’ compensation insurance
agreements to post a letter of credit or set aside cash in trust
funds to securitize the estimated losses that we will assume.
Because of the high retention levels, we cannot predict with
absolute certainty the actual amount of the losses we will
assume and pay.
We estimate our professional liability and general liability
reserve on a quarterly basis and our workers’ compensation
reserve on a semi-annual basis, based upon actuarial analysis
using the most recent trends of claims, settlements and other
relevant data from our own and our industry’s loss history.
Based upon this analysis, at March 31, 2007, we had
reserved $36.5 million for known or unknown or potential
uninsured professional liability and general liability and
$11.0 million for workers’ compensation claims. We
have estimated that we may incur approximately
$16.0 million for professional and general liability claims
and $3.2 million for workers’ compensation claims, for
a total of approximately $19.2 million to be payable within
twelve months, however there are no set payment schedules and we
cannot assure you that the payment amount within the next twelve
months will not be significantly larger. To the extent that
subsequent claims information varies from loss estimates, the
liabilities will be adjusted to reflect current loss data. There
can be no assurance that in the future malpractice or
workers’ compensation insurance will be available at a
reasonable price or that we will not have to further increase
our levels of self-insurance.
Inflation. We derive a substantial portion of
our revenue from the Medicare program. We also derive revenue
from state Medicaid and similar reimbursement programs. Payments
under these programs generally provide for reimbursement levels
that are adjusted for inflation annually based upon the
state’s fiscal year for the Medicaid programs and in each
October for the Medicare program. However, we cannot
assure you that these adjustments will continue in the future
and, if received, will reflect the actual increase in our costs
for providing healthcare services.
Labor and supply expenses make up a substantial portion of our
cost of services. Those expenses can be subject to increase in
periods of rising inflation and when labor shortages occur in
the marketplace. To date, we have generally been able to
implement cost control measures or obtain increases in
reimbursement sufficient to offset increases in these expenses.
We cannot assure you that we will be successful in offsetting
future cost increases.
Seasonality. Our business experiences a slight
change in seasonal occupancy that is not material. In addition,
revenue has typically increased in the fourth quarter of a year
on a sequential basis due to annual increases in Medicare and
Medicaid rates that typically have been implemented during that
quarter.
Off
Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations, as
of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):
Less Than
More Than
Total
1 Yr.
1-3 Yrs.
3-5 Yrs.
5 Yrs.
Senior subordinated notes
$
365,000
$
22,000
$
44,000
$
44,000
$
255,000
Amended senior secured credit
facility
356,235
22,348
42,035
41,131
250,721
Capital lease obligations
4,214
367
2,766
436
645
Other long-term debt obligations
2,697
341
681
681
994
Operating lease obligations(1)
84,344
9,842
19,250
16,300
38,952
$
812,490
$
54,898
$
108,732
$
102,548
$
546,312
(1)
We lease some of our facilities under non-cancelable operating
leases. The leases generally provide for our payment of property
taxes, insurance and repairs, and have rent escalation clauses,
principally based upon the Consumer Price Index or other fixed
annual adjustments. The amounts shown reflect the future minimum
rental payments under these leases.
(2)
As of March 31, 2007 we had $55.0 million outstanding
under our revolving credit facility, an increase of
$46.5 million from December 31, 2006.
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
None.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to
risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. We
routinely monitor our risks associated with fluctuations in
interest rates and consider the use of derivative financial
instruments to hedge these exposures. We do not enter into
derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative
purposes nor do we enter into energy or commodity contracts.
Interest
Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate changes primarily as a result of
our credit facility and long-term debt used to maintain
liquidity and fund capital expenditures and operations. Our
interest rate risk management objective is to limit the impact
of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to
provide more predictability to our overall borrowing costs. To
achieve our objectives, we borrow primarily at fixed rates,
although we use our line of credit for short-term borrowing
purposes. In accordance with the requirements
under our first lien secured credit facility, we have entered
into a three year interest rate cap agreement expiring in August
2008 for principle in the amount of $148.0 million. This
provides us the right at any time during the contract period to
exchange the 90 day LIBOR then in effect for a 6.0% capped
rate. Additionally, we do not believe that the interest rate
risk represented by our floating rate debt is material as of
March 31, 2007 in relation to total assets of
$881.6 million.
At March 31, 2007, we had $310.5 million of debt
subject to variable rates of interest. A change of 1.0% in
short-term interest rates would result in a change to our
interest expense of $3.1 million annually. At
March 31, 2007, we had $0.4 million of cash and
equivalents that are affected by market rates of interest. A
change of 1.0% in the rate of interest would result in a change
to our interest income of less than $0.1 million annually.
Our interest rate risk is monitored using a variety of
techniques. The table below presents the principal amounts,
weighted average interest rates, fair values and other terms
required by year of expected maturity to evaluate the expected
cash flows and sensitivity to interest rate changes (dollars in
thousands).
Fair
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Thereafter
Total
Value
Fixed-rate debt(1)
$
210
$
224
$
239
$
255
$
272
$
200,904
$
202,104
$
222,104
Average interest rate
11.0
%
11.0
%
11.0
%
11.0
%
11.0
%
11.0
%
Variable-rate debt
$
2,600
$
2,600
$
2,600
$
11,100
$
2,600
$
243,100
$
264,600
$
264,600
Average interest rate(2)
7.5
%
7.1
%
7.1
%
7.2
%
7.3
%
7.3
%
(1)
Excludes unamortized original issue discount of
$1.2 million on our $200 million senior subordinated
notes.
(2)
Based on a forward LIBOR rate estimate.
The table incorporates only those exposures that exist as of
December 31, 2006, and does not consider those exposures or
positions which could arise after that date. Moreover, because
firm commitments are not presented in the table above, the
information presented therein has limited predictive value. As a
result, our interest rate fluctuations will depend on the
exposures that arise during the period and interest rates.
We are a provider of integrated long-term healthcare services
through our skilled nursing facilities and rehabilitation
therapy business. We also provide other related healthcare
services, including assisted living care and hospice care. We
focus on providing high-quality care to our patients, and we
have a strong reputation for treating patients who require a
high level of skilled nursing care and extensive rehabilitation
therapy, whom we refer to as high-acuity patients. As of April1, 2007 we owned or leased 64 skilled nursing facilities and 13
assisted living facilities, together comprising approximately
8,900 licensed beds. We currently own approximately 75% of our
facilities, which are located in California, Texas, Kansas,
Missouri and Nevada and are generally clustered in large urban
or suburban markets. For the first three months ended
March 31, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006,
our skilled nursing facilities, including our integrated
rehabilitation therapy services at these facilities, generated
approximately 84.4% and 85.5%, respectively, of our revenue,
with the remainder generated by our other related healthcare
services.
In the first three months of 2007 and the year ended
December 31, 2006, our revenue was $144.7 million and
$531.7 million, respectively. To increase our revenue we
focus on improving our skilled mix, which is the percentage of
our patient population that is eligible to receive Medicare and
managed care reimbursements. Medicare and managed care payors
typically provide higher reimbursement than other payors because
patients in these programs typically require a greater level of
care and service. We have increased our skilled mix from 20.6%
for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007. Our high
skilled mix also results in a high quality mix, which is our
percentage of non-Medicaid revenue. We have increased our
quality mix from 61.4% for 2004 to 70.5% for the first three
months of 2007. For the first three months of 2007, our net
income was $4.7 million, our EBITDA was $23.8 million
and our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.8 million. In 2006, our net
income was $17.3 million, our EBITDA was $88.5 million
and our Adjusted EBITDA was $88.7 million. We define EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA, provide a reconciliation of EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA to net income (the most directly comparable
financial measure presented in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles), and discuss our uses of, and
the limitations associated with the use of, EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA in footnote 2 to “Summary — Summary
Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data.”
Industry
and Market Opportunity
We operate in the approximately $120 billion United States
nursing home market through the operation of our skilled nursing
and assisted living facilities. The nursing home market is
highly fragmented and, according to the American Health Care
Association, comprises approximately 16,000 facilities with
approximately 1.7 million licensed beds as of
December 2006. As of December 31, 2005, the five
largest long-term healthcare companies combined controlled
approximately 10% of these facilities. We believe the key
underlying trends within the industry are favorable, as
described below.
•
Demand driven by aging population and increased life
expectancies. We believe that demand for
long-term healthcare services will continue to grow due to an
aging population and increased life expectancies. According to
the U.S. Census Bureau, the number of Americans aged 65 or
older is expected to increase from approximately 37 million
in 2005 to approximately 40 million in 2010 and
approximately 47 million in 2015, representing average
annual growth from 2005 of 1.9% and 2.5%, respectively. The
number of Americans aged 85 and over is forecasted to more than
double from 4.2 million in 2000 to 9.6 million by 2030.
•
Shift of patient care to lower cost
alternatives. We expect that the growth of the
elderly population in the United States will continue to cause
healthcare costs to increase at a faster rate than the available
funding from government-sponsored healthcare programs. In
response, the federal government has adopted cost containment
measures that encourage the treatment of patients in more cost
effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which
the staffing requirements and associated costs are often
significantly lower than at short or long-term acute-care
hospitals, in-patient rehabilitation facilities or other
post-acute care settings. Recent regulatory changes have created
incentives for these facilities to minimize patient lengths of
stay and placed limits on the type of patient that can be
admitted to these facilities, thereby increasing the demand for
skilled nursing care. At the same time, the government has
increased Medicare funding to skilled nursing facilities for the
treatment of high-acuity patients to a level at which we believe
these providers can deliver effective clinical outcomes. As a
result, we believe that many high-acuity patients that would
have been previously treated in these facilities are
increasingly being cared for in skilled nursing facilities.
•
Supply/Demand imbalance. According to the AARP
Public Policy Institute, the 65 or older population in
California and Texas is expected to grow from 2002 to 2020 by
79.5% and 74.6%, respectively, compared to the national average
growth of 58.4% over this same period. We expect that this
growth in the elderly population will result in increased demand
for services provided by long-term healthcare facilities in the
United States, including skilled nursing facilities, assisted
living facilities and in-patient rehabilitation facilities.
Despite potential growth in demand for long-term healthcare
services, there has been a decline in the number of nursing
facility beds. According to the American Health Care
Association, the total number of nursing facility beds in the
United States has declined from approximately 1.8 million
in December 2001 to approximately 1.7 million in December
2006, we believe in part due to the migration of lower-acuity
patients to alternative sources of long-term care. This
supply/demand imbalance is also highlighted in our key states,
with the number of nursing facility beds in California declining
from 2001 to 2006 by 5.9% and remaining relatively flat in Texas
over such period.
•
Medicare reimbursement. Medicare is a federal
program and provides certain healthcare benefits to
beneficiaries who are 65 years of age or older, blind,
disabled or qualify for the End Stage Renal Disease Program.
Since 1999, Medicare has reimbursed our skilled nursing
facilities at a predetermined rate, based on the anticipated
costs of treating patients. Under this system, reimbursement
rates are determined by classifying each patient into a resource
utilization group, or RUG, category that is based upon each
patient’s acuity level. Between 1999 and 2003, Congress
enacted a series of temporary supplemental payments and
adjustments to respond to financial pressures placed on the
nursing home industry. Effective January 1, 2006, the last
of the previously established temporary payments applicable to
our patient population expired. At that time, the Center for
Medicare and Medicaid Services increased the number of RUG
categories from 44 to 53 and refined the reimbursement rates for
the existing RUG categories in order to better align the
respective payments with patient acuity levels. These nine new
RUG categories generally apply to higher acuity patients and the
higher reimbursement rates for those RUGs have been adopted to
better account for the higher costs of those patients. As part
of a market basket adjustment implemented for increased cost of
living, Medicare payments to skilled nursing facilities
increased by an average of 3.1% for 2006 and will also increase
by an average of 3.1% for 2007.
On
April 30, 2007 CMS issued a proposed rule that would update
2008 per diem payment rates for skilled nursing facilities by
3.3%, and revise and rebase the skilled nursing facility market
basket. The proposed rule would increase aggregate payments to
skilled nursing facilities nationwide by approximately
$690 million.
While CMS has proposed a market basket increase of
3.3 percent in its proposed rule, the president’s
budget recommendation includes a proposal for zero percent
update to the skilled nursing facility market basket. To become
effective, the proposed rule would require legislation enacted
by Congress.
On February 8, 2006, the president signed into law the
Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, which contained
provisions that are expected to reduce net Medicare and Medicaid
payments to skilled nursing facilities by $100.0 million
over five years (federal fiscal years 2006 through 2010). Under
previously enacted federal law, caps on annual reimbursement for
rehabilitation therapy became effective on January 1, 2006.
The DRA provides for exceptions to those caps for patients with
certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is
reimbursed under Medicare Part B and provided through the
end of 2006. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 extended
the
exceptions through the end of 2007. The majority of the
residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served
by our rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is
reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for these
exceptions to these reimbursement caps. Unless further extended,
these exceptions will expire on December 31, 2007.
In addition, on February 5, 2007, the Bush Administration
released its fiscal year 2008 budget proposal, which would
reduce Medicare spending by $5.3 billion in fiscal year
2008 and $75.9 billion over five years. The budget would
freeze payments in fiscal year 2008 to skilled nursing
facilities and reduce payment updates for hospice services. The
president also proposes to eliminate bad debt reimbursement for
unpaid beneficiary cost sharing over four years for all
providers, including skilled nursing facilities. Medicare
currently pays 70% of unpaid beneficiary co-payments and
deductibles to skilled nursing facilities. Of these proposals,
$4.3 billion for 2008 and $65.6 billion over
five years would require legislation to be implemented. For
a more detailed description of these proposed provisions, see
“ — Sources of Reimbursement.”
•
Medicaid reimbursement. Medicaid is a
state-administered medical assistance program for the indigent,
operated by individual states with the financial participation
of the federal government. All states in which we operate cover
long-term care services for individuals who are Medicaid
eligible and qualify for institutional care. Medicaid
reimbursement rates are generally lower than reimbursement
provided by Medicare. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending,
combined with slower state revenue growth, has led many states
to institute measures aimed at controlling spending growth.
Given that Medicaid outlays are a significant component of state
budgets, we expect continuing cost containment pressures on
Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities in the states in
which we operate. The president’s budget for fiscal year
2008 includes proposals to cut a total of $25.7 billion in
federal financial participation in Medicaid over the next five
years. If this proposal is adopted, states which previously
received higher federal matching payments would have less
funding available, in which case Medicaid rates in these states
may be reduced to levels that are below our operating costs. In
addition, the DRA limited the circumstances under which an
individual may become financially eligible for nursing home
services under Medicaid. While Medicaid spending varies by
state, we believe the states in which we operate generally
provide a favorable operating environment.
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has
established a Medicaid advisory commission charged with
recommending ways in which Congress can restructure the program.
The commission issued its report on December 29, 2006. The
commission’s report included several recommendations that
involved giving states greater discretion in the determination
of eligibility, formulation of benefit packages, financing, and
tying payment for services to quality measures. The commission
also recommended to expand home and community-based care for
seniors and the disabled.
•
Tort reform. In response to the growing cost
of medical malpractice claims, many states, including California
and Texas, have implemented tort reform measures capping
non-economic damages in many cases and limiting certain punitive
damages. These caps both limit exposure to claims and serve to
expedite resolution of claims.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths serve as a foundation for our
strategy:
•
High-quality patient care and integrated service
offerings. Through our dedicated and well-trained
employees, attractive facility environment and broad service
offering, we believe that we provide high-quality,
cost-effective care to our patients. We believe that our
integrated skilled nursing care and rehabilitation therapy
service offerings are particularly attractive to high-acuity
patients. These patients require more intensive and medically
complex care, which typically results in higher reimbursement
rates. We enhanced our position as a select provider to
high-acuity patients by introducing our Express
Recoverytm
program, which uses a dedicated unit within a skilled nursing
facility to deliver a comprehensive rehabilitation regime to
high-acuity patients. We have increased our skilled mix from
20.6% for 2004 to 25.3% for the first three months of 2007.
•
Strong reputation in local markets. We believe
we have a strong reputation for high-quality care and successful
clinical outcomes in our local markets. We believe this
reputation has enabled us to build strong relationships with
managed care payors, as well as referral sources such as
hospitals and specialty physicians that frequently refer
high-acuity patients to us.
•
Concentrated network in attractive
markets. Approximately 67% of our skilled nursing
facilities are located in urban or suburban markets. These
markets are typically more heavily penetrated by specialty
physicians, large medical centers and managed care payors, which
are all key sources of referrals for high-acuity patients. Many
of our facilities are located in close proximity to large
medical centers and specialty physician groups, allowing us to
develop relationships with these key referral sources and
increase the number of high-acuity patients referred to us. We
believe that managed care payors typically prefer a regional
network of facilities such as ours because they prefer to
contract with a limited number of providers. In addition, our
clustered facility locations have enabled us to achieve lower
operating costs through the flexible sharing of therapists and
nurses among facilities, reduced third-party contract labor and
the placement of experienced managers in close proximity to our
facilities.
•
Successful integration of
acquisitions. Between August 1, 2003 and
April 1, 2007, we have acquired or entered into long-term
leases for 30 skilled nursing and assisted living facilities
across four states. Immediately following the closing of an
acquisition, we transition the acquired facilities to the same
management platform we use to support our existing facilities,
which includes centralized business services as well as common
information systems, processes and standard operating
procedures, including risk management. We have successfully
integrated these facilities and have experienced average
facility level margin improvement of 2.6% and an increase in
skilled mix of 2.4% for the 22 of these facilities acquired
before 2006 as measured by the first three full months
immediately following each acquisition relative to the
comparative period one year later.
•
Significant facility ownership. As of
April 1, 2007, we owned approximately 75% of our
facilities. Ownership provides us with greater operating and
financial flexibility than leasing because it provides longer
term control over facility operations, mitigates our exposure to
increasing rent expense and allows us to respond more quickly
and efficiently to changes in market demand through facility
renovations and modifications.
•
Strong and experienced management team. Our
senior management team has an average of more than 23 years
of healthcare industry experience and has made significant
financial and operating improvements to our business since
joining us in 2002. By establishing our focus on key performance
metrics and creating a culture of accountability across all of
our facilities, our senior management team has developed a
framework for monitoring and improving quality of care and
profitability. Our senior management team has been the
motivating force in the development of innovative programs to
attract high-acuity patients, such as our Express
Recoverytm
program. After the completion of this offering, our senior
management team will beneficially own approximately 5.7% of our
outstanding common stock.
Our
Strategy
The primary elements of our business strategy are to:
•
Focus on high-acuity patients. We focus on
attracting high-acuity patients, for whom we are reimbursed at
higher rates. We believe that we can continue to leverage our
integrated service offering and our reputation for providing
high-quality care to expand our referral network and increase
the number of high-acuity patients referred to us. In addition,
we intend to introduce our Express
Recoverytm
program in more of our facilities and to develop other
innovative programs to better serve high-acuity patients. As of
March 31, 2007, we have 24 Express
Recoverytm
units at our facilities.
Expand our rehabilitation and other related healthcare
businesses. We intend to continue to grow our
rehabilitation therapy and hospice care businesses by expanding
their use in both our own and in third-party facilities and by
adding new third-party contracts. We have increased our
third-party rehabilitation revenue 34.1%, to $16.9 million
in the first three months of 2007 from $12.6 million in the
first three months of 2006. We have increased our third-party
rehabilitation revenue 35.7% to $57.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2006 from $42.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2005. We believe that by continuing
to grow these businesses and adding to our portfolio of related
healthcare services, we will be able to capture a greater share
of healthcare expenditures in our key markets.
•
Drive revenue growth organically and through acquisitions and
development. We pursue organic revenue growth by
expanding our referral network, increasing our service offerings
to high-acuity patients and expanding our other related
healthcare services offerings. We regularly evaluate strategic
acquisitions and new development opportunities in attractive
markets, particularly in the western region of the United
States, that allow us to build relationships with additional
referral sources, such as hospitals, specialty physicians and
managed care organizations, or achieve operational efficiencies.
For example, we currently are advancing plans to develop three
skilled nursing facilities on or near the Baylor campus.
•
Monitor performance measures to increase operating
efficiency. We focus on reducing operating costs
by maximizing the efficient use of our labor resources and
managing our insurance and professional and general liability
and workers’ compensation expenses. We have had success
with these initiatives in part by implementing systems to
monitor closely key metrics that measure our performance in such
areas as quality of care, occupancy, payor mix, labor
utilization and turnover and insurance claims. We believe that
by continuing to monitor our performance closely we will be able
to reduce our use of outsourced services and our overtime
compensation and proactively address potential sources of
medical malpractice and workers’ compensation exposure, all
of which would enable us to improve our operating results.
•
Attract and retain talented and qualified
employees. We seek to hire and retain talented and
qualified employees, including our administrative and management
personnel. We also seek to leverage our employees’
capabilities through our culture, quality of care training and
incentive programs in order to enhance our ability to provide
quality clinical and rehabilitation services.
Recent
Acquisitions and Development Activities
On April 1, 2007, we purchased the owned real property,
tangible assets, intellectual property and related rights and
licenses of three skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri
for $30.1 million in cash, including $0.1 million in
transaction expenses. We also assumed certain liabilities under
related operating contracts. The transaction added approximately
426 beds and 24 unlicensed apartments to our operations. The
acquisition was financed by draw downs of $30.1 million on
our revolving credit facility.
In March of 2007 we completed construction on an assisted living
facility in Ottawa, Kansas for a total cost of approximately
$2.8 million. This facility added 47 beds to our
operations.
On February 1, 2007, we purchased the land, building and
related improvements of one of our leased skilled nursing
facilities in California for $4.3 million in cash. Changing
this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net
change in the number of beds.
On December 15, 2006, we purchased a skilled nursing
facility in Missouri for $8.5 million in cash; on
June 16, 2006, we purchased a long-term leasehold interest
in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada for
$2.7 million in cash and on March 1, 2006, we
purchased two skilled nursing facilities and one skilled nursing
and residential care facility in Missouri for $31.0 million
in cash. These facilities added approximately 666 beds to our
operations.
In December 2005, Onex, certain members of our management and
Baylor Healthcare System, together the rollover investors, and
other associates of Onex purchased our predecessor company in a
merger for $645.7 million. Onex and the rollover investors
funded the purchase price, related transaction costs and an
increase of cash on our predecessor company’s balance sheet
with equity contributions of approximately $222.9 million,
the issuance and sale of $200.0 million principal amount of
our 11% senior subordinated notes and the incurrence and
assumption of $259.4 million in term loan debt. Immediately
after the Transactions, Onex and its associates, on the one
hand, and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held
approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our predecessor
company’s outstanding capital stock, not including
restricted stock issued to management at the time of the
Transactions.
We refer to the Onex merger, the equity contributions, the
financings and use of proceeds therefrom and related
transactions, collectively, as the “Transactions.” We
describe the Transactions in greater detail under “Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions — The
Transactions.”
In February 2007, we effected the merger of our predecessor
company, which was our
wholly-owned
subsidiary, with and into us. We were the surviving company in
the merger and changed our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc.
to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. As a result of this merger we
assumed all of the rights and obligations of our predecessor
company, including obligations under its 11% senior subordinated
notes.
New
Facilities Under Development
We are currently developing three skilled nursing facilities in
the Dallas/Fort Worth greater metropolitan area. We expect the
total costs for development to be between $38 million and
$43 million and that all of the facilities will be
completed by April 2009. Upon completion we expect these
facilities to add in aggregate approximately 360 to
410 beds to our operations.
We are also developing an assisted living facility in the
greater Kansas City area. We estimate that the costs for this
project will be approximately $4.4 million. We expect this
facility to be completed in September 2008 and to add
approximately 40 to 50 new beds to our operations.
Operations
Our services focus primarily on the medical and physical issues
facing elderly high-acuity patients and are provided through our
skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities,
integrated and third party rehabilitation therapy business and
hospice.
We have two reportable operating segments — long-term
care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing
and assisted living facilities and is the most significant
portion of our business, and ancillary services —
which includes our integrated and third party rehabilitation
therapy and hospice businesses.
Long-Term
Care Services Segment
Skilled
Nursing Facilities
As of March 31, 2007, we provided skilled nursing care at
61 regionally clustered facilities, having 7,578 licensed
beds, in California, Texas, Kansas, Missouri and Nevada. On
April 1, 2007, we acquired three skilled nursing facilities
in Missouri, increasing our total to 64 facilities with 7,986
licensed beds. We have developed programs for, and actively
market our services to, high-acuity patients, who are typically
admitted to our facilities as they recover from strokes, other
neurological conditions, cardiovascular and respiratory
ailments, single joint replacements and other muscular or
skeletal disorders.
We use interdisciplinary teams of experienced medical
professionals, including therapists, to provide services
prescribed by physicians. These teams include registered nurses,
licensed practical nurses, certified nursing assistants and
other professionals who provide individualized comprehensive
nursing care 24 hours a day. Many of our skilled nursing
facilities are equipped to provide specialty care, such as
chemotherapy, dialysis, enteral/parenteral nutrition,
tracheotomy care, and ventilator care. We also provide standard
services to each of our skilled nursing patients, including room
and board, special nutritional programs, social services,
recreational activities and related healthcare and other
services.
In December 2004, we introduced our Express
Recoverytm
program, which uses a dedicated unit within a skilled nursing
facility to deliver a comprehensive rehabilitation regimen to
high-acuity patients. Each Express
Recoverytm
unit is staffed separately from the rest of the skilled nursing
facility and can typically be entered without using the main
facility entrance, permitting residents to bypass portions of
the facility dedicated to the traditional nursing home patient.
Each Express
Recoverytm
unit typically has 12 to 36 beds and provides skilled nursing
care and rehabilitation therapy for patients recovering from
conditions such as joint replacement surgery, and cardiac and
respiratory ailments. Since introducing our Express
Recoverytm
program at several of our skilled nursing facilities, our
skilled mix at these facilities has increased, resulting in
higher reimbursement rates. As of March 31, 2007, we
operated 24 Express
Recoverytm
units with 644 beds and plan to complete the development of
12 additional Express
Recoverytm
units with approximately 360 beds by the end of 2007.
Assisted
Living Facilities
We complement our skilled nursing care business by providing
assisted living services at 13 facilities with 913 licensed
beds, as of March 31, 2007. Our assisted living facilities
provide residential accommodations, activities, meals, security,
housekeeping and assistance in the activities of daily living to
seniors who are independent or who require some support, but not
the level of nursing care provided in a skilled nursing facility.
Ancillary
Services Segment
Rehabilitation
Therapy Services
As of March 31, 2007, we provided physical, occupational
and speech therapy services to each of our 61 skilled
nursing facilities and to approximately 116 third-party
facilities through our Hallmark Rehabilitation subsidiary. We
provide rehabilitation therapy services at our skilled nursing
facilities as part of an integrated service offering in
connection with our skilled nursing care. We believe that an
integrated approach to treating high-acuity patients enhances
our ability to achieve successful patient outcomes and enables
us to identify and treat patients who can benefit from our
rehabilitation therapy services. We believe hospitals and
physician groups refer high-acuity patients to our skilled
nursing facilities because they recognize the value of an
integrated approach to providing skilled nursing care and
rehabilitation therapy services.
We believe that we have also established a strong reputation as
a premium provider of rehabilitation therapy services to
third-party skilled nursing operators in our local markets, with
a recognized ability to provide these services to high-acuity
patients. Our partnership approach to providing rehabilitation
therapy services for third-party operators is in contrast to a
low-cost strategy and emphasizes high-quality treatment and
successful clinical outcomes. As of March 31, 2007, we
employed approximately 1,082 full-time equivalent employees
in our rehabilitation therapy business, primarily therapists.
Hospice
Care
We provide hospice services in California and Texas through our
Hospice Care of the West business. Hospice services focus on the
physical, spiritual and psychosocial needs of both terminally
ill individuals and their families and consist of palliative and
clinical care, education and counseling. Our Hospice Care of the
West business received licensure in California and Texas at the
end of 2004.
Our Local
Referral Network
As of March 31, 2007, our sales and marketing team of nine
regionally-based professionals support our facility-based
personnel who are responsible for marketing our high-acuity
capabilities. These marketing efforts involve developing new
referral relationships and managing existing relationships
within our local network. Our facility-based personnel actively
call on hospitals, hospital discharge planners, primary care
physicians and various community organizations as well as
specialty physicians, such as orthopedic surgeons,
pulmonologists, neurologists and other medical specialties
because these providers frequently treat patients that require
comprehensive therapy or other medically complex services that
we provide.
We also have established strategic alliances with medical
centers in our local markets, including Baylor Health Care
System in Dallas, Texas, St. Joseph’s Hospital in Orange
County, California and White Memorial in Los Angeles,
California. We believe that forming alliances with leading
medical centers improves our ability to attract high-acuity
patients to our facilities because we believe that an
association with such a medical center typically enhances our
reputation for providing high-quality care. As part of these
alliances, the medical centers formally evaluate and provide
input with respect to our quality of care. We believe these
alliances provide us with significantly greater exposure to
physicians and discharge staff at these medical centers,
strengthening our relationships and reputation with these
valuable referral sources. These medical centers may also seek
to discharge their patients more rapidly into a facility where
the patient will continue to receive high-quality care. As part
of the affiliation, we typically commit to admit a contractually
negotiated number of charity care patients from the hospital
system into our skilled nursing facility and adopt coordinated
quality assurance practices.
Payment
Sources
We derive revenue primarily from the Medicare and Medicaid
programs, managed care payors and from private pay patients.
Medicaid typically covers patients that require standard room
and board services and provides reimbursement rates that are
generally lower than rates earned from other sources. We use our
skilled mix as a measure of the quality of reimbursements we
receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods.
Skilled mix is the average daily number of Medicare and managed
care patients we serve at our skilled nursing facilities divided
by the average daily number of total patients we serve at our
skilled nursing facilities. We monitor our quality mix, which is
the percentage of non-Medicaid revenue from each of our
businesses, to measure the level of more attractive
reimbursements that we receive across each of our business
units. We believe that our focus on attracting and providing
integrated care for high-acuity patients has had a positive
effect on our skilled mix and quality mix.
The following table sets forth our Medicare, managed care,
private pay/other and Medicaid patient days for our skilled
nursing facilities as a percentage of total patient days for our
skilled nursing facilities and the level of skilled mix for our
skilled nursing facilities:
The following table sets forth our Medicare, managed care and
private pay and Medicaid sources of revenue by percentage of
total revenue and the level of quality mix for our company:
We receive a majority of our revenue from Medicare and Medicaid.
The Medicare and Medicaid programs generated approximately 38.2%
and 29.5%, respectively, of our revenue for the three months
ended March 31, 2007, and 36.0% and 32.0%, respectively, of
our revenue for 2006. Changes in the reimbursement rates or the
system governing reimbursement for these programs directly
affect our business. In addition, our rehabilitation therapy
services, for which we typically receive payment from private
payors, are significantly dependent on Medicare and Medicaid
funding, as those private payors are often reimbursed by these
programs. In recent years, federal and state governments have
enacted changes to these programs in response to increasing
healthcare costs and budgetary constraints See “Risk
Factors — Reductions in Medicare reimbursement rates
or changes in the rules governing the Medicare program could
have a material adverse effect on our revenue, financial
condition and results of operations.” Our ability to remain
certified as a Medicare and Medicaid provider depends on our
ability to comply with existing and newly enacted laws or new
interpretations of existing laws related to these programs. See
“ — Government Regulation.”
Medicare. Medicare is a federal program and
provides certain healthcare benefits to beneficiaries who are
65 years of age or older, blind, disabled or qualify for
the End Stage Renal Disease Program. Medicare provides health
insurance benefits in two primary parts:
•
Part A. Hospital insurance, which
provides reimbursement for inpatient services for hospitals,
skilled nursing facilities and certain other healthcare
providers and patients requiring daily professional skilled
nursing and other rehabilitative care. Coverage in a skilled
nursing facility is limited for a period up to 100 days, if
medically necessary, after the individual has qualified for
Medicare coverage by a three-day hospital stay. Medicare pays
for the first 20 days of stay in a skilled nursing facility
in full and the next 80 days above a daily coinsurance
amount. Covered services include supervised nursing care, room
and board, social services, pharmaceuticals and supplies as well
as physical, speech and occupational therapies and other
necessary services provided by nursing facilities. Medicare
Part A also covers hospice care.
•
Part B. Supplemental Medicare insurance,
which requires the beneficiary to pay monthly premiums, covers
physician services, limited drug coverage and other outpatient
services, such as physical, occupational and speech therapy
services, enteral nutrition, certain medical items and X-ray
services received outside of a Part A covered inpatient
stay.
To achieve and maintain Medicare certification, a healthcare
provider must meet the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services, or CMS, “Conditions of Participation” on an
ongoing basis, as determined in the facility survey conducted by
the state in which such provider is located.
Medicare pays for inpatient nursing facility services under the
Medicare prospective payment system, or PPS. The prospective
payment for each beneficiary is based upon the acuity of care
needed by the beneficiary. Acuity is determined by an assessment
of the patient. Based on this assessment, the patient is
assigned to one of the resource utilization grouping categories,
or RUGs. Each RUG category corresponds to a fixed per diem rate
of reimbursement. Under the PPS, the amount paid to the provider
for an episode of care is not directly related to the
provider’s charges or costs of providing that care. CMS
adjusts Medicare rates for the RUGs on an annual basis usually
on October 1 of each year, and may increase the RUG rates
based upon an inflation factor referred to as the “market
basket.” A market basket has been generated in each of the
eight years since the Medicare PPS became effective in 1998, at
an average annual rate of 3.0%. The market basket increase was
3.1% for 2006 and will also be 3.1% for 2007. Until 2006, our
facilities received reimbursement for 100% of their Medicare bad
debts. As of the beginning of 2006, Medicare reimbursement for
skilled nursing facility bad debt was reduced to 70.0%,
consistent with the rate paid to hospitals, except for the bad
debt attributable to beneficiaries who are entitled to receive
Medicare Part A and/or Part B and are eligible to
receive some form of Medicaid benefit, referred to as
dual-eligible beneficiaries. We do not anticipate a substantial
impact from this legislation.
On August 4, 2005, CMS issued a final Medicare payment rule
for skilled nursing facilities, that became effective on
January 1, 2006. The final rule refined the existing RUG
categories and added nine
new RUG categories for skilled nursing facility residents who
qualify for more extensive services. We believe these RUG
changes more accurately pay skilled nursing facilities for the
care of residents with medically complex conditions.
Additionally, effective January 1, 2006, temporary add-on
payments available in prior years expired. We cannot predict
whether there will be additional refinement of RUG categories in
the future, however CMS has announced that it is engaged in
demonstration projects and data collection efforts for purposes
of developing future refinements.
Beginning January 1, 2006, the Medicare Modernization Act
of December 2003, or MMA, implemented a major expansion of the
Medicare program through the introduction of a prescription drug
benefit under new Medicare Part D. Medicare beneficiaries
who elect Part D coverage and are dual eligible
beneficiaries, are enrolled automatically in Part D and
have their outpatient prescription drug costs covered by this
new Medicare benefit, subject to certain limitations. Most of
the nursing facility residents we serve whose drug costs are
currently covered by state Medicaid programs are dual eligible
beneficiaries. Accordingly, Medicaid is no longer a significant
payor for the prescription pharmacy services provided to these
residents. Medicaid will continue as a significant payor for
over the counter medications. For more information please refer
to “— Reimbursement for Institutional Pharmacy
Services, Including Medical Supplies.”
Section 4541 of the Balanced Budget Act, or BBA, requires
CMS to impose financial limitations or caps on outpatient
physical, speech-language and occupational therapy services by
all providers, other than hospital outpatient departments. The
law requires a combined cap for physical therapy and
speech-language pathology, and a separate cap for occupational
therapy, reimbursed under Part B. Due to a series of
moratoria enacted subsequent to the BBA, the caps were only in
effect in 1999 and for a few months in 2003. With the expiration
of the most recent moratorium, the caps were reinstated on
January 1, 2006 at $1,740 for the physical therapy and
speech therapy cap and $1,740 for the occupational therapy cap.
Each of these caps increased to $1,780 effective January 1,2007. CMS, as directed by DRA, established an outpatient therapy
caps exception process that is effective retroactively to
January 1, 2006 for services rendered through the end of
2006. Congress extended these exceptions through the end of
2007. The exception process allows for two types of exceptions
to caps for medically necessary services: (1) automatic
exceptions; and (2) manual exceptions. Certain diagnoses
qualify for an automatic exception to the therapy caps if the
condition or complexity has a direct and significant impact on
the need for course of therapy being provided and the additional
treatment is medically necessary. Manual exceptions require
submission of a written request by the beneficiary or provider
and medical review by the Medicare fiscal intermediary. If the
patient does not have a condition that allows automatic
exception, but is believed to require medically necessary
services exceeding the caps, the skilled nursing facility may
fax a letter requesting up to 15 treatment days of service
beyond the cap. Unless further extended, these exceptions to the
therapy caps will expire on December 31, 2007.
In addition, on February 5, 2007, the Bush Administration
released its fiscal year 2008 budget proposal, which would
reduce Medicare spending by $5.3 billion in fiscal year
2008 and $75.9 billion over five years. The budget would,
among other things, freeze payments in fiscal year 2008 to
skilled nursing facilities. Thereafter, the payment update for
these providers would be market basket minus 0.65%. The budget
also proposes to reduce payment updates for hospice services by
0.65% annually, beginning in 2008. To enhance the long-term
financing of the Medicare program, the budget also proposes
automatic reductions in provider updates if general revenue is
projected to exceed 45.0% of total Medicare financing. Of these
proposals, $4.3 billion for 2008 and $65.6 billion over
five years would require legislation to be implemented.
Nonetheless, Congress may yet consider these and other proposals
in the future that would further restrict Medicare funding for
skilled nursing facilities and other providers.
CMS’s annual update notice also discusses several
initiatives, including plans to: (1) develop an integrated
system of post-acute care payment, to make payments for similar
services consistent regardless of where the service is
delivered; (2) encourage the increased use of health
information technology to improve both quality and efficiency in
the delivery of post-acute care; (3) assist beneficiaries
in their need to be better informed health care consumers by
making information about health care pricing and quality
accessible and understandable; and (4) accelerate the
progress already being made in improving quality of life for
nursing home residents. The president’s 2008 budget
proposes to implement site-neutral post hospital payments to
limit incentives for five conditions commonly treated in both
skilled nursing facilities and impatient rehabilitation
facilities. It is too early to assess the impact, if any, that
these proposals would have on us.
On April 30, 2007 CMS issued a proposed rule that would
update 2008 per diem payment rates for skilled nursing
facilities by 3.3%, and revise and rebase the skilled nursing
facility market basket. The proposed rule would increase
aggregate payments to skilled nursing facilities nationwide by
approximately $690 million.
While CMS has proposed a market basket increase of
3.3 percent in its proposed rule, the president’s
budget recommendation includes a proposal for zero percent
update to the skilled nursing facility market basket. To become
effective, the proposed rule would require legislation enacted
by Congress.
Medicaid. Medicaid is a state-administered
program financed by state funds and matching federal funds,
providing health insurance coverage for certain persons in
financial need, regardless of age, and that may supplement
Medicare benefits for financially needy persons aged 65 and
older.
Under Medicaid, most state expenditures for medical assistance
are matched by the federal government. The federal medical
assistance percentage, which is the percentage of Medicaid
expenses paid by the federal government, will range from 50% to
76%, depending on the state in which the program is
administered, for fiscal year 2007. For federal fiscal year 2007
in the states in which we currently operate, between 50% and 62%
of Medicaid funds will be provided by the federal government.
The president’s 2008 budget proposal would limit federal
matching to 50%. If this proposal is adopted, states which
previously received higher federal matching payments would have
less funding available, in which case Medicaid rates in these
states may be reduced to levels that are below our operating
costs.
To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the
Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements
such as provider taxes. Under the provider tax arrangements,
states collect taxes from health care providers and then return
the revenue to hospitals as a Medicaid expenditure, whereby
states can then claim additional federal matching funds.
To curb these types of Medicaid funding arrangements by the
states, Congress placed restrictions on states’ use of
provider tax and donation programs as a source of state matching
funds. Under the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and
Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991 the federal matching
funds available to a state were reduced by the total amount of
health care related taxes that the state imposed, unless certain
requirements are met. The federal matching funds are not reduced
if the state taxes are broad-based and not applied specifically
to Medicaid reimbursed services, and providers are at risk for
the amount of tax assessed and not guaranteed to receive
reimbursement for the tax assessed through the applicable state
Medicaid program.
Under current law, taxes imposed on providers may not exceed
6.0% of total revenue and must be applied uniformly across all
health care providers in the same class. Beginning
January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2011 that
maximum will be reduced to 5.5%. At this time we cannot estimate
what effect, if any, the reduction will have on our operations.
The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, or DRA, limits the ability of
individuals to become eligible for Medicaid by increasing from
three years to five years the time period, known as the
“look back period,” in which the transfer of assets by
an individual for less than fair market value will render the
individual ineligible for Medicaid benefits for nursing home
care. Under the DRA, a person that transferred assets for less
than fair market value during the look-back period will be
ineligible for Medicaid for so long as they would have been able
to fund their cost of care absent the transfer or until the
transfer would no longer have been made during the look-back
period. This period is referred to as the penalty period. The
DRA also changes the calculation for determining when the
penalty period begins and prohibits states from ignoring small
asset transfers and certain other asset transfer mechanisms.
Medicaid reimbursement formulas are established by each state
with the approval of the federal government in accordance with
federal guidelines.
The Medicaid program generally permits states to develop their
own standards for the establishment of rates and varies in
certain respects from state to state. The law requires each
state to use a public process for establishing proposed rates
whereby the methodology and justification of rates used are
available for
public review and comment. The states in which we operate
currently use cost-based or price-based reimbursement systems.
Under cost-based reimbursement systems, the facility is
reimbursed for the reasonable direct and indirect allowable
costs it incurred in a base year in providing routine resident
care services as defined by the program. The reimbursements
received under a cost-based reimbursement system are updated
each year for inflation. In certain states, efficiency
incentives are provided and facilities may be subject to cost
ceilings. Reasonable costs normally include certain allowances
for administrative and general costs, as well as the cost of
capital or investment in the facility, which may be transformed
into a fair rental or cost of capital charge for property and
equipment.
The reimbursement formulas employed by the state may be
categorized as prospective or retrospective in nature. Under a
prospective cost-based system, per diem rates are established
based upon the historical cost of providing services (usually
during a prior base year) adjusted to reflect factors such as
inflation and any additional services required. Many of the
prospective payment systems under which we operate contain an
acuity measurement system, which adjusts rates based on the care
needs of the resident. Retrospective systems operate similar to
the pre-PPS Medicare program where skilled nursing facilities
are paid on an interim basis for services provided, subject to
adjustments based on allowable costs, which are generally
submitted on an annual basis.
Each state has relatively broad discretion in the reimbursement
methodology and amounts paid for services. In 2005, California
switched from a prospective payment system to a prospective
cost-based system for free-standing nursing facilities that
reflects the costs and staffing levels associated with quality
of care for residents at these facilities. Also in 2005,
California effected a retroactive cost of living adjustment to
its existing average Medi-Cal reimbursement rate for the
2004/2005 rate year. California levies a tax on skilled nursing
facilities in the amount of $7.79 per patient day. The law under
which this tax is levied is scheduled to expire on July 31,2008, unless a later enacted statute extends this date. In
August 2006, we received an increase of approximately 2.32% in
Medi-Cal rates effective for the fiscal year ending June 2007.
In Texas, skilled nursing facility services are reimbursed at
per diem rates determined for 11 patient acuity mix classes
of service. Costs are projected from the historical cost period
to the prospective rate period and account for economic changes
and changes in occupancy and utilization. On March 24,2006, the Texas state legislature approved an administrative
increase in Texas Medicaid rates of approximately 11.75%, to be
made retroactively effective to January 1, 2006.
In Kansas, skilled nursing facilities are paid prospectively
determined daily rates determined using a prospective facility
specific rate setting system. The rate is determined for base
year cost data submitted by the provider and adjusted for case
mix. Certain costs are adjusted for inflation annually based on
a market basket index. In July 2006 we received a rate increase
of approximately 0.7% effective for the fiscal year ending
June 2007.
In Missouri, skilled nursing facilities are reimbursed based on
a cost-based rate determined on a base year cost updated for
inflation or pursuant to a patient care median. The current base
year is 2001. Missouri levies a tax on skilled nursing
facilities in the amount of $8.42 per patient day, plus a
small redistribution fee based on the additional funds raised by
the provider tax. The tax is collected via an automatic
deduction from the Medicaid remittance advice. In July 2006, we
received a rate increase of approximately 2.7% effective for the
fiscal year ending June 2007.
In Nevada, free-standing skilled nursing facilities are paid a
prospective per diem rate that is adjusted for patient acuity
mix and designed to cover all costs except those currently
associated with property, return on equity, and certain
ancillaries. Property cost is reimbursed at prospective rate for
each facility. Nevada levies a tax on skilled nursing facilities
in the amount of $14.12 per non-Medicare patient day, which
is collected one month in arrears. The rate in effect for the
period beginning October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006
was approximately 0.85% lower than the same period last year.
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has
established a Medicaid Advisory Commission charged with
recommending ways Congress can reduce Medicaid spending growth
and restructure the program. The commission issued its report on
December 31, 2006. The commission’s report included
several
recommendations that involved giving states greater discretion
in the determination of eligibility, formulation of benefit
packages, financing and tying payment for services to quality
measures. The commission also recommended expanding home and
community-based care for seniors and the disabled.
Managed Care. Our managed care patients
consist of individuals who are insured by a third-party entity,
typically called a senior HMO plan, or are Medicare
beneficiaries who assign their Medicare benefits to a senior HMO
plan.
Private Pay and Other. Private pay and other
sources consist primarily of individuals or parties who directly
pay for their services or are beneficiaries of the Department of
Veterans Affairs or hospice beneficiaries not enrolled in
Medicare.
Reimbursement
for Specific Services
Reimbursement for Skilled Nursing
Services. Skilled nursing facility revenue is
primarily derived from Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement, as
discussed above.
Our skilled nursing facilities also provide Medicaid-covered
services to eligible individuals consisting of nursing care,
room and board and social services. In addition, states may at
their option cover other services such as physical, occupational
and speech therapies.
Reimbursement for Assisted Living
Services. Assisted living facility revenue is
primarily derived from private pay residents at rates we
establish based upon the services we provide and market
conditions in the area of operation. In addition, Medicaid or
other state specific programs in some states where we operate
supplement payments for board and care services provided in
assisted living facilities.
Reimbursement for Rehabilitation Therapy
Services. Our rehabilitation therapy services
operations receive payment for services from affiliated and
non-affiliated skilled nursing facilities and assisted living
facilities that they serve. The payments are based on contracts
with customers with negotiated patient per diem rates or a
negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered.
Various federal and state laws and regulations govern
reimbursement for rehabilitation therapy services to long-term
care facilities and other healthcare providers participating in
Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare
programs.
Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenues are paid by the
Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has
established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid
(including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for
rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare
beneficiary under Part B. The law requires a combined cap
for physical therapy and speech-language pathology and a
separate cap for occupational therapy. Due to a series of
moratoria by Congress, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and
for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent
moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at
$1,740 for the physical therapy/speech therapy cap and $1,740
for the occupational therapy cap. Each of these caps increased
to $1,780 effective as of January 1, 2007. The Tax Relief
and Healthcare Act of 2006 extended exceptions to these caps
through December 31, 2007 and, unless further extended,
these exceptions will expire at that time. In 2006, the
exception process fell into two categories: automatic process
exceptions and manual process exceptions. Beginning
January 1, 2007, there is no manual process for exceptions.
Automatic exceptions continue to be available for certain
enumerated conditions or complexities and are allowed without a
written request, provided that the conditions and complexities
are documented in patient records. Deletion of the manual
process for exceptions increases the responsibility of the
provider for determining and documenting that services are
appropriate for use of the automatic exception process. CMS
anticipates that the majority of beneficiaries who require
services in excess of the caps will qualify for the automatic
exception.
The federal and state reimbursement and fraud and abuse laws and
regulations are applicable to our rehabilitation therapy
services operations because the services we provide to our
customers, including affiliated entities, are paid under
Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare
programs. We could also be affected if we violate the laws in
our arrangements with patients or referral sources. Also, if our
customers fail to comply with these laws and regulations they
could be subject to possible sanctions, including loss of
licensure or eligibility to participate in reimbursement
programs, as well as civil and criminal penalties, which
could adversely affect our rehabilitation therapy operations,
including our financial results. Our customers will also be
affected by the Medicare Part B outpatient rehabilitation
therapy cap discussed above.
Reimbursement for Hospice Services. For a
Medicare beneficiary to qualify for the Medicare hospice
benefit, two physicians must certify that, in the best judgment
of the physician or medical director, the beneficiary has less
than six months to live, assuming the beneficiary’s disease
runs its normal course. In addition, the Medicare beneficiary
must affirmatively elect hospice care and waive any rights to
other Medicare benefits related to his or her terminal illness.
Each benefit period, a physician must re-certify that the
Medicare beneficiary’s life expectancy is six months or
less in order for the beneficiary to continue to qualify for and
to receive the Medicare hospice benefit. The first two benefit
periods are measured at
90-day
intervals and subsequent benefit periods are measured at
60-day
intervals. There is no limit on the number of periods that a
Medicare beneficiary may be re-certified. A Medicare beneficiary
may revoke his or her election at any time and begin receiving
traditional Medicare benefits.
Medicare reimburses for hospice care using a prospective payment
system. Under that system, we receive one of four predetermined
daily or hourly rates based on the level of care we furnish to
the beneficiary. These rates are subject to annual adjustments
based on inflation and geographic wage considerations.
Medicare limits the reimbursement we may receive for inpatient
care services. If the number of inpatient care days furnished by
us to Medicare beneficiaries exceeds 20.0% of the total days of
hospice care furnished by us to Medicare beneficiaries, Medicare
payments to us for inpatient care days exceeding the 20.0%
inpatient cap will be reduced to the routine home care rate.
This determination is made annually based on the twelve-month
period beginning on November 1st of each year.
We are required to file annual cost reports with the
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services for
informational purposes and to submit claims based on the
location where we actually furnish the hospice services. These
requirements permit Medicare to adjust payment rates for
regional differences in wage costs.
Government
Regulation
General
Healthcare is an area of extensive and frequent regulatory
change. We provide healthcare services through our operating
subsidiaries. In order to operate nursing facilities and provide
healthcare services, our subsidiaries that operate these
facilities must comply with federal, state and local laws
relating to licensure, delivery and adequacy of medical care,
distribution of pharmaceuticals, equipment, personnel, operating
policies, fire prevention, rate setting, building codes and
environmental protection. Changes in the law or new
interpretations of existing laws may have a significant impact
on our methods and costs of doing business.
Governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our
skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities to
assure that we continue to comply with their various standards.
We must pass these inspections to continue our licensing under
state law, to obtain certification under the Medicare and
Medicaid programs and to continue our participation in the
Veterans Administration program at some facilities. We can only
participate in other third-party programs if our facilities pass
these inspections. In addition, government authorities inspect
our record keeping and inventory control of controlled
narcotics. From time to time, we, like others in the healthcare
industry, may receive notices from federal and state regulatory
agencies alleging that we failed to comply with applicable
standards. These notices may require us to take corrective
action, and may impose civil monetary penalties and other
operating restrictions on us. If our skilled nursing facilities
fail to comply with these directives or otherwise fail to comply
substantially with licensure and certification laws, rules and
regulations, we could lose our certification as a Medicare or
Medicaid provider or lose our state licenses to operate the
facilities.
Civil
and Criminal Fraud and Abuse Laws and Enforcement
Federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws regulate both
the provision of services to government program beneficiaries
and the methods and requirements for submitting claims for
services rendered to such beneficiaries. Under these laws,
individuals and organizations can be penalized for submitting
claims for
services that are not provided, that have been inadequately
provided, billed in an incorrect manner or other than as
actually provided, not medically necessary, provided by an
improper person, accompanied by an illegal inducement to utilize
or refrain from utilizing a service or product, or billed or
coded in a manner that does not otherwise comply with applicable
governmental requirements. Penalties also may be imposed for
violation of anti-kickback and patient referral laws.
Federal and state governments have a range of criminal, civil
and administrative sanctions available to penalize and remediate
healthcare fraud and abuse, including exclusion of the provider
from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, fines,
criminal and civil monetary penalties and suspension of payments
and, in the case of individuals, imprisonment.
We have internal policies and procedures and have implemented a
compliance program in order to reduce exposure for violations of
these and other laws and regulations. However, because
enforcement efforts presently are widespread within the industry
and may vary from region to region, we cannot assure you that
our compliance program will significantly reduce or eliminate
exposure to civil or criminal sanctions or adverse
administrative determinations.
Anti-Kickback
Statute
Provisions in Title XI of the Social Security Act, commonly
referred to as the Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibit the knowing
and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of anything
of value, directly or indirectly, in return for the referral of
patients or arranging for the referral of patients, or in return
for the recommendation, arrangement, purchase, lease or order of
items or services that are covered by a federal healthcare
program such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violation of the
Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony, and sanctions for each
violation include imprisonment of up to five years, criminal
fines of up to $25,000, civil monetary penalties of up to
$50,000 per act plus three times the amount claimed or
three times the remuneration offered, and exclusion from federal
healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid). Many
states have adopted similar prohibitions against kickbacks and
other practices that are intended to induce referrals applicable
to all payors.
We are required under the Medicare conditions of participation
and some state licensing laws to contract with numerous
healthcare providers and practitioners, including physicians,
hospitals and nursing homes, and to arrange for these
individuals or entities to provide services to our patients. In
addition, we have contracts with other suppliers, including
pharmacies, ambulance services and medical equipment companies.
Some of these individuals or entities may refer, or be in a
position to refer, patients to us, and we may refer, or be in a
position to refer, patients to these individuals or entities.
Certain safe harbor provisions have been created, and compliance
with a safe harbor ensures that the contractual relationship
will not be found in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute. We
attempt to structure these arrangements in a manner that meets
the terms of one of the safe harbor regulations. Some of these
arrangements may not meet all of the requirements. However,
failure to meet the safe harbor does not render the contract
illegal.
We believe that our contracts and arrangements with providers,
practitioners and suppliers should not be found to violate the
Anti-Kickback Statute or similar state laws. We cannot guarantee
however, that these laws will ultimately be interpreted in a
manner consistent with our practices.
If we are found to be in violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute
we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, and we
could be excluded from participating in federal and state
healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The
occurrence of any of these events could significantly harm our
business and financial condition.
Stark
Law
Congress has also passed a significant prohibition against
certain physician referrals of patients for healthcare services,
commonly known as the Stark Law. The Stark Law prohibits a
physician from making referrals for particular healthcare
services (called “designated health services”) to
entities with which the physician, or an immediate family member
of the physician, has a financial relationship if the services
are payable by Medicare or Medicaid. If any arrangement is
covered by the Stark Law, the requirements of a
Stark Law exception must be met for the physician to be able to
make referrals to the entity for designated health services and
for the entity to be able to bill for these services. Although
the term “designed health services” does not include
long-term care services, some of the services provided by our
skilled nursing facilities and other related business units are
classified as designated health services including physical,
speech and occupational therapy, pharmacy and hospice services.
The term “financial relationship” is defined very
broadly to include most types of ownership or compensation
relationships. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity receiving
the referral from seeking payment from the patient or the
Medicare and Medicaid programs for services rendered pursuant to
a prohibited referral. If an entity is paid for services
rendered pursuant to a prohibited referral, it may incur civil
penalties and could be excluded from participating in any
federal and state healthcare programs.
The Stark Law contains exceptions for certain physician
ownership or investment interests in, and certain physician
compensation arrangements with, entities. If a compensation
arrangement or investment relationship between a physician, or
immediate family member, and an entity satisfies all
requirements for a Stark Law exception, the Stark Law will not
prohibit the physician from referring patients to the entity for
designated health services. The exceptions for compensation
arrangements cover employment relationships, personal services
contracts and space and equipment leases, among others.
If an entity violates the Stark Law, it could be subject to
civil penalties of up to $15,000 per prohibited claim and
up to $100,000 for knowingly entering into certain prohibited
cross-referral schemes. The entity also may be excluded from
participating in federal and state healthcare programs,
including Medicare and Medicaid. If the Stark Law was found to
apply to our relationships with referring physicians and no
exception under the Stark Law were available, we would be
required to restructure these relationships or refuse to accept
referrals for designated health services from these physicians.
If we were found to have submitted claims to Medicare or
Medicaid for services provided pursuant to a referral prohibited
by the Stark Law, we would be required to repay any amounts we
received from Medicare or Medicaid for those services and could
be subject to civil monetary penalties. Further, we could be
excluded from participating in Medicare and Medicaid and other
federal and state healthcare programs. If we were required to
repay any amounts to Medicare or Medicaid, subjected to fines,
or excluded from the Medicare and Medicaid Programs, our
business and financial condition would be harmed significantly.
Many states have physician relationship and referral statutes
that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws generally apply
regardless of payor. We believe that our operations are
structured to comply with applicable state laws with respect to
physician relationships and referrals. However, any finding that
we are not in compliance with these state laws could require us
to change our operations or could subject us to penalties. This,
in turn, could have a negative effect on our operations.
False
Claims
Federal and state laws prohibit the submission of false claims
and other acts that are considered fraudulent or abusive. The
submission of claims to a federal or state healthcare program
for items and services that are “not provided as
claimed” may lead to the imposition of civil monetary
penalties, criminal fines and imprisonment,
and/or
exclusion from participation in state and federally funded
healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid
programs. Allegations of poor quality of care can also lead to
false claims suits as prosecutors allege that the provider has
represented to the program that adequate care is provided and
the lack of quality care causes the service to be “not
provided as claimed.”
Under the Federal False Claims Act, actions against a provider
can be initiated by the federal government or by a private party
on behalf of the federal government. These private parties,
whistleblowers, are often referred to as qui tam relators, and
relators are entitled to share in any amounts recovered by the
government. Both direct enforcement activity by the government
and qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent
years. The use of private enforcement actions against healthcare
providers has increased dramatically, in part because the
relators are entitled to share in a portion of any settlement or
judgment. This development has increased the risk that a
healthcare company will have to defend a false claims action,
pay fines or settlement amounts or be excluded from the Medicare
and Medicaid programs and other federal and state healthcare
programs as a result of an investigation arising out of false
claims laws. Many states have
enacted similar laws providing for imposition of civil and
criminal penalties for the filing of fraudulent claims. Due to
the complexity of regulations applicable to our industry, we
cannot guarantee that we will not in the future be the subject
of any actions under the Federal False Claims Act or similar
state law.
Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of
1996
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
of 1996, commonly known as HIPAA, created two new federal
crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to
healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits
knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any
healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A
violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines,
imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs.
The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully
falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making
any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in
connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare
benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a
felony and may result in fines or imprisonment as well as
exclusion from participation in federal and state health care
programs.
In addition, HIPAA established uniform standards governing the
conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and
protecting the privacy and security of certain individually
identifiable health information. Three standards have been
promulgated under HIPAA with which we currently are required to
comply. First, we must comply with HIPAA’s standards for
electronic transactions, which establish standards for common
healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan
eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic
signatures. We have been required to comply with these standards
since October 16, 2003. We must also comply with the
standards for the privacy of individually identifiable health
information, which limit the use and disclosure of most paper
and oral communications, as well as those in electronic form,
regarding an individual’s past, present or future physical
or mental health or condition, or relating to the provision of
healthcare to the individual or payment for that healthcare, if
the individual can or may be identified by such information. We
were required to comply with these standards by April 14,2003. Finally, we must comply with HIPAA’s security
standards, which require us to ensure the confidentiality,
integrity and availability of all electronic protected health
information that we create, receive, maintain or transmit, to
protect against reasonably anticipated threats or hazards to the
security of such information, and to protect such information
from unauthorized use or disclosure. We were required to comply
with these standards by April 21, 2005.
In addition, in January 2004, CMS published a rule announcing
the adoption of the National Provider Identifier as the standard
unique health identifier for healthcare providers to use in
filing and processing healthcare claims and other transactions.
This rule became effective May 23, 2005, with a compliance
date of May 23, 2007. We believe that we are in material
compliance with these standards. However, if our practices,
policies and procedures are found not to comply with these
standards, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil
sanctions.
State
Privacy Laws
States also have laws that apply to the privacy of healthcare
information. We must comply with these state privacy laws to the
extent that they are more protective of healthcare information
or provide additional protections not afforded by HIPAA. Where
we are subject to these state laws, it may be necessary to
modify our operations or procedures to comply with them, which
may entail significant and costly changes for us. We believe
that we are in material compliance with applicable state privacy
and security laws. However, if we fail to comply with these
laws, we could be subject to additional penalties
and/or
sanctions.
Certificates
of Need and Other Regulatory Matters
Certain states administer a certificate of need program which
applies to the incurrence of capital expenditures, the offering
of certain new institutional health services, the cessation of
certain services and the acquisition of major medical equipment.
Such legislation also stipulates requirements for such programs,
including that each program both be consistent with the
respective state health plan in effect pursuant to such
legislation and provide for penalties to enforce program
requirements. To the extent that certificates of need or other
similar approvals are required for expansion of our operations,
either through facility
acquisitions, expansion or provision of new services or other
changes, such expansion could be affected adversely by the
failure or inability to obtain the necessary approvals, changes
in the standards applicable to such approvals or possible delays
and expenses associated with obtaining such approvals.
State
Facility Operating License Requirements
Nursing homes, pharmacies, and hospices are required to be
individually licensed or certified under applicable state law
and as a condition of participation under the Medicare program.
In addition, health care professionals and practitioners
providing health care are required to be licensed in most
states. We believe that our operating subsidiaries that provide
these services have all required regulatory approvals necessary
for our current operations. The failure to obtain, retain or
renew any required license or could adversely affect our
operations, including our financial results.
Rehabilitation
License Requirements
Our rehabilitation therapy services operations are subject to
various federal and state regulations, primarily regulations of
individual practitioners. Therapists and other healthcare
professionals employed by us are required to be individually
licensed or certified under applicable state law. We take
measures to ensure that therapists and other healthcare
professionals are properly licensed. In addition, we require
therapists and other employees to participate in continuing
education programs. The failure to obtain, retain or renew any
required license or certifications by therapists or other
healthcare professionals could adversely affect our operations,
including our financial results.
Regulation
of our Joint Venture Institutional Pharmacy
Our joint venture institutional pharmacy operations, which
include medical equipment and supplies, are subject to extensive
federal, state and local regulation relating to, among other
things, operational requirements, reimbursement, documentation,
licensure, certification and regulation of pharmacies,
pharmacists, drug compounding and manufacture and controlled
substances.
Institutional pharmacies are regulated under the Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act and the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, which are
administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.
Under the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of
1970, which is administered by the U.S. Drug Enforcement
Administration, dispensers of controlled substances must
register with the Drug Enforcement Administration, file reports
of inventories and transactions and provide adequate security
measures. Failure to comply with such requirements could result
in civil or criminal penalties. The Medicare and Medicaid
programs also establish certain requirements for participation
of pharmacy suppliers. Our institutional pharmacy joint venture
is also subject to federal and state laws that govern financial
arrangements between healthcare providers, including the
Anti-Kickback Statute under “— Anti-Kickback
Statute.”
Competition
Our facilities compete primarily on a local and regional basis
with many long-term care providers, from national and regional
chains to smaller providers owning as few as a single nursing
center. We also compete with inpatient rehabilitation facilities
and long-term acute care hospitals. Our ability to compete
successfully varies from location to location and depends on a
number of factors, which include the number of competing
facilities in the local market, the types of services available,
quality of care, reputation, age and appearance of each facility
and the cost of care in each location with respect to private
pay residents.
We seek to compete effectively in each market by establishing a
reputation within the local community for quality of care,
attractive and comfortable facilities and providing specialized
healthcare with an emphasized focus on high-acuity patients.
Programs targeting high-acuity patients, including our
Express
Recoverytm
units, generally have a higher staffing level per patient than
our other inpatient facilities and compete more directly with
inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute-care
hospitals. We believe that the average cost to a third-party
payor for the treatment of our typical high-acuity patient is
lower if that patient is treated in one of our facilities than
if that same patient were to be treated in an inpatient
rehabilitation facility or long-term acute-care hospital.
Our other services, such as rehabilitation therapy provided to
third-party facilities and hospice care also compete with local,
regional, and national companies. The primary competitive
factors in these businesses are similar to those for our skilled
nursing care facilities and include reputation, the cost of
services, the quality of clinical services, responsiveness to
patient needs and the ability to provide support in other areas
such as third-party reimbursement, information management and
patient record-keeping.
Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and
retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our
business. Some of our competitors have greater financial and
other resources than we have, may have greater brand recognition
and may be more established in their respective communities than
we are. Competing companies may also offer newer facilities or
different programs or services than us and may therefore attract
our patients who are presently residents of our facilities,
potential residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise
receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may accept
lower margins and, therefore, may present significant price
competition.
Although non-profit organizations continue to run approximately
two-thirds of hospice programs, for-profit companies have
recently began to occupy a larger share of the hospice market.
Increasing public awareness of hospice services, the aging of
the U.S. population and favorable reimbursement by
Medicare, the primary payor, have contributed to the recent
growth in the hospice care market. As more companies enter the
market to provide hospice services, we will face increasing
competitive pressure.
Labor
Our most significant operating cost is labor. Our labor costs
consist of salaries, wages and benefits including workers’
compensation but excluding non-cash stock-based compensation
expense. We seek to manage our labor costs by improving nurse
staffing retention, maintaining competitive labor rates, and
reducing reliance on overtime compensation and temporary nursing
agency services. Labor costs accounted for approximately 64.3%,
64.0%, 63.4% and 63.3% of our operating expenses from continuing
operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007, and
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
Risk
Management
We have developed a risk management program designed to
stabilize our insurance and professional liability costs. As
part of this program, we have implemented an arbitration
agreement system at each of our facilities under which, upon
admission, patients are asked to execute an agreement that
requires disputes to be arbitrated prior to filing a lawsuit. We
believe that this has significantly reduced our liability
exposure. We have also established an incident reporting process
that involves monthly
follow-up
with our facility administrators to monitor the progress of
claims and losses. We believe that our emphasis on providing
high-quality care and our attention to monitoring quality of
care indicators has also helped to reduce our liability exposure.
Insurance
We maintain insurance for general and professional liability,
workers’ compensation and employers’ liability,
employee benefits liability, property, casualty, directors and
officers, surety bonds, crime, boiler and machinery, automobile,
employment practices liability, earthquake and flood. We believe
that our insurance programs are adequate and that our reserves
appropriately reflect our exposure to potential liabilities. We
do not recognize a liability in our consolidated financial
statements in those instances where we have directly transferred
the risk to the insurance carrier.
General
and Professional Liability Insurance
In California, Texas and Nevada, we have professional and
general liability insurance with an individual claim limit of
$2 million per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit
for all facilities in these states of $6 million. In
Kansas, we have occurrence-based professional and general
liability insurance with an occurrence limit of $1 million
per loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit of
$3 million for each individual facility. In Missouri, we
have claims-made-based professional and general liability
insurance with an individual claim limit of $1 million per
loss and an annual aggregate coverage limit of $3 million
for
each individual facility. We have also purchased excess general
and professional liability insurance coverage providing an
additional $12 million of coverage for losses arising from
any claims in excess of $3 million. We also maintain a
$1 million self-insured professional and general liability
retention per claim in California, Nevada and Texas. We maintain
no deductibles in Kansas and Missouri.
Due to our self-insured retentions under our professional and
general liability programs, there is no limit on the maximum
number of claims or amount for which we can be liable in any
policy period. We base our loss estimates on independent
actuarial analyses, which determine expected liabilities on an
undiscounted basis, including incurred but not reported losses,
based upon the available information on a given date. It is
possible, however, for the ultimate amount of losses to exceed
our estimates and our insurance limits. In the event our actual
liability exceeds our estimates for any given period, our
results of operations and financial condition could be
materially adversely affected.
Workers’
Compensation
We have maintained workers’ compensation insurance as
statutorily required. Most of our commercial workers’
compensation insurance purchased is loss sensitive in nature. As
a result, we are responsible for adverse loss development.
Additionally, we self-insure the first unaggregated
$1.0 million per workers’ compensation claim in both
California and Nevada.
In April 2004, California enacted workers’ compensation
reform legislation designed to address specific problems in the
workers’ compensation system and reduce workers’
compensation insurance expenses. The legislation, among other
things, established an independent medical review process for
resolving medical disputes, tightened standards for determining
impairment ratings and capped temporary total disability
payments to 104 weeks from the first payment.
We have elected to not carry workers’ compensation
insurance in Texas and we may be liable for negligence claims
that are asserted against us by our employees.
We purchase guaranteed cost policies for Kansas and Missouri.
There are no deductibles associated with these programs.
Tort
Reform
In September 2003, Texas tort law was reformed to impose a
$250,000 cap on the noneconomic damages, such as pain and
suffering, that claimants can recover in a malpractice lawsuit
against a single health care institution and an aggregate
$500,000 cap on the amount of such damages that claimants can
recover in malpractice lawsuits against more than one health
care institution. The law also provides a $1.4 million cap,
subject to future adjustment for inflation, on recovery,
including punitive damages, in wrongful death and survivor
actions on a healthcare liability claim.
In California, tort reform laws since 1975 have imposed a
$250,000 cap on the noneconomic damages, such as pain and
suffering, that claimants can recover in an action for injury
against a healthcare provider based on negligence. California
law also provides for additional remedies and recovery of
attorney fees for certain claims of elder or dependant adult
abuse or neglect, although non-economic damages in medical
malpractice cases are capped. California does not provide a cap
on actual, provable damages in such claims or claims for fraud,
oppression or malice.
Nevada tort law was reformed in August 2002 to impose a $350,000
cap on non economic damages for medical malpractice or dental
malpractice. Punitive damages may only be awarded in tort
actions for fraud, oppression, or malice, and are limited to the
greater of $300,000 or three times compensatory damages.
In 2005, Missouri amended its tort law to impose a $350,000 cap
on non economic damages and to limit awards for punitive damages
to the greater of $500,000 or five times the net amount of the
judgment.
Kansas currently limits damages awarded for pain and suffering,
and all other non economic damages, to $250,000. Kansas also
limits the award of punitive damages to the lesser of a
defendant’s highest annual gross income for the prior five
years or $5 million. However, to the extent any gain from
misconduct exceeds these limits, the court may alternatively
award damages of up to 1.5 times the amount of such gain.
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local
environmental and occupational health and safety laws and
regulations. As a healthcare provider, we face regulatory
requirements in areas of air and water quality control, medical
and low-level radioactive waste management and disposal,
asbestos management, response to mold and lead-based paint in
our facilities and employee safety.
In our role as owner
and/or
operator of our facilities, we also may be required to
investigate and remediate hazardous substances that are located
on the property, including any such substances that may have
migrated off, or discharged or transported from the property.
Part of our operations involves the handling, use, storage,
transportation, disposal
and/or
discharge of hazardous, infectious, toxic, flammable and other
hazardous materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants. These
activities may result in damage to individuals, property or the
environment; may interrupt operations
and/or
increase costs; may result in legal liability, damages,
injunctions or fines; may result in investigations,
administrative proceedings, penalties or other governmental
agency actions; and may not be covered by insurance. We believe
that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental
and occupational health and safety requirements. However, we
cannot assure you that we will not encounter environmental
liabilities in the future, and such liabilities may result in
material adverse consequences to our operations or financial
condition.
Customers
No individual customer or client accounts for a significant
portion of our revenue. We do not expect that the loss of a
single customer or client would have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Legal
Proceedings
We are involved in legal proceedings and regulatory enforcement
investigations regarding facility surveys from time to time in
the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe the
outcome of these proceedings and investigations will have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Employees
As of March 31, 2007, we employed approximately 6,980
full-time-equivalent employees, and operated under five
collective bargaining agreements with a union covering
approximately 315 full-time employees at five of our
facilities located in California. We generally consider our
relationships with our employees to be satisfactory.
Properties
As of April 1, 2007, we operated 77 skilled nursing and
assisted living facilities, of which we owned 58 facilities and
leased 19 facilities. As of April 1, 2007, our
operated facilities had a total of 8,917 licensed beds.
The following table provides information by state as of
April 1, 2007 regarding the skilled nursing and assisted
living facilities we owned and leased.
Owned Facilities
Leased Facilities
Total Facilities
Licensed
Licensed
Licensed
Number
Beds
Number
Beds
Number
Beds
California
14
1,513
17
2,055
31
3,568
Texas
21
3,173
—
—
21
3,173
Kansas
16
887
—
—
16
887
Missouri
7
999
—
—
7
999
Nevada
—
—
2
290
2
290
Total
58
6,572
19
2,345
77
8,917
Skilled nursing
47
5,907
17
2,079
64
7,986
Assisted living
11
665
2
266
13
931
Our executive offices are located in Foothill Ranch, California
where we lease approximately 26,433 square feet of office
space, a portion of which is utilized for the administrative
functions of our hospice and our Hallmark businesses. The term
of this lease expires in October 2011. We have an option to
renew our lease at this location for an additional five-year
term.
Company
History
We were incorporated in Delaware. In 1998, we acquired Summit
Care, a publicly-traded long-term care company with nursing
facilities in California, Texas and Arizona. On October 2,2001, we and 19 of our subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions
for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code and on November 28, 2001, our remaining three
subsidiaries also filed voluntary petitions for protection under
Chapter 11. In August 2003, we emerged from bankruptcy,
paying or restructuring all debt holders in full, paying all
accrued interest expenses and issuing 5.0% of our common stock
to former bondholders. In connection with our emergence from
bankruptcy, we engaged in a series of transactions, including
our disposition in March 2005 of our California pharmacy
business, selling two institutional pharmacies in southern
California.
On December 27, 2005, Onex and certain members of our
management purchased our predecessor company in a merger for
$645.7 million.
In February 2007, we effected the merger of our predecessor
company, which was our
wholly-owned
subsidiary, with and into us. We were the surviving company in
the merger and changed our name from SHG Holding Solutions,
Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. As a result of this
merger, we assumed all of the rights and obligations of our
predecessor company, including obligations under its 11% senior
subordinated notes.
The following table sets forth certain information about our
executive officers and members of our board of directors as of
March 31, 2007.
Name
Age
Position
Boyd Hendrickson(3)
62
Chairman of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer and Director
Jose Lynch
37
President, Chief Operating Officer
and Director
John E. King
46
Treasurer and Chief Financial
Officer
Roland Rapp
45
General Counsel, Secretary and
Chief Administrative Officer
Mark Wortley
51
Executive Vice President and
President of Ancillary Subsidiaries
Peter A. Reynolds
48
Senior Vice President of Finance
and Chief Accounting Officer
Susan Whittle
59
Senior Vice President and Chief
Compliance Officer
Robert M. Le Blanc(1)(2)(3)
40
Lead Director
Michael E. Boxer(1)
45
Director
John M. Miller, V(1)
54
Director
Glenn S. Schafer(2)(3)
57
Director
William Scott(2)
70
Director
(1)
Member of our Audit Committee.
(2)
Member of our Compensation Committee.
(3)
Member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
Boyd Hendrickson, 62, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and Director. Mr. Hendrickson has
served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
since December 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Hendrickson served
as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2002 and as a member
of our board of directors since August 2003. Previously,
Mr. Hendrickson served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Evergreen Healthcare, Inc., an operator of long-term
healthcare facilities, from January 2000 to April 2002. From
1988 to January 2000, Mr. Hendrickson served in various
senior management roles, including President and Chief Operating
Officer, of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., one of the nation’s
largest long-term healthcare companies, where he also served on
the board of directors. Mr. Hendrickson was also
co-founder, President and Chief Operating Officer of Care
Enterprises, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Hallmark Health Services. Mr. Hendrickson also serves on
the Board of Directors of LTC Properties, Inc.
Jose Lynch, 37, President, Chief Operating Officer and
Director. Mr. Lynch has served as our
President and Chief Operating Officer and a member of our board
of directors since December 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Lynch
served as our President since February 2002. During his more
than 15 years of executive experience in the nursing home
industry, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations and
Corporate Officer for the Western Region of Mariner Post-Acute
Network, a long-term care company. Previous to that,
Mr. Lynch also served as Regional Vice President of
Operations for the Western Region of Mariner Post-Acute Network.
John E. King, 46, Treasurer and Chief Financial
Officer. Mr. King joined us as our Chief
Financial Officer in October 2004. Mr. King has over
20 years of experience in the healthcare and financial
services sectors. Mr. King served as Vice President of
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Sempercare, Inc., a
private long-term acute care hospital services provider based in
Plano, Texas from January 2002 until July
2004. From September 1999 until January 2002, Mr. King
served as an independent consultant in the healthcare services
field. His extensive healthcare finance background includes six
years as the Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief
Financial Officer of DaVita, Inc., a kidney dialysis service
provider, three years as Chief Financial Officer of John F.
Kennedy Memorial Hospital of the Tenet Healthcare Corporation in
Palm Springs and five years at Scripps Memorial Hospital in
San Diego as Controller and Internal Auditor. Mr. King
was a Certified Public Accountant and began his finance career
with KPMG Peat Marwick.
Roland Rapp, 45, General Counsel, Secretary and Chief
Administrative Officer. Mr. Rapp has served
as our General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Administrative
Officer since March 2002. He has more than 23 years of
experience in the healthcare and legal sectors. From June 1993
to March 2002, Mr. Rapp was the Managing Partner of the law
firm of Rapp, Kiepen and Harman, and was Chief Financial Officer
for SR Management Services, Inc. from November 1995 to March
2002, both based in Pleasanton, California. His law practice
centered on healthcare law and primarily focused on long-term
care. Prior to practicing law, Mr. Rapp served as a nursing
home administrator and director of operations for a small
nursing home chain. Mr. Rapp also served as the elected
Chairman of the Board for the California Association of Health
Facilities (the largest State representative of nursing facility
operators) from November 1999 to November 2001.
Mark Wortley, 51, Executive Vice President and President of
Ancillary Subsidiaries. Mr. Wortley has
served as our Executive Vice President and President of
Ancillary Subsidiaries since December 2005. Prior to that,
Mr. Wortley served as President of Locomotion Therapy, the
predecessor to our Hallmark rehabilitation business, since
September 2002 and as President of Hospice Care of the West, our
hospice business since November 2005. An industry veteran with
more than 25 years of experience, Mr. Wortley
consulted with Evergreen Healthcare, Inc., a long-term care
company, to develop its contract therapy program (Mosaic
Rehabilitation) from January 2001 through September 2002. Prior
to consulting with Evergreen, Mr. Wortley was Executive
Vice President of Beverly Enterprises, Inc. from September 1994
until December 2000. At Beverly, he founded Beverly
Rehabilitation (now Aegis Therapies, one of the largest contract
therapy providers in the nation). Mr. Wortley also
developed Matrix Rehabilitation, a chain of 200 freestanding
outpatient rehabilitation clinics, and managed more than 30
hospice programs.
Peter A. Reynolds, 48, Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Reynolds has
served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
Accounting Officer since April 2006. He has over 22 years
of experience in the healthcare industry. From 2002 to 2006,
Mr. Reynolds was Senior Vice President and Corporate
Controller for PacifiCare Health Systems, Inc., a
$15 billion in revenue publicly-traded managed care
company, and was Controller for PacifiCare of California from
1997 to 2002. Mr. Reynolds is a Certified Public Accountant
and spent 11 years in public accounting, primarily with
Ernst & Young.
Susan Whittle, 59, Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance
Officer. Ms. Whittle has served as our
Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer since March
2006. She has over 25 years of experience in the healthcare
industry. From 2005 to 2006 Ms. Whittle worked in private
practice as an
attorney-at-law.
Her law practice centered on regulatory health law matters. From
2004 to 2005 she was employed by Mariner Healthcare, Inc., a
provider of skilled nursing and long-term health care services,
as a litigation consultant. Prior to her work as a litigation
consultant, Ms. Whittle served as Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary of Mariner Health Care from 1993
to 2003.
Robert M. Le Blanc, 40, Lead
Director. Mr. Le Blanc joined our board of
directors in October 2005 in connection with the formation of
SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. Mr. Le Blanc has served as
Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex
Corporation, a diversified industrial corporation, since 1999.
Prior to joining Onex in 1999, Mr. Le Blanc worked for the
Berkshire Hathaway Corporation for seven years. From 1988 to
1992, Mr. Le Blanc held numerous positions within GE
Capital, related to corporate finance and corporate strategy.
Mr. Le Blanc serves as a Director of Magellan Health
Services, Inc., a publicly traded diversified specialty
healthcare management organization, as well as Res-Care, Inc., a
publicly traded human service company for the disabled, Center
for Diagnostic Imaging, Inc., First Berkshire Hathaway Life and
Emergency Medical Services Corp., a publicly traded provider of
emergency
medical services in the United States, Cypress Insurance, The
Warranty Group, Carestream Health, Inc. and Connecticut
Children’s Medical Center.
Michael E. Boxer, 45, Director. Mr. Boxer
has served as a member of our board of directors since April
2006. Since September 2006, Mr. Boxer has been the Chief
Financial Officer of HealthMarkets, Inc. From March 2005 to
September 2006, Mr. Boxer was the President of The
Enterprise Group, Ltd., a health care financial advisory firm.
Mr. Boxer was the Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Mariner Health Care, Inc., a provider of
skilled nursing and long-term health care services, from January
2003 until its sale in December 2004. From July 1998 to December
2002, Mr. Boxer served as Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly
traded specialty pharmaceuticals company. Prior to Watson,
Mr. Boxer was an investment banker at Furman Selz, LLC, a
New York-based investment bank. Mr. Boxer is also on the
board of directors of the Jack and Jill Late Stage Cancer
Foundation.
John M. Miller, 54, Director. Mr. Miller
has served as a member of our board of directors since August
2005. Mr. Miller has served as Vice President and Treasurer
of Baylor Health Care System, a system of hospitals, primary
care physician centers and other healthcare clinics in Texas,
since February 2001. Prior to joining Baylor in 2001, he served
as Vice President and Treasurer of Medstar Health, a network of
hospitals and other healthcare services in the Baltimore,
Maryland-Washington D.C. region, from January 1992 through
February 2001.
Glenn S. Schafer, 57,
Director. Mr. Schafer has served as a member
of our board of directors since April 2006. Mr. Schafer
served as Vice Chairman of Pacific Life Insurance Company until
his retirement on December 31, 2005. He was appointed Vice
Chairman of Pacific Life in April 2005. Prior to being named
Vice Chairman, Mr. Schafer had been President and a board
member of Pacific Life since 1995. Mr. Schafer joined
Pacific Life as Vice President, Corporate Finance, in 1986, was
elected Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in
1987, and in 1991, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, and a Fellow of the Life Management
Institute. Mr. Schafer is also a member of the board of
directors of Scottish Re Group Limited a publicly traded global
life reinsurance company and Beckman Coulter, Inc., a publicly
traded diagnostics and medical device company.
William C. Scott, 70, Director. Mr. Scott
has served as a member of our board of directors since March
1998 and served as our Chairman of the Board from March 1998
until April 2005. Mr. Scott has held various positions with
Summit Care Corporation, which we acquired in March 1998, since
December 1985, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Operating Officer. Mr. Scott served as our Chairman of the
Board at the time of the filing of our voluntary petition for
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code. Mr. Scott served as Senior Vice President of Summit
Health, Ltd., Summit’s former parent company, from December
1985 until its acquisition by OrNda Health Corp. in April 1994.
Composition
of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has responsibility for our overall
corporate governance and meets regularly throughout the year.
Our bylaws provide that our board of directors may fix the exact
number of directors by resolution of the board of directors.
Each of our directors has served as a director since the date
indicated in his biography. Executive officers are elected by
and serve at the direction of our board of directors. There are
no family relationships between any of our directors or
executive officers.
We have not yet adopted procedures by which security holders may
elect nominees to our board of directors but plan to do so upon
the consummation of this offering.
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be
divided into three classes. One class will be elected at each
annual meeting of stockholders for a term of three years. The
Class I directors, whose term will expire at the 2008 annual
meeting of stockholders, will be Messrs. Schafer and Scott. The
Class II directors, whose term will expire at the 2009 annual
meeting of stockholders, will be Messrs. Lynch and Miller. The
Class III directors, whose term will expire at the 2010 annual
meeting of stockholders will
be Messrs. Hendrickson, Le Blanc and Boxer. At each annual
meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms
will then expire will be elected to serve three-year terms.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
We are a “controlled company” as that term is set
forth in Section 303A of The New York Stock Exchange Listed
Company Manual because more than 50% of our voting power is held
by Onex. Under The New York Stock Exchange rules, a
“controlled company” may elect not to comply with
certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance
requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority
of the board of directors consist of independent directors,
(2) the requirement that the nominating and corporate
governance committee be composed entirely of independent
directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s
purpose and responsibilities, (3) the requirement that the
compensation committee be composed entirely of independent
directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s
purpose and responsibilities and (4) the requirement for an
annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate
governance and compensation committees. Following this offering,
we intend to elect to be treated as a controlled company and
thus avail ourselves of these exemptions, including the
exemption for a board composed of a majority of independent
directors. In addition, although we will have adopted charters
for our audit, nominating and corporate governance and
compensation committees and intend to conduct annual performance
evaluations of these committees, none of these committees will
be composed entirely of independent directors immediately
following the completion of this offering. We will rely on the
phase-in rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The
New York Stock Exchange with respect to the independence of our
audit committee. These rules permit our audit committee to
consist of only one independent member upon the effectiveness of
the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a
part, a majority of independent members within 90 days
thereafter and all independent members within one year
thereafter. So long as we are a “controlled company,”
you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders
of companies that are subject to all of The New York Stock
Exchange corporate governance requirements.
We have established the following committees:
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee consists of Michael E. Boxer, John M. Miller
and Robert M. Le Blanc. Michael E. Boxer serves as Chairman
of the audit committee and is an “audit committee financial
expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of
Regulation S-K.
Both John M. Miller and Michael E. Boxer are independent as such
term is defined in
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the
Exchange Act, and under the rules of The New York Stock
Exchange. Robert M. Le Blanc is not independent within the
meaning of
Rule 10A-3(6)(i)
under the Exchange Act. The audit committee reviews, acts on,
and reports to our board with respect to various auditing and
accounting matters including the recommendation of our auditors,
the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the auditors,
evaluating the performance of our independent auditors and our
accounting practices.
In accordance with
Rule 10A-3(6)(1)
under the Exchange Act and the New York Stock Exchange rules, we
plan to appoint another independent director to our board of
directors within 12 months after the consummation of this
offering, who will replace Robert M. Le Blanc so that all
of our audit committee members will be independent as such term
is defined in
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
under the Exchange Act and under New York Stock Exchange rules.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the
audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the
consummation of this offering.
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Glenn S. Schafer,
William C. Scott and Robert M. Le Blanc. Glenn S.
Schafer serves as Chairman of the compensation committee. Glenn
S. Schafer is independent as such term is defined under the
rules of The New York Stock Exchange. William C. Scott and
Robert M. Le Blanc are not independent within the meaning of The
New York Stock Exchange Rules. The
compensation committee provides assistance to the board of
directors by designing, recommending to the board of directors
for approval and evaluating the compensation plans, policies and
programs for us and our subsidiaries, especially those regarding
executive compensation, including the compensation of our Chief
Executive Officer and other officers and directors, and will
assist the board of directors in producing an annual report on
executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy materials in
accordance with applicable rules and regulations.
In accordance with New York Stock Exchange rules, if we cease to
be a “controlled company” after this offering, we will
appoint one independent director to our compensation committee
within 90 days, who will replace William C. Scott, so
that a majority of our compensation committee members will be
independent as such term is defined under New York Stock
Exchange rules. We will also appoint another independent
director to replace Robert M. Le Blanc within
12 months after we cease to become a “controlled
company” so that all of our compensation committee members
will be independent as required by The New York Stock Exchange
rules. If we continue to be a “controlled company”
after this offering, we will be exempt from, and consequently
will not be required to comply with, New York Stock Exchange
rules requiring that our compensation committee be solely
composed of independent directors.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the
compensation committee, which will be available on our website
upon the consummation of this offering.
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of
Boyd Hendrickson, Robert M. Le Blanc and Glenn S. Schafer.
Boyd Hendrickson serves as Chairman of the nominating and
corporate governance committee. Glenn S. Schafer is independent
as such term is defined under the rules of The New York Stock
Exchange. Boyd Hendrickson and Robert M. Le Blanc are not
independent within the meaning of The New York Stock Exchange
Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee
provides assistance to the board of directors by identifying
qualified candidates to become board members, selecting nominees
for election as directors at stockholders’ meetings and to
fill vacancies, developing and recommending to the board a set
of applicable corporate governance guidelines and principles as
well as oversight of the evaluation of the board and management.
In accordance with The New York Stock Exchange rules, if we
cease to be a “controlled company” after this
offering, we will appoint one independent director to our
nominating and corporate governance committee within
90 days, who will replace Robert M. Le Blanc, so that a
majority of our nominating and corporate governance committee
members will be independent as such term is defined under The
New York Stock Exchange rules. We will also appoint another
independent director to replace Boyd Hendrickson within
12 months after we cease to become a “controlled
company,” so that all of our nominating and corporate
governance committee members will be independent as required by
The New York Stock Exchange rules. If we continue to be a
“controlled company” after this offering, we will be
exempt from, and consequently will not be required to comply
with, The New York Stock Exchange rules requiring that our
nominating and corporate governance committee be solely composed
of independent directors.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the
nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be
available on our website upon the consummation of this offering.
Compensation
of Directors
We do not currently pay our employee directors any compensation
for service on the board and board committees. In addition, we
do not pay Robert M. Le Blanc any compensation for his service
on our board and board committees because his service to us as a
board member is provided as a part of the consulting service
provided to us under an agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP.
We pay Onex Partners Manager LP an annual fee of
$0.5 million for all services provided under this agreement.
The table below summarizes the compensation received by our
non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2006.
In 2006, each non-employee director, other than Robert M. Le
Blanc, received an annual retainer of $20,000 for services as a
director. We also reimburse all of our directors for all
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in their capacity as a director, including in
connection with traveling to and attending board and committee
meetings. Each non-employee director, other than Mr. Le
Blanc, received a payment of $1,000 for each board or separately
scheduled committee meeting attended in person, or $500 if
attended via teleconference. The audit committee chair received
an additional $10,000 annual retainer and the compensation
committee chair received an additional $5,000 annual retainer.
(2)
In August 2006, each of our non-employee directors, other than
Mr. Le Blanc, received fully vested grants of five shares
of our preferred stock and 2,535 shares of our common stock,
provided that the director is not permitted to sell or transfer
these shares until his service on our board ends.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has
served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation
committee of any other entity that has executive officers who
have served on our board of directors or compensation committee.
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis section discusses the
compensation policies and programs for our named executive
officers, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer, our
Chief Financial Officer and our three next most highly paid
executive officers as determined under the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
The compensation committee of our board of directors, or the
compensation committee, administers the compensation policies
and programs for our executive officers and other senior
executives, including the named executive officers, as well as
the equity-based incentive compensation plans in which those
persons participate. One of the primary objectives of the
compensation committee is to attract and retain talented,
qualified executives to manage and lead our company. Consistent
with our compensation committee’s objective, our overall
compensation program is structured to attract, motivate and
retain highly qualified executive officers by paying them
competitively and tying their compensation to our success as a
whole and their contribution to our success. Accordingly, we set
goals designed to link the compensation of each named executive
officer to our performance and each named executive
officer’s performance within the company.
For 2006, our executive compensation program had four primary
components: (i) a cash-based base salary component,
reviewed annually by our compensation committee based on the
individual performance of the executive, (ii) annual cash
bonus incentive payments based upon the achievement of corporate
objectives, (iii) a long-term equity incentive component
granted in the form of restricted stock awards and
(iv) severance benefits, insurance benefits and other
perquisites. Following our initial public offering, we
anticipate that we will also grant long-term equity incentive
awards in the form of stock options. Our program, including the
allocation between cash and
non-cash
compensation, is largely designed to provide incentives and
rewards for both our short-term and long-term performance, and
is structured to motivate executive officers to meet our
strategic objectives, thereby maximizing total return to
stockholders. In addition, we provide our executive officers a
variety of benefits that are available generally to all salaried
employees.
Our compensation committee has sole authority to retain or
terminate an independent compensation consultant. The
compensation committee has not used the services of a
compensation consultant to date; however it will continue to
consider the need to retain a compensation consultant following
our initial public offering.
Compensation
Components
Executive compensation consists of the following:
Base
Salary
We determine our executive salaries based on job
responsibilities and individual experience and also benchmark
the amounts we pay against comparable competitive local market
compensation and within the long-term care industry for similar
positions. In connection with the completion of the Transactions
in December 2005, members of our senior management team,
including our named executive officers, negotiated employment
agreements, which included their respective 2006 base salaries,
with representatives of Onex, as the primary holder of our
outstanding capital stock. See “— Existing
Employment Agreements.” Following the completion of the
Transactions, our board of directors established our
compensation committee for 2006 and thereafter. Our compensation
committee will review the salaries of our executives annually
and determine changes in base salaries based on individual
performance during the prior calendar year and cost of living
adjustments, as appropriate. Our compensation committee
anticipates that salaries will increase by an average of 5.8% in
2007 over salaries established for 2006. The compensation
committee determined this increase was appropriate based on
competitive local market compensation, individual
performance and the expected effect of inflation. No formulaic
increase in base salaries is provided to our executive officers.
Annual
Management Bonus Plan
We structure our annual management bonus plan to reward named
executive officers and employees for our successful performance
and each individual’s contribution to that performance. Our
named executive officers are eligible to receive cash bonus
incentive payments based upon the achievement of certain company
and individually-based objectives. Our compensation committee
establishes the target bonus payments based on the overall
strategic goals of our organization as proposed by management
and our board of directors. Our compensation committee believes
that by establishing cash bonus incentive payments for our named
executive officers based upon the achievement of strategic
objectives that create value in our company, it aligns their
compensation with the interests of our stockholders.
At the beginning of 2006, the compensation committee established
performance objectives for the payment of cash bonus awards to
each of the named executive officers. Performance objectives
were based on company and individually-based objectives
established as part of the annual operating plan process. Cash
bonus payouts were based on (1) the attainment of a
pre-established target year over year growth in EBITDA,
(2) reducing working capital as a percentage of net revenue
below that same ratio for the prior year, and
(3) accomplishing pre-established management objectives
that were individually tailored to each executive’s role.
The Compensation Committee established the EBITDA target,
Working Capital target and management objectives as the
performance objectives because they provide a balance between
meeting our growth and performance objectives while conserving
working capital, thereby creating additional stockholder value.
The table below outlines each performance objective, and the
cash bonus awarded for the attainment of each objective, for the
calendar year 2006.
Bonus
Amount for
Achieving
Working
Bonus Amount for
Capital
Achieving
Bonus Amount for Achieving
Target
Management
EBITDA Target
Equal to or
Objectives-
Each 1%
Less Than
Accomplishment of
Target Bonus
Name
5%
10%(1)
over 10%(2)
Prior Year
Major Initiatives(3)
Potential
Boyd Hendrickson
$
168,000
$
168,000
$
11,200
$
28,000
$
84,000
$
448,000
John E. King
67,000
67,000
6,700
16,750
50,250
201,000
Jose Lynch
126,500
126,500
9,200
23,000
69,000
345,000
Roland Rapp
67,000
67,000
6,700
16,750
50,250
201,000
Mark Wortley
67,000
(4)
67,000
(4)
6,700
(4)
16,750
50,250
201,000
(1)
The bonus amount awarded for achieving 10% EBITDA growth over
the previous year is in addition to the bonus amount awarded for
achieving 5% EBITDA growth over the previous year.
(2)
The compensation committee determined that for every 1% over 10%
EBITDA growth over the previous year the executive would be
awarded a “stretch bonus” that is above the Target
Bonus Potential provided above, which could result in the
executive being awarded a bonus above the Target Bonus Potential.
(3)
The compensation committee prepared individual initiatives,
tailored to gauge the performance of each executive in their
respective role. The executive must accomplish each of these
objectives, as determined by the compensation committee, in its
sole discretion, to be eligible to receive the full amount of
this portion of the cash bonus. The compensation committee also
has sole discretion to award a partial amount of the bonus
related to the achievement of the Management Objectives if the
executive achieves some, but not all, of the objectives.
With respect to Mr. Wortley, the amounts awarded in all three
columns under Bonus Amounts for Achieving EBITDA Target are
divided equally between achieving the target with respect to our
EBITDA and achieving the target with respect to the EBITDA of
our ancillary services.
Our compensation committee has established similar performance
objectives for 2007 and our named executive officers will
continue to be eligible for similar cash bonus incentive
payments through 2007. Our compensation committee will continue
to assess the need to implement additional non-equity incentive
programs for our named executive officers as a means of adding
specific incentives towards the achievement of specific goals
that could be key factors in our success.
Long-term
Equity Incentives
Restricted
Stock Awards
In December 2005, in connection with the Transactions, we
granted restricted stock awards to our senior management team,
including our named executive officers, in the following
amounts: Boyd Hendrickson, 388,412 shares of common stock;
Jose Lynch, 317,792 shares of common stock; John King,
141,240 shares of common stock; Roland Rapp,
141,240 shares of common stock; and Mark Wortley,
141,240 shares of common stock. The number of shares
subject to each named executive officer’s award was
determined through negotiations with representatives of Onex and
were made to better align the executive’s interests with
the long-term interests of our stockholders. Additionally,
123,585 shares were issued to five members of senior
management. Each of these shares was subsequently recapitalized
into one share of our class B common stock effective
as of April 26, 2007 and remains subject to the same
restrictions and conditions that were applicable to such share
prior to the recapitalization.
The shares of common stock awarded are restricted by certain
vesting requirements, our right to repurchase the shares and
restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares. Our board
of directors may elect at any time to remove any or all of these
restrictions. On the day of the grant, 25% of the restricted
shares vested, and, subject to the employee’s continuing
employment with us or any of our subsidiaries, the remaining
shares will vest 25% on each of the subsequent three
anniversaries of the date of grant. As of January 2007, 50% of
these restricted shares had vested. If the employee ceases to be
employed by us or any of our subsidiaries, for any reason, the
shares of restricted stock that have not previously vested are
forfeited by the executive. In addition, all restricted shares
will vest in the event that a third party acquires
(i) enough of our capital stock to elect a majority of our
board of directors or (ii) all or substantially all of our
and our subsidiaries’ assets.
During 2006, we also granted restricted stock awards to two
members of our senior management team in connection with their
commencement of employment with us. No additional restricted
stock awards were granted to our named executive officers in
2006.
Stock
Options
We believe that an ownership culture in our company is important
to provide our executive officers with long-term incentives to
build value for our stockholders. We believe stock-based awards
create such a culture and help to align the interests of our
management and employees with the interests of our stockholders.
In April 2007, we adopted a 2007 Incentive Award Plan, or the
2007 plan. The principal features of the 2007 plan are
summarized under “— 2007 Incentive Award
Plan.” The principal purpose of the 2007 plan is to
attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and
directors through the granting of stock-based compensation
awards and cash-based performance bonus awards.
Our compensation committee has granted options to purchase
134,000 shares of our class A common stock effective
upon the completion of this offering in order to retain certain
employees, and combine the achievement of corporate goals and
strong individual performance. These options will have a per
share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price.
Options have been granted based on a combination of individual
contributions to our company and on general corporate
achievements. Additional option grants have not been
communicated to executives in advance. On an annual basis, our
compensation committee
will assess the appropriate individual and corporate goals for
each executive and provide additional option grants based upon
the achievement by the executive of both individual and
corporate goals. We expect that we will provide new employees
with initial option grants in 2007 to provide long-term
compensation incentives and will continue to rely on
performance-based and retention grants in 2007 to provide
additional incentives for current employees. Additionally, in
the future our compensation committee and board of directors may
consider awarding additional or alternative forms of equity
incentives, such as grants of restricted stock, restricted stock
units and other performance based awards, and may also determine
to seek input from an independent compensation consultant.
Perquisites
and Other Benefits
We also provide other benefits to our named executive officers
that are not tied to any formal individual or company
performance criteria and are intended to be part of a
competitive overall compensation program. For 2006, these
benefits primarily included payment of term life insurance
premiums, reimbursement of certain commuting costs, and an
annual executive physical examination.
Severance
Agreements
Each of our named executives officers’ employment agreement
provides for severance payments if the executive’s
employment with us is terminated by us without cause or if we
decline to extend the executive’s term of employment. The
severance payments are an important part of employment
agreements designed to retain our executive officers. See
“— Potential Payments Upon Termination.”
Executive
Time Off
Our named executive officers are entitled to four weeks paid
vacation per calendar year. Our named executive officers are
expected to manage personal time off in a manner that does not
impact performance or achievement of goals.
2006
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth summary compensation information
for the year ended December 31, 2006 for our chief
executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other
three most highly compensated executive officers as of the end
of the last fiscal year. We refer to these persons as our named
executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as
provided below, none of our named executive officers received
any other compensation required to be disclosed by law or in
excess of $10,000 annually.
Non-Equity
Stock
Incentive Plan
All Other
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary(1)
Awards(2)
Compensation(3)
Compensation(4)
Total
Boyd Hendrickson
2006
$
560,000
$
19,153
$
411,000
$
23,335
$
1,013,488
Chief Executive Officer
John E. King
2006
335,000
6,965
140,700
21,940
504,605
Chief Financial Officer
Jose Lynch
2006
460,000
15,670
317,400
25,755
818,825
President, Chief Operating Officer
Roland Rapp,
2006
335,000
6,965
184,250
21,185
547,400
General Counsel, Chief
Administrative Officer
Mark Wortley,
2006
335,000
6,965
231,150
55,967
629,082
Executive Vice President and
President of Ancillary Services
Includes cash and non-cash compensation earned in 2006 by the
named executive officer.
(2)
The amounts shown are the amounts of compensation cost
recognized by us in fiscal year 2006 related to grants of
restricted stock in fiscal year 2005, as described in Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R. For a
discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 2 to our
audited historical consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. These grants of restricted stock
were made to the named executive officers in connection with the
Transactions in December 2005. The compensation cost recognized
by us is the amount of each grant that vested during the fiscal
year 2006, representing the vesting of 25% of the total
restricted stock granted. See “— Long Term Equity
Incentives — Restricted Stock Awards” for a more
complete description of these restricted stock awards.
(3)
The amounts shown represent the bonus performance awards earned
under our 2006 Management Bonus Plan. Our 2006 Management Bonus
Plan establishes threshold, target and maximum bonus payment
awards to our executive officers based upon a percentage of
their base salary. The goals employed for 2006 under this plan
were (1) a pre-established target year over year growth in
EBITDA, (2) a pre-established target working capital
amount, measured as a percentage of net revenue, and
(3) pre-established management objectives, individually
tailored to each executive’s role. See
“— Grants of Plan Based Awards” and
“— Compensation Discussion and
Analysis — Annual Management Bonus Plan” for a
more complete description of this plan.
(4)
The amounts shown consist of our cost for the provision to the
named executive officers of certain specified perquisites, as
follows:
Life
Named Executive Officer
Commuting
Insurance
Other(a)
Boyd Hendrickson
$
—
$
5,072
$
18,263
John E. King
—
2,462
19,479
Jose Lynch
—
4,067
21,688
Roland Rapp
—
2,462
18,723
Mark Wortley
29,962
2,462
23,543
(a)
Includes $16,292 in health insurance premiums for Messrs.
Hendrickson, King, Lynch and Rapp and $18,026 in health
insurance premiums for Mr. Wortley that were paid by us.
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth summary information regarding all
grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers
for the year ended December 31, 2006:
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
Name
Threshold
Target
Maximum(2)
Boyd Hendrickson
$
5,600
$
448,000
$
448,000
John E. King
$
3,350
$
201,000
$
201,000
Jose Lynch
$
4,600
$
345,000
$
345,000
Roland Rapp
$
3,350
$
201,000
$
201,000
Mark Wortley
$
3,350
$
201,000
$
201,000
(1)
The amounts shown represent potential value of performance bonus
awards under our 2006 Management Bonus Plan. Awards under the
plan to the named executive officers are based on three
performance objectives: (1) attaining a pre-established
target year over year growth in EBITDA, (2) reducing
working capital amount as a percentage of net revenue as
compared to the prior year, and (3) achieving
pre-established management objectives, individually tailored to
each executive’s role. Our chief executive officer’s
target bonus for 2006 was 80% of his year-end annualized base
salary; our
president’s target bonus for 2006 was 75% of his year-end
annualized base salary; and all other named executive
officers’ target bonus for 2006 was 60% of their year-end
annualized base salaries. Actual bonuses are based on our
performance against targets and subject to the discretion of the
compensation committee to reduce the amount payable. The amounts
actually paid under these bonus plans for 2006 performance are
reported in the Summary Compensation Table, under the Non-Equity
Incentive Plan column. Please also see
“— Compensation Discussion and
Analysis — Annual Management Bonus Plan” for more
details regarding this plan.
(2)
The amounts shown as maximum potential payouts represent the
value of the award given to the named executive officers based
upon the achievement of all stated performance objectives under
the plan. Each named executive officer is also awarded
additional bonus amounts if year over year growth in EBITDA
rises above the pre-established targets listed in the plan. For
each 1% year over year growth in EBITDA above 10%, the named
executive officers are compensated as follows:
Mr. Hendrickson — $11,200;
Mr. Lynch — $9,200; Messrs. King and
Rapp — $6,700. Mr Wortley receives $3,350 and
$3,350, respectively, for each 1% year over year growth in
EBITDA above 10% with respect to our EBITDA and with respect to
the EBITDA of our ancillary services.
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
The following table sets forth summary information regarding the
outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers
at December 31, 2006:
Stock Awards
Number of Shares
Market Value of
or Units of Stock
Shares or Units of
That Have Not
Stock That Have
Name
Vested(1)
Not Vested
Boyd Hendrickson
194,206
$
1,516,749
John E. King
70,620
551,542
Jose Lynch
158,896
1,204,978
Roland Rapp
70,620
551,542
Mark Wortley
70,620
551,542
(1)
In December 2005, in connection with the Transactions, we
granted restricted stock awards to our named executive officers
in the following amounts: Boyd Hendrickson, 388,412 shares;
Jose Lynch, 317,792 shares; John King, 141,240 shares;
Roland Rapp, 141,240 shares; and Mark Wortley,
141,240 shares. As of December 31, 2006, 50% of those
shares had vested. Of the remaining 50% that have not vested,
one half will vest on December 27, 2007 and one half will
vest on December 27, 2008.
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table summarizes the vesting of stock awards for
each of our named executive officers for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Stock Awards
Number of Shares
Value Realized on
Name
Acquired on Vesting
Vesting(1)
Boyd Hendrickson
194,206
$
1,516,749
John E. King
70,620
551,542
Jose Lynch
158,896
1,204,978
Roland Rapp
70,620
551,542
Mark Wortley
70,620
551,542
(1)
Represents the value of a share of our common stock, as
determined by the board of directors, on the date of vesting
multiplied by the number of shares that have vested.
Severance Agreements. We have entered into
employment agreements with each of our executive officers and
certain other executives that provide certain benefits in the
event of our termination of such executive officer’s
employment.
Under these agreements, if we terminate an executive’s
employment for cause or if we choose to not extend such
executive’s employment upon the expiration of the then
applicable term of employment (each a “qualifying
termination”), the executive is entitled to:
•
In the case of termination without cause:
1. a lump sum cash payment equal to (i) the annual
base salary such executive would have been entitled to receive
had the executive continued his or her employment for, for
Messrs. Hendrickson and Lynch — 24 months,
and for Messrs. King, Rapp and Wortley —
18 months, following the date of termination, plus
(ii) a pro-rata bonus proportionate to the number of days
worked by the executive during the calendar year of the date of
termination, payable when the bonus otherwise would have been
payable; and
2. the premium costs for medical benefits under COBRA for
the executive and any dependants, and costs for life and
disability insurance (all as in effect immediately prior to the
date of termination) for a period of 12 months following
the date of termination; or
•
In the case of non-extension of the term of employment, a lump
sum cash payment equal to (i) the salary such executive
would have been entitled to receive had the executive continued
his or her employment for a period of 12 months following
the date of termination, plus (ii) a pro-rata bonus
proportionate to the number of days worked by the executive
during the calendar year of the date of termination, payable
when the bonus otherwise would have been payable,
The benefits and payments described above are made conditional
upon the named executive officer signing and not revoking a
separation and release agreement with us.
“Cause” is generally defined as one of the following:
(i) the executive’s failure to perform substantially
his duties, (ii) the executive’s failure to carry out
in any material respect any lawful and reasonable directive of
our board of directors, (iii) the executive’s
conviction of a felony, or, to the extent involving fraud,
dishonesty, theft, embezzlement or moral turpitude, any other
crime, (iv) the executive’s violation of a material
regulatory requirement relating to us that is injurious to us in
any material respect, (v) the executive’s unlawful use
or possession of illegal drugs on our property or while
performing such executive’s duties, (vi) the
executive’s breach of his employment agreement, or
(vii) the executive’s commission of an act of fraud,
embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, gross
negligence or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to us.
Mr. Hendrickson’s employment agreement has a term of
three years, and the employment agreements of
Messrs. Lynch, King, Rapp and Wortley each have a term of
two years. The employment term is automatically extended for
successive one-year periods unless either the executive or the
company gives written notice of non-extension to the other no
later than sixty days prior to the expiration of the
then-applicable term.
In accordance with the requirements of the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the following table presents
our reasonable estimate of the benefits payable to the named
executive officers under our employment agreements assuming that
a qualifying termination of employment occurred on
December 29, 2006, the last business day of fiscal 2006.
While we have made reasonable assumptions
regarding the amounts payable, there can be no assurance that in
the event of a termination of employment the named executive
officers will receive the amounts reflected below.
Salary(1)
Continuation of
Total
Name
Trigger
and Bonus
Welfare Benefits(2)
Value(3)
Boyd Hendrickson
Termination of
Employment
$
1,568,000
$
22,835
$
1,590,835
Non-extension of Term
1,008,000
—
1,008,000
John E. King
Termination of
Employment
703,500
20,225
723,725
Non-extension of Term
536,000
—
536,000
Jose Lynch
Termination of
Employment
1,265,000
21,801
1,286,801
Non-extension of Term
805,000
—
805,000
Roland Rapp
Termination of
Employment
703,500
20,225
723,725
Non-extension of Term
536,000
—
536,000
Mark Wortley
Termination of
Employment
703,500
21,635
725,135
Non-extension of Term
536,000
—
536,000
(1)
In the case of a qualifying termination, represents (i) the
amount, paid in lump sum, that the executive would have been
entitled to had such executive been continually employed by the
company for the amount of time outlined in such executive’s
employment agreement, plus (ii) a bonus increment equal the
pro-rata portion of the calendar year worked by such executive
prior the executive’s qualifying termination.
(2)
In the case of a qualifying termination, represents the
estimated payments for continued medical, dental, vision,
disability and life insurance coverage, each for a period of one
year, after termination of employment.
(3)
Excludes the value to the executive of a continued right to
indemnification by us and the executive’s right to
continued coverage under our directors’ and officers’
liability insurance.
Existing
Employment Arrangements
In connection with the closing of the Transactions, Skilled
Healthcare Group entered into the following employment
agreements with our Named Executive Officers.
Boyd Hendrickson. The employment agreement
with Mr. Hendrickson appoints him as our Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer from December 27, 2005
through December 27, 2008, whereupon the agreement is
automatically extended for successive one-year periods until
written notice of non-extension is given by either us or
Mr. Hendrickson no later than 60 days prior to the
expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement,
Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to receive an annual base
salary of $560,000. The employment agreement also provides that
Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to participate in our
Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received
388,412 shares of common stock. In addition to his base
salary, Mr. Hendrickson is eligible to participate in an
annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of
directors. If we terminate Mr. Hendrickson’s service with
us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement),
Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to a lump sum in an amount
equal to two times his annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus
based on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and
12 months of continued medical coverage. If we notify
Mr. Hendrickson of our non-extension of the agreement,
Mr. Hendrickson is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on
the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum
in an amount equal to his annual base salary.
Mr. Hendrickson is subject to a two-year non-compete and
non-solicit following the termination of his employment.
Jose Lynch. The employment agreement with
Mr. Lynch appoints him as our President and Chief Operating
Officer from December 27, 2005 through
December 27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is
automatically extended for successive one-year periods until
written notice of non-extension is given by either us or
Mr. Lynch no later than 60 days prior to the
expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement,
Mr. Lynch is entitled to receive an annual base salary of
$460,000. The employment agreement also provides that
Mr. Lynch is entitled to participate in our Restricted
Stock Plan, under which he received 317,792 shares of our
common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Lynch is
eligible to participate in an
annual performance-based bonus plan established by our board of
directors. If we terminate Mr. Lynch’s service with us
without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will
be entitled to receive a sum equal to two times his annual base
salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have
elapsed in the year and 12 months of continued medical
coverage. If we choose to notify Mr. Lynch of our
non-extension of the agreement, Mr. Lynch is entitled to a
pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in
the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his annual base
salary. Mr. Lynch is subject to a two-year non-compete and
non-solicit following the termination of his employment.
John E. King. The employment agreement with
Mr. King appoints him as our Chief Financial Officer from
December 27, 2005 through December 27, 2007, whereupon
the agreement is automatically extended for successive one-year
periods until written notice of non-extension is given by either
us or Mr. King no later than 60 days prior to the
expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement,
Mr. King is entitled to receive an annual base salary of
$335,000. The employment agreement also provides that
Mr. King is entitled to participate in our Restricted Stock
Plan, under which he received 141,240 shares of our common
stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. King is eligible
to participate in an annual performance-based bonus plan
established by our board of directors. If we terminate
Mr. King’s service with us without “cause”
(as defined in the agreement), he will be entitled to receive a
sum equal to one and a half times his annual base salary, a
pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have elapsed in
the year and 12 months of continued medical coverage. If we
choose to notify Mr. King of our non-extension of the
agreement, Mr. King is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based
on the number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump
sum in an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. King
is subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following
the termination of his employment.
Roland Rapp. The employment agreement with
Mr. Rapp appoints him as our General Counsel, Secretary and
Chief Administrative Officer from December 27, 2005 through
December 27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is automatically
extended for successive one-year periods until written notice of
non-extension is given by either us or Mr. Rapp no later
than 60 days prior to the expiration of the then applicable
term. Under the agreement, Mr. Rapp is entitled to receive
an annual base salary of $335,000. The employment agreement also
provides that Mr. Rapp is entitled to participate in our
Restricted Stock Plan, under which he received
141,240 shares of our common stock. In addition to his base
salary, Mr. Rapp is eligible to participate in an annual
performance-based bonus plan established by our board of
directors. If we terminate Mr. Rapp’s service with us
without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will
be entitled to receive a sum equal to one and a half times his
annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of
days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of
continued medical coverage. If we choose to notify Mr. Rapp
of our non-extension of the agreement, Mr. Rapp is entitled
to a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days that have
elapsed in the year and a lump sum in an amount equal to his
annual base salary. Mr. Rapp is subject to a two-year
non-compete and non-solicit following the termination of his
employment.
Mark Wortley. The employment agreement with
Mr. Wortley appoints him as Executive Vice President and
President of Ancillary Subsidiaries from December 27, 2005
through December 27, 2007, whereupon the agreement is
automatically extended for successive one-year periods until
written notice of non-extension is given by either us or
Mr. Wortley no later than 60 days prior to the
expiration of the then applicable term. Under the agreement,
Mr. Wortley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of
$335,000. The employment agreement also provides that
Mr. Wortley is entitled to participate in our Restricted
Stock Plan, under which he received 141,240 shares of our
common stock. In addition to his base salary, Mr. Wortley
is eligible to participate in an annual performance-based bonus
plan established by our board of directors. If we terminate
Mr. Wortley’s service with us without
“cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will be
entitled to receive a sum equal to one and a half times his
annual base salary, a pro-rated bonus based on the number of
days that have elapsed in the year and 12 months of
continued medical coverage. If we choose to notify
Mr. Wortley of our non-extension of the agreement,
Mr. Wortley is entitled to a pro-rated bonus based on the
number of days that have elapsed in the year and a lump sum in
an amount equal to his annual base salary. Mr. Wortley is
subject to a two-year non-compete and non-solicit following the
termination of his employment.
Our board of directors has adopted the SHG Holding Solutions
Restricted Stock Plan, as amended, or the Restricted Stock Plan.
The aggregate number of shares of class B common stock issued
under the Restricted Stock Plan was 1,324,129 shares as of
December 31, 2006. No new shares of common stock are
available for issuance under the Restricted Stock Plan. To date,
restricted shares granted under the Restricted Stock Plan vest
(i) 25% on the date of grant and (ii) 25% on each of
the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, unless the
recipient ceases or has ceased to be an employee of or
consultant of ours or any of our subsidiaries on the relevant
anniversary date. In addition, all restricted shares will vest
in the event that a third party acquires (i) enough of our
capital stock to elect a majority of our board of directors or
(ii) all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries
assets.
Restricted
Stock Issuances Prior to the Transactions
Effective March 8, 2004, we entered into restricted stock
agreements with four executive officers,
Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch, Rapp and our former Chief
Financial Officer. We entered into the restricted stock
agreement for each executive in connection with the execution of
the employment agreement with each executive. Pursuant to the
employment agreements and subject to the restricted stock
agreements, we sold 39,439, 19,719 and 6,573 shares of our
restricted non-voting class B common stock (as governed by
our then effective certificate of incorporation) to
Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch and Rapp, respectively, for
$0.05 per share, subject to related restricted stock
purchase agreements. The fair market value of each share of our
class B common stock on March 8, 2004 was determined
by our board of directors to be $0.05 per share, resulting
in no value of the award as of the grant date.
The shares were subject to vesting upon certain terminations of
service and certain liquidity events. Upon the consummation of
the Transactions, all such shares of restricted non-voting
class B common stock vested in full and converted on a one
for one basis into shares of class A common stock (as
governed by our then effective certificate of incorporation) and
were valued in the Transactions at $7.3 million,
$3.7 million and $1.2 million for
Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch and Rapp, respectively. In the
Transactions, each executive rolled over at least one-half of
the after-tax proceeds from these amounts as an investment in
us. As of December 31, 2004, the unvested restricted shares
of Messrs. Hendrickson, Lynch and Rapp had a value of
$1.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million,
respectively, based on the then fair market value of a share of
class B common stock (as governed by our then effective
certificate of incorporation) of $35.40, less the $0.05 purchase
price per share paid.
2007
Incentive Award Plan
We have adopted a 2007 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2007 plan,
that became effective on April 26, 2007 upon approval by
our stockholders. The principal purpose of the 2007 plan is to
attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and
directors through the granting of stock-based compensation
awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2007 plan is
also designed to permit us to make cash-based awards and
equity-based awards intended to qualify as
“performance-based compensation” under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code.
The principal features of the 2007 plan are summarized below.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
text of the 2007 plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Administration. The compensation committee of
our board of directors will administer the 2007 plan unless our
board of directors assumes authority for administration. The
compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant
awards to employees other than executive officers and certain
senior executives of the company, to a committee consisting of
one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of
our officers. The full board of directors will administer the
2007 plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2007 plan, the
administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom
awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be
subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, to
revise awards and to make all other determinations and to take
all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration
of the 2007 plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt,
amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2007
plan.
The Securities Authorized. Under the 2007
plan, 1,123,181 shares of our class A common stock are
authorized for issuance. The following counting provisions will
be in effect for the share reserve under the 2007 plan:
•
to the extent that an award terminates, expires, lapses or is
forfeited for any reason, any shares subject to the award at
such time will be available for future grants under the 2007
plan;
•
to the extent any shares of restricted stock are surrendered by
the holder or repurchased by us, such shares may again be
granted or awarded under the 2007 plan;
•
to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the
exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any
award under the 2007 plan, such tendered or withheld shares will
not be available for future grants under the 2007 plan;
•
the payment of dividend equivalents in conjunction with any
outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares
available for issuance under the 2007 plan; and
•
to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule,
shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any
outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of
combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted
against the shares available for issuance under the 2007 plan.
No individual may be granted stock-based awards under the 2007
plan covering more than 561,000 shares in any calendar year.
Eligibility. Awards under the 2007 plan may be
granted to individuals who are then our non-employee directors,
officers, employees or consultants or are the officers,
employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Only
employees may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.
Awards. The 2007 plan provides that the
administrator may grant or award stock options, stock
appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock
units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards
and stock payments. Each award will be set forth in a separate
agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate
the type, terms and conditions of the award.
•
Nonqualified Stock Options, or NQSOs, will provide for
the right to purchase shares of our class A common stock at
a specified price which may not be less than fair market value
on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at
the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments
after the grant date, subject to the participant’s
continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the
satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual
performance targets established by the administrator. NQSOs may
be granted for any term specified by the administrator, but may
not exceed ten years. The administrator may accelerate the
period during which an NQSO vests.
•
Incentive Stock Options will be designed in a manner
intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of
the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained
in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise
price of not less than the fair market value of a share of
class A common stock on the date of grant, may only be
granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period
of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an
ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at
least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our capital stock, the 2007 plan provides that the exercise
price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share
of our class A common stock on the date of grant and the
ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years
measured from the date of grant.
Restricted Stock may be awarded with or without payment,
and are made subject to such restrictions as may be determined
by the administrator, including continued employment or
satisfaction of performance criteria or other criteria
established by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically,
may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at
the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on
vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be
sold, or otherwise transferred, until restrictions are
terminated or expire. Holders of restricted stock, unless
otherwise provided by the administrator, will generally have
voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if
any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however,
extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and
will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.
•
Restricted Stock Units are typically awarded without
payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions
based on continued employment or service or on satisfaction or
performance criteria or other criteria established by the
administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may
not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until
vesting conditions are terminated or expire. Unlike restricted
stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be
issued until the restricted stock units have vested and the
shares have been issued, which may be after a deferral period.
Recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no
voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the shares are
issued.
•
Deferred Stock Awards represent the right to receive
shares of our class A common stock on a future date.
Deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or
transferred until issued. Deferred stock will not be issued
until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of
deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights
prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and
the shares are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be
forfeited, and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not
be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other
restrictions are not met.
•
Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in connection
with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted
in connection with stock options or other awards typically will
provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the
price of our class A common stock over a set exercise
price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2007 plan
must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our
class A common stock on the date of grant, and have a maximum
term of 10 years. SARs under the 2007 plan will be settled
in cash or shares of our class A common stock, or in a
combination of both, at the election of the administrator.
•
Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the
dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with
reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options,
SARs or other awards held by the participant. Dividend
equivalents may be settled in cash or shares of our class A
common stock, or a combination of both, and at such times as
determined by the administrator.
•
Performance Awards may be granted based upon, among other
things, the contributions or responsibilities of the recipient,
individual or corporate goals, performance criteria or other
criteria, as determined appropriate by the administrator. These
awards may be paid in cash or in shares of our class A
common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of
the administrator. Performance awards may also include bonuses
granted by the administrator, which may be payable in cash or in
shares of our class A common stock, or in a combination of
both upon the attainment of specified performance goals.
•
Stock Payments may be authorized in the form of
class A common stock or an option or other right to
purchase class A common stock, as part of a deferred
compensation arrangement, in lieu of all or any part of
compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable
in cash to the employee, consultant or non-employee director, or
otherwise.
•
Section 162(m) “Performance-Based Awards”
may be granted to employees who the administrator has designated
as participants whose compensation for a given fiscal year may
be subject to the limit on deductible compensation imposed by
Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator may grant
to such persons and other eligible persons awards under the 2007
plan that are paid, vest or become exercisable upon the
achievement of specified performance goals which are related to
one or more of the following performance criteria, as applicable
to us, on an overall basis, or any division, business unit or
individual:
•
net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization);
•
gross or net sales or revenue;
•
net income (either before or after taxes);
•
operating earnings;
•
cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow
and free cash flow);
•
return on assets;
•
return on capital;
•
return on stockholders’ equity;
•
return on sales;
•
gross or net profit or operating margin;
•
costs;
•
funds from operations;
•
expense;
•
working capital;
•
earnings per share;
•
price per share of our class A common stock;
•
FDA or other regulatory body approval for commercialization of a
product;
•
implementation or completion of critical projects; and
•
market share.
Achievement of each performance criteria will be determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to the
extent applicable.
Adjustments of Awards. In the event of any
dividend or other distribution, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split,
reorganization, merger, consolidation,
split-up,
spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or
sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of our assets, or exchange of our common stock
or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to
purchase our common stock or other securities, or other similar
corporate transaction or event, then the administrator shall
make proportionate adjustments to any or all of:
•
the number and kind of shares of our class A common stock
(or other securities or property) with respect to which awards
may be granted or awarded under the 2007 plan;
•
the maximum number and kind of shares of our class A common
stock which may be issued under the 2007 plan;
•
the number and kind of shares of our class A common stock
subject to outstanding awards;
•
the number and kind of shares of our class A common stock
(or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are
subsequently to be made to new and continuing non-employee
directors; and
•
the grant or exercise price with respect to any award.
Change of Control. In the event of a change in
control where the acquiror does not assume or substitute awards
granted under the 2007 plan, the administrator may cause any or
all awards to become fully exercisable immediately prior to the
consummation of the transaction and all forfeiture restrictions
on any of the awards to lapse.
Amendment and Termination. The administrator
may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the 2007 plan at any
time, except that the administrator must obtain approval of our
stockholders within twelve months before or after such action:
•
to increase the maximum number of shares of our class A
common stock that may be issued under the 2007 plan;
•
to decrease the exercise price of any outstanding option or SAR
granted under the 2007 plan; or
•
if required by applicable law (including any applicable stock
exchange or national market system requirement).
Effective and Expiration Date. The 2007 plan
will become effective upon approval of the plan by our
stockholders. The 2007 plan will expire on, and no option or
other award may be granted pursuant to the 2007 plan after ten
years after the effective date of the 2007 plan.
Registration of Shares on
Form S-8. We
intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on
Form S-8
covering the sale of the shares of our class A common stock
issuable under the 2007 plan.
In connection with the Transactions, we entered into a second
amended and restated first lien senior secured credit facility
with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Credit Suisse,
Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent and collateral
agent. The first lien senior secured credit facility, as
amended, provides for up to $334.4 million of financing,
consisting of a $259.4 million term loan with a maturity of
June 15, 2012 and a $100.0 million revolving credit
facility with a maturity of June 15, 2010. The revolving
credit facility also includes a subfacility for letters of
credit and a swing line subfacility. The full amount of the
loans outstanding under the subfacilities are due on the
maturity date for the revolving credit facility.
Amounts borrowed under the term loan are due in quarterly
installments of $650,000, with the remaining principal amount
due on the maturity date for the term loan.
As of March 31, 2007, we have letters of credit outstanding
in the approximate amount of $4.2 million, which count as
borrowings under our revolver, and revolving credit loans
outstanding of $55.0 million.
First
Amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility
Effective January 31, 2007, we entered into a first
amendment to the second amended and restated first lien credit
agreement, or the first amendment, with the following revisions:
•
for term loans, a reduction of the applicable margins over our
interest rates of 0.5%, as described below under
“— Interest Rates and Fees”;
•
the ability to receive for further reductions of the applicable
margins based upon favorable ratings from certain debt rating
agencies upon consummation of our sale of our class A
common stock in this offering and the issuance of new ratings
from those agencies;
•
an allowance for the net proceeds from an initial public
offering of our common stock to be applied to prepay the term
loans, including our revolving credit facility, to the lesser of
(i) 50% of such net proceeds or (ii) the excess of
such net proceeds over the amount to prepay $70.0 million
of the 11% senior subordinated notes, plus accrued interest and
any prepayment premium, as described below under
“— The 11% Senior Subordinated Notes”;
•
approval of the merger of our predecessor company with and into
us, and the change of our name from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc.
to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.; and
•
revision of certain covenants and reporting requirements.
Interest
Rates and Fees
The term loans and revolving loans under the first lien credit
facility bear interest on the outstanding unpaid principal
amount at a rate equal to an applicable margin (as described
below) plus, at our option, either
•
a base rate determined by reference to the higher of the prime
rate announced by Credit Suisse and the federal funds rate
plus one-half of 1.0%; or
•
a reserve adjusted Eurodollar rate.
For term loans the applicable margin is 1.25% for base rate
loans and 2.25% for Eurodollar rate loans, as amended in the
first amendment. For revolving loans the applicable margin
ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for base rate loans and 2.00% to
2.75% for Eurodollar loans, in each case based on our
consolidated leverage ratio. Loans under the swing line
subfacility bear interest at the rate applicable to base rate
loans under the revolving credit facility. For the first three
months of 2007, the average interest rate applicable to base
rate term loans and Eurodollar rate term loans was 9.5% and
7.8%, respectively. For 2006, the average interest rate
applicable to base rate term loans and Eurodollar rate term
loans was 9.9% and 7.9%, respectively. For
the first three months of 2007, the average interest rate
applicable to revolving loans was 8.7%. For 2006, the average
interest rate applicable to revolving loans was 9.6%.
We are also obligated to pay commitment fees on the unused
portion of the revolving credit facility of 0.375% to
0.50% per annum, depending on our consolidated leverage
ratio. For purposes of this calculation, swing line loans are
not treated as usage of the revolving credit facility.
Prepayments
Subject to certain exceptions, loans under the first lien
secured credit facility, as amended, are required to be prepaid
with:
•
100% of net proceeds from any asset sale by us or our
subsidiaries not reinvested in productive assets within
270 days;
•
100% of the net proceeds from any insurance or condemnation
award received by us or our subsidiaries not reinvested in
productive assets within 270 days;
•
50% (reduced to 25% if our consolidated leverage ratio is less
than 3.00 to 1.00) of the net proceeds resulting from issuance
of any equity interests, or from any capital contribution to us
by any holder of our equity interests, excluding proceeds from:
•
stock option or other management compensation plans for
officers, directors and employees;
of the net proceeds resulting from the consummation of an
initial public offering of our common stock, the lesser of
(i) 50% of the net proceeds or (ii) the excess of such
net proceeds over the amount to prepay $70.0 million of the
11% senior subordinated notes, plus accrued interest and any
prepayment premium as described below under
“— The 11% Senior Subordinated Notes”;
•
100% of the net proceeds from the issuance of certain
indebtedness by us, excluding indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under the first lien secured credit facility; and
•
50% (reduced to 25% if the consolidated leverage ratio is less
than 3.00 to 1.00) of excess cash flow for any year, commencing
in 2006.
Security
and Guarantees
Our obligations under the first lien senior credit facilities
are guaranteed by each of our direct and indirect wholly-owned
domestic subsidiaries, excluding our captive insurance
subsidiary. All obligations under the first lien senior credit
facilities and the related guarantees are secured by a perfected
first priority lien or security interest in substantially all of
our and our direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries’,
excluding our captive insurance subsidiary’s, tangible and
intangible assets, including intellectual property, real
property and all of the capital stock or other equity interests
of each of our direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic
subsidiaries, excluding our captive insurance subsidiary.
Covenants
The first lien secured credit facility contains customary
affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on
indebtedness; limitations on liens and negative pledges;
limitations on investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;
limitations on guarantees and other contingent obligations;
limitations on dividends and other payments in respect of
capital stock and payments or repayments of subordinated debt;
limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and
dissolutions; limitations on sales of assets; limitations on
transactions with stockholders and affiliates; limitations on
sale and leaseback transactions; limitations on changes in lines
of business; and limitations on optional payments and
modifications of subordinated and other debt instruments. In
addition, the credit agreement contains financial covenants,
including with respect to minimum interest coverage ratio,
maximum leverage ratio and maximum capital expenditures.
Events of default under the first lien secured credit facility
include, among others, nonpayment of principal when due;
nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts; cross-defaults;
covenant defaults; material inaccuracy of representations and
warranties; bankruptcy events with respect to us, or any of our
material subsidiaries; material unsatisfied or unstayed
judgments; order of dissolution of us, or any of our material
subsidiaries; certain ERISA events; a change of control; actual
or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security document or
security interest; or failure to maintain material health care
authorizations.
The
11% Senior Subordinated Notes
General
In connection with the Transactions, SHG Acquisition Corp.
issued and we assumed $200.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of 11% senior subordinated notes due 2014. We have
filed a Registration Statement on
Form S-4
with respect to the commencement of an exchange offer and the
public registration of the senior subordinated notes. Assuming
effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the completion
of the exchange offer, all of the original senior subordinated
notes will be exchanged for publicly traded, registered
securities with identical terms. The senior subordinated notes
are guaranteed by certain of our present and future
subsidiaries, if any. Interest on the senior subordinated notes
is payable at the rate of 11% per annum, semiannually in
cash on each January 15 and July 15. The senior
subordinated notes will mature on January 15, 2014.
Ranking
The senior subordinated notes and the guarantees are our
unsecured senior subordinated obligations and rank:
•
junior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and
future senior indebtedness, including the senior secured credit
facility;
•
equally with any of our and the guarantors’ future senior
subordinated indebtedness, if any;
•
senior to any of our and the guarantors’ future
subordinated indebtedness, if any; and
•
effectively junior to the existing and future liabilities of our
non-guarantor subsidiaries and our pharmacy joint venture.
Optional
Redemption
We have the right to redeem the senior subordinated notes in
whole or in part from time to time on and after January 15,2010 at the following redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on
January 15th of
the year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid
interest if any, to the date of redemption:
Redemption
Period
Price
2010
105.50%
2011
102.75%
2012 and thereafter
100.00%
Prior to January 15, 2009, we may on one or more occasion
redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the senior
subordinated notes with the proceeds of certain sales of our
equity securities at 111.0% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption; provided that
•
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of senior
subordinated notes remains outstanding after the occurrence of
each such redemption (other than notes held by us or our
affiliates); and
•
provided further that such redemption occurs within 90 days
after the consummation of any such sale of our equity securities.
We intend to redeem $70 million of the senior subordinated
notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. As only
a portion of the notes outstanding will be redeemed with the
proceeds of this offering, the trustee under the indenture will
select the notes to be redeemed pro rata among the outstanding
notes. Notes held by the underwriters for this offering, or any
of their affiliates, will not be given priority in the
redemption.
In addition, prior to January 15, 2010, we may redeem the
senior subordinated notes, in whole, at a redemption price equal
to 100% of the principal amount plus a premium, plus any accrued
and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The premium is
calculated as the greater of: (a) 1.0% of the
principal amount of the notes being redeemed and (b) the
excess of the present value of the redemption price of the notes
on January 15, 2010 plus all remaining interest through
January 15, 2010 payments, calculated using the treasury
rate, over the principal amount of the notes on the redemption
date.
Covenants
The indenture governing the senior subordinated notes contains
covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the
ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
•
incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue
preferred stock;
•
pay dividends or make other equity distributions to our
stockholders;
•
purchase or redeem our capital stock;
•
make certain investments;
•
enter into arrangements that restrict dividends or other
payments to us from our restricted subsidiaries;
We recognize that related party transactions present a
heightened risk of conflicts of interest and in connection with
this offering, have adopted a policy to which all related party
transactions shall be subject. Pursuant to the policy, the audit
committee of our board of directors will review the relevant
facts and circumstances of all related party transactions,
including, but not limited to, (i) whether the transaction
is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in
arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and
(ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the
transaction. Pursuant to the policy, no director may participate
in any approval of a related party transaction to which he or
she is a related party.
The audit committee will then, in its sole discretion, either
approve or disapprove the transaction. If advance audit
committee approval of a transaction is not feasible, the
transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management,
subject to ratification of the transaction by the audit
committee at the committee’s next regularly scheduled
meeting. If at that meeting the committee does not ratify the
transaction, management shall make all reasonable efforts to
cancel or annul such transaction.
Certain types of transactions, which would otherwise require
individual review, have been pre-approved by the audit
committee. These types of transactions include, for example,
(i) compensation to an officer or director where such
compensation is required to be disclosed in our proxy statement,
(ii) transactions where the interest of the related party
arises only by way of a directorship or minority stake in
another organization that is a party to the transaction and
(iii) transactions involving competitive bids or fixed
rates.
The
Transactions
On December 27, 2005 we acquired our predecessor company,
named Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. Certain members of our
senior management team and Baylor Health Care System, which we
refer to collectively as the rollover investors, agreed to roll
over amounts that they would otherwise receive in the merger as
an investment in our equity. Members of our senior management
team agreed to roll over at least one-half of the after tax
amount they would otherwise receive in the merger and Baylor
agreed to roll over approximately $3.8 million of its
equity interest in our predecessor company. For purposes of the
rollover investments, shares of our predecessor company’s
common stock were valued at the same per share price as would
have been payable for such shares in the merger. Immediately
after the merger, Onex and its affiliates and associates, on the
one hand, and the rollover investors, on the other hand, held
approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of our outstanding
capital stock, not including restricted stock issued to
management at the time of the transaction.
Concurrently with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the merger agreement:
•
Onex made an equity investment in us of approximately
$211.3 million in cash;
•
the rollover investors made an equity investment in us of
approximately $1.5 million in cash through settlement of a
bonus payable and $10.1 million in rollover equity;
•
our predecessor company assumed $200.0 million aggregate
principal amount of senior subordinated notes issued in
connection with the merger;
•
our predecessor company paid cash merger consideration of
$240.8 million to our then-existing stockholders (other
than, to the extent of their rollover investment, the rollover
investors) and option holders;
•
our predecessor company amended its existing first lien senior
secured credit facility to provide for a rollover of its
existing $259.4 million term loan and an increase in its
revolving credit facility from $50.0 million to
$75.0 million;
•
our predecessor company repaid in full its $110.0 million
second lien senior secured credit facility;
•
our predecessor company paid accrued interest on its second lien
senior secured credit facility;
we increased the cash on our balance sheet by
$35.2 million; and
•
we paid approximately $19.2 million of fees and expenses,
including placement and other financing fees, and other
transaction costs and professional expenses.
We refer to the transactions contemplated by the merger
agreement, along with the equity contributions, the financings
and use of proceeds and related transactions listed above,
collectively, as the “Transactions.”
Agreement
with Onex Partners Manager LP
Upon completion of the Transactions, we entered into an
agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP, or Onex Manager, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Onex Corporation. In exchange for
providing us with corporate finance and strategic planning
consulting services, we pay Onex Manager an annual fee of
$0.5 million. We will reimburse Onex Manager for
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the provision of services
pursuant to the agreement, and reimbursed Onex for
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions.
Stockholders’
Agreement
Simultaneous with the completion of the Transactions, all of our
current stockholders, including Onex and its affiliates, entered
into an investor stockholders’ agreement. Under this
agreement, our current stockholders have agreed to vote their
shares on matters presented to the stockholders as specifically
provided in the investor stockholders’ agreement, or, if
not so provided, in the same manner as Onex. In particular, each
non-Onex
party agreed to vote all of their shares to elect to our board
of directors such individuals as may be designated by Onex from
time to time. Robert M. Le Blanc has been designated
to serve on our board of directors by Onex. Following this
offering, each non-Onex party to the agreement may sell up to a
certain percentage of the shares held by it on the date of this
offering, with such percentage increasing each year; provided,
however, that if at any time Onex shall have sold a greater
percentage of the shares it held on the date of this offering,
then each non-Onex stockholder shall have the right to sell up
to the same percentage of its shares.
Leased
Facilities
Our former chief executive officer (who was also a member of our
board of directors during 2005) and his wife (who is also our
former executive vice president and chief operating officer) own
the real estate for four of our leased facilities. This real
estate has not been included in the financial statements for any
of the years presented in this prospectus. Lease payments to
these parties under operating leases for these facilities for
2005, 2004 and 2003 were $2.2 million, $2.1 million
and $1.9 million, respectively. Upon the completion of the
Transactions, these individuals no longer had any related party
interests in us.
Notes Receivable
We had a limited recourse promissory note receivable from
William Scott, a current member of our board of directors, in
the principal amount of approximately $2.5 million with an
interest rate of 5.7%. The note was issued in April 1998
and was due on the earlier of April 15, 2007 or the sale by
Mr. Scott of 20,000 shares of our common stock pledged as
security for the note. We had recourse for payment up to
$1.0 million of the principal amount of the note. We
forgave the entire remaining balance of $2.5 million,
together with approximately $1.3 million of accrued and unpaid
interest, due under this note upon the closing of the
Transactions in consideration for prior service provided by Mr.
Scott.
Agreement
with Executive Search Solutions
On May 1, 2005, we entered into an employee placement
agreement with Executive Search Solutions, LLC, a provider of
recruiting services to the healthcare services industry, under
which we paid Executive Search Solutions $12,085 a month to
provide us with qualified candidates based on our specified
criteria for positions including director of nursing, business
office manager and nursing home administrator and overhead
positions at a director level or above. We also paid Executive
Search Solutions a per hire fee of $500 and $1,500 for each
licensed nurse, and each nursing department head, respectively,
that we hire as a result of Executive Search Solutions’
services. In addition, Hallmark paid $2,750, $3,400 and $6,000
to
Executive Search Solutions for each assistant, therapist and
regional office director, respectively, that Hallmark hired as a
result of Executive Search Solutions’ services. The term of
the agreement began on May 1, 2005 and ended on
April 30, 2007. Our Chief Executive Officer, Boyd
Hendrickson, and our President, Jose Lynch, each hold a
beneficial ownership interest of 30.0% of Executive Search
Solutions. In the three months ended March 31, 2007 and in
2006 and 2005, we paid Executive Search Solutions $12,220,
$156,576 and $82,000, respectively.
Employment
Agreements
We have employment agreements and restricted stock agreements
with each of our Named Executive Officers. See “Executive
Compensation — Existing Employment Arrangements”
and “Executive Compensation — SHG Holding
Solutions Restricted Stock Plan.”
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the beneficial ownership of our class B common stock as
of May 4, 2007 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our
class A common stock offered by this prospectus for:
•
each of our Named Executive Officers;
•
each of our directors;
•
all of our directors and executive officers as a group;
•
each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us
to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock; and
•
each selling stockholder.
Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this
prospectus, the only shares of class A common stock that
will be outstanding will be shares sold in the offering.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or
investment power with respect to the securities. Except as
indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community
property laws, each person identified in the table possesses
sole voting and investment power with respect to all capital
stock shown to be held by that person.
Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on an assumed
28,564,261 shares of class B common stock outstanding
as of May 4, 2007, including the conversion of all of our
class A preferred stock into class B common stock. For
a discussion of the conversion of our class A preferred
stock see “Prospectus Summary — The
Offering.”
Shares
Shares Beneficially
Shares to be
Beneficially Owned
Owned Prior to Offering
Sold in
After Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
Percentage
This Offering
Number
Percent(1)
5% Stockholders
Onex(2)
25,322,015
(2)
88.6
%
8,185,334
17,136,681
46.4
%
Directors and Named Executive
Officers
Michael E. Boxer
24,230
*
5,920
(3)
18,310
*
Boyd Hendrickson
815,736
(4)
2.9
%
0
815,736
2.2
%
John E. King
287,751
(5)
1.0
%
0
287,751
*
Robert M. Le Blanc
25,322,015
(6)
88.6
%
8,185,334
17,136,681
46.4
%
Jose Lynch
487,500
(7)
1.7
%
0
(8)
487,500
1.3
%
John M. Miller, V
5,917
*
0
5,917
*
Roland Rapp
238,914
(5)
*
0
238,914
*
Glenn S. Schafer
5,917
*
0
5,917
*
William Scott
61,046
*
0
61,046
*
Mark Wortley
177,867
(5)
*
0
177,867
*
Executive Officers and
directors as a group (12 persons)
27,497,513
(9)
96.3
%
19,306,259
52.3
%
Other Selling
Stockholders
Colby Bartlett L.L.C.
91,569
*
29,600
(10)
61,969
*
Cariad Investment Holdings Ltd.
122,092
*
39,466
(11)
82,626
*
Steven Epstein
24,418
*
7,893
(12)
16,525
*
Granite Investments, LP
122,092
*
39,466
(13)
82,626
*
Joel Greenberg
30,523
*
9,867
(14)
20,656
*
James T. Kelly
36,627
*
11,840
(15)
24,787
*
Steven J. Shulman
12,209
*
3,947
(16)
8,262
*
*
Less than 1%.
(1)
The percentage held after the offering is based upon the number
of shares of class A common stock and shares of
class B common stock expected to be outstanding after the
offering.
Onex includes Onex Corporation, Onex US Principals LP and Onex
Partners LP. Onex Corporation owns 5,932,205 shares, Onex US
Principals LP owns 120,491 shares and Onex Partners LP owns
19,772,942 shares. In the offering, Onex Corporation, Onex
US Principals LP and Onex Partners LP will sell 1,880,189,
38,189 and 6,266,956 shares, respectively. If the
underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full, Onex Corporation, Onex US Principals LP and Onex
Partners LP will sell an additional 548,083, 11,132 and
1,826,843 shares, respectively, resulting in approximately
40.0% ownership. Onex Corporation’s address is 161 Bay
Street, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2S1, Canada. Onex Corporation is
the direct parent company of Onex Partners GP, Inc. Onex
Partners GP, Inc. is the general partner of Onex Partners GP LP,
which is the general partner of Onex Partners LP. Onex
Corporation is also the sole member of Onex Partners LLC, which
is the general partner of Onex US Principals LP. Onex
Corporation’s board of directors are Daniel C. Casey,
Peter C. Goodsoe, Serge Gouin, Brian M. King, John B. McCoy, J.
Robert S. Prichard, Heather M. Reisman, Gerald W. Schwartz and
Arni C. Thorsteinson. Mr. Schwartz is also the Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Onex Corporation and
owns shares representing a majority of the voting rights of the
shares of Onex Corporation and, as such, has voting and
investment power with respect to, and accordingly may be deemed
to own beneficially, all of the shares of our class B
common stock owned beneficially by Onex Corporation. Each of
Onex Corporation’s board members disclaim beneficial
ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Onex, other than
to the extent they have a direct pecuniary interest therein.
(3)
If the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full, Michael E. Boxer will sell 1,726 shares
pursuant to the
over-allotment.
(4)
Includes 194,206 shares of unvested restricted stock as of
May 4, 2007.
(5)
Includes 70,620 shares of unvested restricted stock as of
May 4, 2007.
(6)
Mr. Le Blanc has served as Managing Director of Onex
Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex Corporation since 1999.
As a result, Mr. Le Blanc may be deemed to beneficially own
the shares of class B common stock directly held by Onex.
(7)
Includes 158,896 shares of unvested restricted stock as of
May 4, 2007.
(8)
If the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full, Mr. Lynch will sell 70,800 shares
pursuant to the
over-allotment.
Mr. Lynch will own 416,700 shares of class B
common stock after exercise of the underwriters’
over-allotment
option, which would include 158,896 shares of unvested
restricted stock.
(9)
Includes in the aggregate 600,272 shares of unvested restricted
stock as of May 4, 2007.
(10)
Robert Haft is the manager of Colby Bartlett L.L.C. and as such
makes all investment decisions on its behalf. If the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Colby
Bartlett, L.L.C. will sell 8,628 shares pursuant to the
over-allotment.
(11)
Cariad Investment Holdings Ltd is 100% owned by The K-Fair
Trust; Standard Bank Offshore Trust Company as trustee and
Catherine Zeta-Jones as settlor. If the underwriters exercise
their over-allotment option in full, Cariad Investment Holdings
Ltd. will sell 11,505 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
(12)
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, Steven Epstein will sell 2,301 shares pursuant to the
over-allotment.
(13)
Granite Investments, LP is majority owned by the Michael Douglas
Revocable Trust. Robert Harabedian is the trustee of the Michael
Douglas Revocable Trust and Michael Douglas is the sole
beneficiary of the trust. If the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, Granite Investments, LP will sell
11,505 shares pursuant to the over-allotment.
(14)
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, Joel Greenberg will sell 2,876 shares pursuant to the
over-allotment.
(15)
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, James T. Kelly will sell 3,451 shares pursuant to the
over-allotment.
(16)
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in
full, Steven J. Shulman will sell 1,150 shares pursuant to the
over-allotment.
The following description of the material terms of our capital
stock is qualified by reference to our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation, our stockholders’ agreement
and applicable law. The descriptions of our common stock and
preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that
will occur upon the closing of this offering.
General
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, all outstanding
shares of class A preferred stock will convert into
class B common stock. Assuming the completion of this
offering on May 18, 2007, and a conversion price of $15.50
(which is the offering price shown on the front cover page of
this prospectus), our class A preferred stock will convert
into 15,928,182 shares of our class B common stock.
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist of 175,000,000 shares of class A common
stock, par value $0.001 per share, 30,000,000 shares of
class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share and
25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per
share, with no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Common
Stock
As of March 31, 2007, and assuming the conversion of our
class A preferred stock into class B common stock upon
the completion of the offering, there were no shares of class A
preferred stock, and 28,564,261 shares of class B
common stock outstanding and held of record by
30 stockholders.
The class A common stock and the class B common stock are
identical in all respects, except with respect to voting and
except that each share of class B common stock is convertible
into one share of class A common stock at the option of the
holder.
Voting Rights. Generally, on all matters on
which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote, the
holders of the class A common stock and the class B common stock
vote together as a single class. On all matters with respect to
which the holders of our common stock are entitled to vote, each
outstanding share of class A common stock is entitled to one
vote and each outstanding share of class B common stock is
entitled to ten votes. If the Transition Date occurs, the number
of votes per share of class B common stock will be reduced
automatically to one vote per share. The Transition Date will
occur when the total number of outstanding shares of class B
common stock less than 10% of the total number of shares of
common stock outstanding.
Class A Common Stock. In addition to the other
voting rights or power to which the holders of class A common
stock are entitled, holders of class A common stock are entitled
to vote as a separate class on (i) any proposal to alter, repeal
or amend our certificate of incorporation which would adversely
affect the powers, preferences or rights of the holders of class
A common stock; and (ii) any proposed merger or consolidation of
our company with any other entity if, as a result, shares of
class B common stock would be converted into or exchanged for,
or receive, any consideration that differs from that applicable
to the shares of class A common stock as a result of such merger
or consolidation, other than a difference limited to preserving
the relative voting power of the holders of the class A common
stock and the class B common stock. In respect of any matter as
to which the holders of the class A common stock are entitled to
a class vote, such holders are entitled to one vote per share,
and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares of class A common stock outstanding is required for
approval.
Class B Common Stock. In addition to the other
voting rights or power to which the holders of class B common
stock are entitled, holders of class B common stock are entitled
to vote together as a separate class on (i) any proposal to
alter, repeal or amend our certificate of incorporation which
would adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the
holders of class B common stock; and (ii) any proposed
merger or consolidation of our company with any other entity if,
as a result, shares of class B common stock would be converted
into or exchanged for, or receive, any consideration that
differs from that applicable to the shares of class A common
stock as a result of such merger or consolidation, other than a
difference limited to preserving the relative voting power of
the holders of the class A common stock and the class B common
stock. In respect of any matter as to which the holders of the
class B common stock are entitled to a class vote, such holders
of class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share and
the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares
of class B common stock is required for approval.
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that
may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time,
holders of our outstanding common stock are entitled to any
dividend declared by the board of directors out of funds legally
available for this purpose. No dividend may be declared on the
class A or class B common stock unless at the same time an equal
dividend is paid on every share of class A and class B common
stock. Dividends paid in shares of our common stock must be
paid, with respect to a particular class of common stock, in
shares of that class.
Conversion Rights. The class A common stock is
not convertible. Each share of class B common stock may be
converted at any time at the option of the holder into one share
of class A common stock. The class B common stock will be
converted automatically into class A common stock upon a
transfer thereof to any person other than the holders of our
class B common stock on the date of this offering, their
respective affiliates and any other holder that receives
class B common shares directly from us. In addition, the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of class B
common stock may force the conversion of all, but not less than
all, of the class B common stock into class A common stock.
Preemptive or Similar Rights. Upon
consummation of the offering, holders of our common stock will
not be entitled to preemptive or other similar rights to
purchase any of our securities and no holder of our securities
is entitled to preemptive rights with respect to the shares of
class A common stock to be issued in the offering.
Right to Receive Liquidation
Distributions. Upon our voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our
common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our assets which
are legally available for distribution, after payment of all
debts and other liabilities and subject to the rights of any
holders of preferred stock then outstanding.
Preferred
Stock
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will
be authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue
from time to time up to an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares
of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the
designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series
thereof, including the dividend rights, dividend rates,
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption including
sinking fund provisions, redemption price or prices, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or
designations of such series. The issuance of preferred stock
could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control of us. We have no present plans to issue any
shares of preferred stock.
Registration
Agreement
Upon the completion of this offering, holders of
20,082,506 shares of class B common stock, or
17,582,506 shares of class B common stock if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, will
be entitled to rights to demand the registration of shares of
class B common stock held by them and to include their
shares for registration in certain registration statements that
we may file under the Securities Act of 1933 after the
completion of this offering. Upon a transfer to a party other
than a current holder of our class B common stock our
management or directors, Onex and certain of their affiliates,
the shares shall automatically convert to class A common
stock. Immediately after completion of this offering, demand
registration rights may also be exercisable by the holders of a
majority of our unregistered class B common stock, or the
Majority Holders, so long as such holders hold more than 10% of
our shares of common stock that were outstanding on
December 27, 2005. Such a demand registration would require
us to prepare and file, at our expense, a registration statement
covering the shares subject to the demand. The number of demands
that may be made for registration on any appropriate form under
the Securities Act of 1933, other than on a
Form S-3
or any similar short-form registration statement, will be
limited to three demands by the Majority Holders and an
unlimited number of demands by Onex and its affiliates. There is
no limit to the number of demands that may be made for
registration on a
Form S-3,
except that no more than one demand may occur in any six month
period. We are not obligated to take any action to effect the
demand registration rights, other than on
Form S-3,
prior to six months after the date of this prospectus. The
demand rights will also be subject to our right to delay
registration for a up to six months based on our circumstances.
If we propose to register our securities under the Securities
Act of 1933, either for our own account or for the account of
other security holders, the holders of our unregistered
class B common stock will generally be entitled to notice
of the registration and will be entitled to include, at our
expense, their shares of class B common stock in such
registration statement. However, the foregoing right is subject
to Onex’s approval if we register securities for our own
account. These registration rights will be subject to certain
conditions and limitations, including the right of any
underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the
registration statement. Furthermore, the rights of holders of
our unregistered class B common stock to sell their
class B common stock will be subject to the terms of a
lockup agreement they have signed with Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities
LLC. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
Stockholders’
Agreement
All of our current stockholders, including Onex and its
affiliates, are party to an investor stockholders’
agreement. Under this agreement, our current stockholders have
agreed to vote their shares on matters presented to the
stockholders as specifically provided in the investor
stockholders’ agreement, or, if not so provided, in the
same manner as Onex. Following this offering, each non-Onex
party to the agreement may sell up to a certain percentage of
the shares held by it on the date of this offering, with such
percentage increasing each year; provided, however, that if at
any time Onex shall have sold a greater percentage of the shares
it held on the date of this offering, then each non-Onex
stockholder shall have the right to sell up to the same
percentage of its shares. See “Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions — Stockholders’
Agreement.”
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of
deterring hostile takeovers or discouraging or delaying or
preventing changes in control. Such provisions include:
•
our board of directors will be authorized, without prior
stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock,
commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock,
with rights senior to those of class A common stock and
class B common stock;
•
advance notice requirements for nominations to serve on our
board of directors or for proposals that can be acted upon at
stockholder meetings; provided, that prior to the date the
Minimum Condition is no longer met, no such requirement is
required for holders of at least 10% of our outstanding Class B
common stock;
our board will be classified so not all members of our board are
elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a
person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding
voting stock to replace our directors;
•
following the Transition Date, stockholder action by written
consent will be prohibited;
•
special meetings of the stockholders will be permitted to be
called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief
executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;
•
stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for
the election of directors;
•
newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the
authorial number of directors or vacancies on our board of
directors will be filled only by majority vote of incumbent
directors;
•
our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make,
alter or repeal our bylaws; and
•
stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws only upon
receiving at least
662/3%
of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding
shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class.
Section 203
of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware
Once the Minimum Condition is no longer met, we will be subject
to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that
such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the
following exceptions:
•
prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested holder;
•
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and
also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee
participants do not have the right to determine confidentially
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a
tender or exchange offer; and
•
on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is
approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual
or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
Section 203 defines business combination to include:
•
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
•
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation involving the interested
stockholder;
•
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
•
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
by or through the corporation.
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder
as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such
entity or person.
New York
Stock Exchange Listing
Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on
The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our class A common
stock is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
class A common stock, and we cannot assure you that a
significant public market for our class A common stock will
develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of
significant amounts of our outstanding class A common stock
in the public market after this offering could adversely affect
the prevailing market price of our class A common stock and
could impair our future ability to raise capital through the
sale of our equity securities.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding
16,666,666 shares of class A common stock and
20,230,928 shares of class B common stock based upon
the assumptions described in “The Offering.” Of these
shares, all of the shares of class A common stock sold in
this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or
further registration under the federal securities laws, unless
purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
All of the shares of class B common stock (which will
convert into shares of class A common stock if transferred
outside of our current stockholders and their respective
affiliates, which includes Onex and our management group, or has
a holder that did not receive class B common stock directly from
us), will be available for public sale if registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 or sold in accordance with
Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 of the Securities Act of 1933.
Substantially all of these remaining shares of class B
common stock are held by officers, directors and existing
stockholders who are subject to various
lock-up
agreements or market stand-off provisions that prohibit them
from offering, selling, contracting to sell, granting an option
to purchase, making a short sale or otherwise disposing of any
shares of our common stock or any option to purchase shares of
our common stock or any securities exchangeable for or
convertible into shares of common stock for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus without the
prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS
Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC, which we
refer to collectively as the Representatives; provided, however,
that in event that either (1) during the last 17 days
of the
lock-up
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period, then in either case the expiration of the
lock-up will
be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of earnings results
or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable,
unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.
The Representatives may, in their discretion and at any time
without notice, release all or any portion of the common stock
held by our officers, directors and existing stockholders
subject to these
lock-up
agreements.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements and market stand-off provisions described above and
the provisions of Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 of the Securities
Act of 1933, and assuming no extension of the
lock-up
period as described above and no exercise of the
underwriters’ over-allotment option, the
20,230,928 shares of our class B common stock that
will be restricted securities will be available for sale in the
public market as follows:
•
no shares will be eligible for sale upon effectiveness of this
offering;
•
no shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144
beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus; and
•
20,230,928 shares will be eligible for sale under
Rule 144 and Rule 701 upon expiration of the
lock-up
agreements and market stand-off provisions described above,
beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
If transferred outside of our current stockholders and their
respective affiliates, which includes Onex and our management
group, or has a holder that did not receive class B common stock
directly from us, any shares of class B common stock so
transferred will convert into shares of class A common
stock.
In general, Rule 144 allows a stockholder (or stockholders
where shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares
of our common stock for at least one year and who files a
Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission to
sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after
the date of this prospectus a number of those shares that does
not exceed the greater of:
•
1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding,
which will equal approximately 368,976 shares immediately
after this offering assuming no exercise of the
underwriters’ over-allotment option; or
•
The average weekly trading volume of our class A common
stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the
Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144, however, are subject to specific
manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the
availability of current public information about our company.
20,230,928 shares of our class B common stock will
qualify for resale under Rule 144 beginning upon the
expiration of the
lock-up
agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.
Rule 144(k)
Under Rule 144(k), in general, a stockholder who has
beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least two
years and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our
company at any time during the immediately preceding three
months may sell shares without complying with the manner of sale
provisions, notice requirements, public information requirements
or volume limitations of Rule 144. Affiliates of our
company, however, must always sell pursuant to Rule 144,
even after the otherwise applicable Rule 144(k) holding
periods have been satisfied. No shares of our class B
common stock will qualify for resale under Rule 144(k) upon
the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements and market stand-off provisions described above.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased
shares of our class B common stock pursuant to a written
compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been
an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding
90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon
Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the
public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice
provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits
affiliates of our company to sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All
holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to
wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before
selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
As of March 31, 2007, 1,324,129 shares of our
outstanding class B common stock had been issued in
reliance on Rule 701. All of these shares, however, are
subject to
lock-up
agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above. As
a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the
earlier of the expiration of the
lock-up
period or upon obtaining the prior written consent of the
Representatives to release all or any portion of these shares
from the
lock-up
agreements to which the Representatives are a party.
Registration
Rights
As described above in “Description of Capital
Stock — Registration Rights Agreement,” upon
completion of this offering, the holders of approximately
20,082,506 shares of our class B common stock,
including shares issued upon conversion of our preferred stock
and shares issued upon the exercise of warrants, will have the
right, subject to various conditions and limitations, to demand
the filing of a registration statement covering their shares of
our class B common stock, subject to the
lock-up
arrangement described above. By exercising their registration
rights and causing a large number of shares to be registered and
sold in the public market, these holders could cause the price
of our class A common stock to significantly decline. In
addition, any demand to include such shares in our registration
statement could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
raise capital.
The following is a summary of certain material United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of our class A common stock to non-United
States holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a
complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations
relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of
the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder,
administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the
date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly
retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income
tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have
not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the
IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions
reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance
that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary applies only to non-United States holders who hold
our class A common stock as a capital asset. This summary
does not address the effect of the United States federal estate
or gift tax laws, tax considerations arising under the laws of
any foreign, state or local jurisdiction, or tax considerations
applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to
investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including,
without limitation:
•
banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;
•
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
•
tax-exempt organizations;
•
dealers in securities or currencies;
•
traders in securities that elect to use a
mark-to-market
method of accounting for their securities holdings;
•
“controlled foreign corporations,”“passive
foreign investment companies,” and corporations that
accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;
•
persons who own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our
company (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
•
persons that are S corporations, partnerships or other
pass-through entities;
•
certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United
States;
•
persons who hold our class A common stock as a position in
a hedging transaction, “straddle,”“conversion
transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or
•
persons deemed to sell our class A common stock under the
constructive sale provisions of the Code.
YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE
APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR
PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON
STOCK ARISING UNDER THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX
RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR
OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
Non-United
States Holder Defined
For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-United States
holder if you are a holder that, for United States federal
income tax purposes, is not a United States person. For purposes
of this discussion, you are a United States person if you are:
•
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created
or organized in the United States or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof;
•
an estate whose income is subject to United States federal
income tax regardless of its source; or
•
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary
supervision of a United States court and that has one or more
United States persons who have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a
valid election to be treated as a United States person.
Distributions
We have not made any distributions on our class A common
stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the
foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our
class A common stock, those payments will constitute
dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the
extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and
profits, as determined under United States federal income tax
principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our
current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will
constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your
adjusted basis in our class A common stock, but not below
zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange
of stock.
Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to United
States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross
amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by
an applicable tax treaty. To receive a reduced treaty rate, you
must provide us with an IRS
Form W-8BEN
or other appropriate version of IRS
Form W-8
certifying your qualification for the reduced rate.
Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with
your conduct of a United States trade or business (and, if a tax
treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent
establishment maintained by you) are exempt from such
withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, you must provide us
with an IRS
Form W-8ECI
properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected
dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at
the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons,
net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a
corporate non-United States holder, dividends you receive that
are effectively connected with your conduct of a United States
trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at
a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an
applicable tax treaty.
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax
pursuant to an applicable tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of
any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate
claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on
Disposition of Class A Common Stock
You generally will not be required to pay United States federal
income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other
disposition of our class A common stock unless:
•
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a United
States trade or business (and, if a tax treaty applies, is
attributable to a United States permanent establishment
maintained by you);
•
you are an individual who is present in the United States for a
period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the
calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and
certain other conditions are met; or
•
our class A common stock constitutes a United States real
property interest by reason of our status as a “United
States real property holding corporation” for United States
federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the
shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or
your holding period for our class A common stock.
We believe that we are not currently and will not become a
USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a
USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States
real property relative to the fair market value of our other
business assets, there can be no assurance that we will
not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC,
however, as long as our class A common stock is regularly traded
on an established securities market, such class A common
stock will be treated as United States real property
interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than
5% of such regularly traded class A common stock.
If you are a non-United States holder described in the first
bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain
derived from the sale under regular graduated United States
federal income tax rates, and corporate non-United States
holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to
the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may
be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an
individual non-United States holder described in the second
bullet above, you will be required to pay a 30% tax on the gain
derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by United States
source capital losses. You should consult any applicable income
tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of
dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of
tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant
to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its
reports available to tax authorities in your country of
residence.
Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock
made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup
withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) unless you establish an
exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-United
States status on a
Form W-8BEN
or another appropriate version of IRS
Form W-8.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and
information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent
has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a United
States person.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United
States income tax liability of persons subject to backup
withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or
credit may be obtained, provided that the required information
is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement dated May 15, 2007, we and the
selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters
named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS
Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC are acting as
representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of
class A common stock:
Number
Underwriter
of Shares
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
3,833,334
UBS Securities LLC
3,833,334
Banc of America Securities LLC
3,833,334
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
1,166,666
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
1,166,666
J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc.
1,166,666
Lehman Brothers Inc.
1,166,666
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
250,000
Scotia Capital (USA), Inc.
250,000
Total
16,666,666
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of class A common
stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those
shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The
underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter
defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters
may be increased or this offering may be terminated.
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,500,000 additional
shares of class B common stock (which, upon transfer to the
underwriters, would convert into shares of class A common
stock) from the selling stockholders at the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of
class A common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of class A
common stock initially at the public offering price shown on the
front cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members
at that price less a selling concession of $0.6278 per
share. After the initial public offering the representatives may
change the public offering price and concession and discount to
broker/dealers.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay.
Per Share
Total
Without
With
Without
With
Over-
Over-
Over-
Over-
Allotment
Allotment
Allotment
Allotment
Underwriting Discounts and
Commissions paid by us
$
1.04625
$
1.04625
$
8,718,750
$
8,718,750
Expenses payable by us
$
0.432
$
0.432
$
3,600,000
$
3,600,000
Underwriting Discounts and
Commissions paid by selling stockholders
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales
to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the share of class A common stock
being offered.
We have agreed that we will not, subject to certain exceptions,
offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our
common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly
disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge,
disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Banc
of America Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after
the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either
(1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up”
period, we release earnings results or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the
expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that
we will release earnings results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up”
period, then in either case the expiration of the
“lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS
Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC waive, in
writing, such an extension.
Our officers and directors and existing stockholders have agreed
that they will not, subject to certain exceptions, offer, sell,
contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have
the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other
arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether
any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our
common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or
publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge
or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or
other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written
consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities
LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the
event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the
“lock-up” period, we release earnings results or
material news or a material event relating to us occurs or
(2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up”
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up”
period, then in either case the expiration of the
“lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings
results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS
Securities LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC waive, in
writing, such an extension.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to
make in that respect.
Our class A common stock has been approved for listing on
The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKH”.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have
from time to time performed, and may in the future perform,
various financial, advisory, commercial banking and investment
banking services for us and for our affiliates in the ordinary
course of business for which they have received and would
receive customary compensation. In particular, Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. were
the joint book-running managers under our December 2005 offer of
$200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 11% senior
subordinated notes. In addition, affiliates of Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America
Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Scotia
Capital (USA), Inc. are lenders under our first lien secured
credit facility. Further, an affiliate of Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC is also the administrative agent under our
first lien secured credit facility and, as such, will receive a
portion of the proceeds of this offering. We expect the
aggregate amounts received by underwriters through the repayment
of indebtedness will be less than 9% of the net proceeds of the
offering. Also, the chief executive officer of Onex Corporation,
the beneficial owner of a
majority of our common stock, is an independent member of the
board of directors of The Bank of Nova Scotia, the indirect
parent of Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our
class A common stock. The initial public offering price was
determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and
will not necessarily reflect the market price of the
class A common stock following this offering. The principal
factors that will be considered in determining the initial
public offering price will include:
•
the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the underwriters;
•
the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
will compete;
•
the ability of our management;
•
the prospects for our future earnings;
•
the present state of our development and our current financial
condition;
•
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded
class A common stock of generally comparable
companies; and
•
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering.
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which the class A common
stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this
offering or that an active trading market for the class A
common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with
Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
•
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
•
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
•
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the
class A common stock in the open market after the
distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate
short positions. In determining the source of shares to close
out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among
other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters
sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment
option, a naked short position, the position can only he closed
out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares
in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect
investors who purchase in this offering.
•
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the class A common
stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our class A common stock or preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the class A
common stock. As a result the price of our class A common
stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in
the open market. These transactions may be effected on The New
York Stock Exchange or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
The shares of class A common stock are offered for sale in
those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe, Asia and
elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has
not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or
deliver any of the common stock directly or indirectly, or
distribute this prospectus or any other offering material
relating to the common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except
under circumstances that will result in compliance with the
applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose
any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting
agreement.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, a Relevant
Member State, each Underwriter represents and agrees that with
effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus
Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or
Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make
an offer of common stock to the public in that Relevant Member
State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to
the common stock which has been approved by the competent
authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate,
approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the
competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in
accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may,
with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date,
make an offer of common stock to the public in that Relevant
Member State at any time,
(a)
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(b)
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
(c)
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or
(d)
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication
by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
“offer of common stock to the public” in relation to
any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the class A
common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide
to purchase or subscribe the common stock, as the same may be
varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the
Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any
relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and
agrees as follows:
(a)
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional
experience in matters relating to investments falling with
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in
which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable
provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our common stock
directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any
Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale
directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person,
except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with,
the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other
applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this
paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident
in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized
under the laws of Japan.
The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not
(i) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, our common
stock in Hong Kong by means of any document, other than
(a) to “professional investors” as defined in the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any
rules made under that Ordinance or (b) in other
circumstances which do not result in the document being a
“prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance
(Cap. 32 of Hong Kong, or which do not constitute an offer to
the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or
(ii) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of
issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the
purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any
advertisement, invitation or document relating to our
class A common stock which is directed at, or the contents
of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in
Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities
laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our
Class A common stock which are or are intended to be
disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to
“professional investors” as defined in the Securities
and Futures Ordinance any rules made under that Ordinance. The
contents of this document have not been reviewed by any
regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise
caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about
any of the contents of this document, you should obtain
independent professional advice.
This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our
common stock has not been and will not be registered as a
prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and our
common stock will only be offered in Singapore pursuant to
exemptions under Section 274 and Section 275 of the
Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or
the Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly, our common stock
may not be offered or sold, or be the subject of an invitation
for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any
other offering material relating to our class A common
stock be circulated or distributed, whether directly or
indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in
Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor or
other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and
Futures Act, (b) to a sophisticated investor, and in
accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of
the Securities and Futures Act or (c) otherwise pursuant
to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other
applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
The common stock is being issued and sold outside the Republic
of France and, in connection with the initial distribution, the
underwriters have not offered or sold and will not offer or
sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock to the public in
the Republic of France. The underwriters have not distributed
and will not distribute or cause to be distributed to the public
in the Republic of France this prospectus or any other offering
material relating to the common stock. Such offers, sales and
distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of
France only to qualified investors (investisseurs
qualifiés) in accordance with
Article L.411-2
of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét
no. 98-880
dated 1st October, 1998.
Our common stock may not be offered, sold, transferred or
delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of the initial
distribution by the underwriters or at any time thereafter,
directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal
entities situated in The Netherlands who or which trade or
invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession
(which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including
dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds,
collective investment institutions, central governments, large
international and supranational organizations, other
institutional investors and other parties, including treasury
departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary
activity regularly invest in securities, or Professional
Investors), unless in the offer, prospectus and in any other
documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of
our common stock is publicly announced (whether electronically
or
otherwise) in The Netherlands it is stated that such offer is
and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors.
Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors
may not participate in the offering of our common stock, and
this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our
common stock may not be considered an offer or the prospect of
an offer to sell or exchange our common stock.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
The distribution of the shares in Canada is being made only on a
private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and
the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the
securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades
of the shares are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must
be made under applicable securities laws which will vary
depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require
resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under
a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian
securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek
legal advice prior to any resale of the shares.
Representations
of Purchasers
By purchasing the shares in Canada and accepting a purchase
confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the selling
stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation
is received that:
•
the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities
laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus
qualified under those securities laws,
•
where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as
principal and not as agent,
•
the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale
Restrictions, and
•
the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of
specified information concerning its purchase of the shares to
the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the
information.
Further details concerning the legal authority for this
information is available on request.
Rights of
Action — Ontario Purchasers Only
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who
purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period
of distribution will have a statutory right of action for
damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission
against us and the Selling Stockholders in the event that this
prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to
whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right
of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier
of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge
of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years
from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right
of action for rescission is exercisable not later than
180 days from the date on which payment is made for the
shares. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action
for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for
damages against us or the Selling Stockholders. In no case will
the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which
the shares were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is
shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the
misrepresentation, we and the Selling Stockholders will have no
liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the
Selling Stockholders will not be liable for all or any portion
of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation
in value of the shares as a result of the misrepresentation
relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without
derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law
to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the
rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers
should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory
provisions.
Enforcement
of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein and the Selling Stockholders may be located outside of
Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian
purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or
those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and
the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada
and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment
against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment
obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside
of Canada.
Taxation
and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of the shares should consult their own legal
and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an
investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and
about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the
purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
The validity of the shares of class A common stock offered
hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins
LLP, Costa Mesa, California. Certain regulatory matters will be
passed upon for us by Hooper, Lundy & Bookman, Inc. The
underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine &
Moore LLP, New York, New York.
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial
statements and schedule at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006, as set forth in their report. We have
included our consolidated financial statements and schedule in
the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in
reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited the Sunset Healthcare combined
financial statements at December 31, 2005 and for the year
ended December 31, 2005, as set forth in their report. We
have included the Sunset Healthcare combined financial
statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration
statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s
report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a
registration statement on
Form S-1
(including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under
the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of
class A common stock to be sold in this offering. This
prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the
registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed
therewith. For further information regarding us and the shares
of class A common stock to be sold in this offering, please
refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in
this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any
other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement
is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of
such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement.
You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration
statement or any other information that we file at the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room
at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can
request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
room. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including
the registration statement, are also available to you on the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. The address
of this website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, will file
periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. (the “Company”) as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit),
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial
schedule listed in the Index at Item 16(b). These financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial position of the Company at December 31, 2006 and
2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the
related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set
forth therein.
Accounts receivable, less allowance
for doubtful accounts of $8,531, $7,889 and $5,678 at
March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively
88,468
86,168
62,561
Deferred income taxes
13,930
13,248
11,390
Prepaid expenses
2,285
2,101
5,996
Other current assets
11,943
10,296
18,865
Total current assets
117,004
114,634
135,950
Property and equipment, net
238,549
230,904
191,151
Other assets:
Notes receivable, less allowance
for doubtful accounts of $0, $0 and $301 at March 31, 2007
(unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
6,534
4,968
3,916
Deferred financing costs, net
15,794
15,764
18,551
Goodwill
412,894
411,349
396,097
Intangible assets, net
33,378
33,843
35,823
Non-current income tax receivable
1,882
1,882
—
Deferred income taxes
1,607
1,504
21
Other assets
53,911
23,847
15,573
Total other assets
526,000
493,157
469,981
Total assets
$
881,553
$
838,695
$
797,082
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
$
50,547
$
69,136
$
55,233
Employee compensation and benefits
22,505
22,693
18,669
Current portion of long-term debt
and capital leases
3,185
3,177
2,918
Total current liabilities
76,237
95,006
76,820
Long-term liabilities:
Insurance liability risks
28,315
28,306
28,414
Other long-term liabilities
20,013
8,857
8,530
Long-term debt and capital leases,
less current portion
511,669
465,878
460,391
Total liabilities
636,234
598,047
574,155
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, 50,000 shares
authorized, 25,000 Class A convertible shares and
25,000 class B shares.
Class A, $0.001 par value;
22,312 shares, 22,312 shares and 22,287 shares
issued and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited),
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, liquidation
preference of $23,424, $18,652 and $246 at March 31, 2007
(unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
Preferred stock, 25,000,000 shares
authorized; $0.001 par value per share; no shares issued and
outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited),
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively and no shares pro
forma (unaudited)
—
—
—
—
Common stock,
25,350,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value per share;
12,636,079 shares, 12,636,079 shares and
12,552,784 shares issued and outstanding at March 31,2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
and no shares pro forma (unaudited)
13
—
13
13
Class A common stock,
175,000,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value per
share; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31,2007 (unaudited), December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
and no shares pro forma (unaudited)
—
—
—
—
Class B common stock, 30,000,000
shares authorized, $0.001 par value per share; no shares issued
and outstanding at March 31, 2007 (unaudited),
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively and 28,564,261 pro
forma shares (unaudited)
—
29
—
—
Deferred compensation
—
—
(185
)
Additional
paid-in-capital
221,882
245,290
221,983
222,853
Retained earnings
—
—
—
—
Total stockholders’ equity
245,319
245,319
240,648
222,927
Total liabilities and
stockholders’ equity
$
881,553
$
838,695
$
797,082
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
1.
Description
of Business
Current
Business
Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. (formerly known as SHG Holding
Solutions, Inc. and, through its predecessor, Fountain View,
Inc., which was later renamed Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc.),
(“Skilled”) through its subsidiaries, is an operator
of long-term care facilities and a provider of a wide range of
post-acute care services, with a strategic emphasis on
sub-acute
specialty medical care. Skilled and its consolidated
subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the
“Company.”The Company currently operates facilities
in California, Kansas, Missouri, Nevada and Texas, including 61
skilled nursing facilities (“SNFs”), that offer
sub-acute
care and rehabilitative and specialty medical skilled nursing
care; and 13 assisted living facilities (“ALFs”) that
provide room and board and social services. In addition, the
Company provides a variety of ancillary services such as
physical, occupational and speech therapy in Company-operated
facilities and unaffiliated facilities. Furthermore, the Company
owns and operates two licensed hospices providing palliative
care in its California and Texas markets. The Company is also a
member in a joint venture located in Texas providing
institutional pharmacy services which currently serves
approximately eight of the Company’s SNFs and other
facilities unaffiliated with the Company. Also, in 2005, the
Company sold two of its California-based institutional
pharmacies (Note 5).
Reorganization
Under Chapter 11
In 2001, Skilled (known at the time as Fountain View, Inc. and
upon emergence from bankruptcy, renamed Skilled Healthcare
Group, Inc. or “SHG”) and 22 of its subsidiaries filed
voluntary petitions for protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Central District of California, Los Angeles Division
(the “Bankruptcy Court”).
Following its petition for protection under Chapter 11, SHG
continued to operate its businesses as a
debtor-in-possession
subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court through
August 19, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), when it
emerged from bankruptcy pursuant to the terms of SHG’s
Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization dated April 22,2003 (the “Plan”). From the date SHG filed the
petition with the Bankruptcy court through December 31,2005, SHG incurred reorganization expenses totaling
approximately $32,506. There were no material reorganization
expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2007 or in
2006.
The principal components of reorganization expenses incurred,
are as follows:
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Details of operating cash receipts and payments resulting from
the reorganization are as follows:
Cash payments to suppliers for
reorganization services:
Professional fees
600
620
Court-related services
40
157
Refinancing costs
5
49
Other fees
392
987
Total
$
1,037
$
1,813
Matters
Related to Emergence
On July 10, 2003, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed SHG’s
Plan, which was approved by substantially all creditors and
implemented on the Effective Date. The principal provisions of
the Plan included:
•
The incurrence by SHG of (i) approximately $32,000 in
indebtedness available under new Revolving Credit Facilities;
(ii) approximately $23,000 under a new Secured Mezzanine
Term Loan; and (iii) approximately $95,000 under a new
Senior Mortgage Term Loan;
•
The satisfaction of SHG’s
111/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008 (“2008 Notes”) upon the
issuance or payment by SHG to the holders of the 2008 Notes on a
pro rata basis of (i) approximately $106,800 of new Senior
Subordinated Secured Increasing Rate Notes due 2008 that accrued
interest at an initial rate of 9.25% and provided for annual
rate increases, (ii) 58,642 shares of common stock and
(iii) cash in the amount of $50,000, consisting of
approximately $36,000 in outstanding interest and approximately
$14,000 of principal;
•
The payment in full of amounts outstanding under SHG’s
$90,000 Term Loan Facility and $30,000 Revolving Credit
Facility;
•
The issuance of one share of new series A preferred stock,
par value $0.01 per share for each share of SHG’s
existing series A preferred stock;
•
The cancellation of SHG’s series A common stock and
the issuance of 1.1142 shares of new common stock for each
share of cancelled series A common stock;
•
The cancellation of SHG’s series B common stock and
options to purchase series C common stock, with no
distribution made in respect thereof;
•
The cancellation of SHG’s series C common stock and
the issuance of one share of new common stock for each share of
cancelled series C common stock;
•
The cancellation of outstanding warrants to purchase
series C common stock and the issuance of new warrants, on
substantially the same terms, to purchase a number of shares of
new common stock equal to the number of shares of series C
common stock that were subject to the existing warrants so
cancelled;
•
An amendment and restatement of SHG’s stockholders’
agreement;
•
The impairment of certain secured claims and the impairment of
certain general unsecured claims; and
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
•
The restructuring of SHG’s businesses and legal structure
to conform to SHG’s exit financing requirements whereby
business enterprises were assumed by new subsidiary limited
liability companies and existing corporations such that:
(i) day-to-day
operations are performed by each operating subsidiary;
(ii) administrative services, such as accounting and cash
management, are provided through a subsidiary administrative
services company under contracts at market rates with each of
the operating subsidiaries, and (iii) payroll processing
services are provided through a subsidiary employment services
company under contracts at market rates with each of the
operating subsidiary employers.
The
Onex Transaction
In October 2005, Skilled (known as SHG Holding Solutions, Inc.
at that time) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the
“Agreement”) with SHG, the entity that, through its
subsidiaries, then operated Skilled’s business, SHG
Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition”) and SHG’s
former sponsor, Heritage Fund II LP and related investors
(“Heritage”). Skilled and Acquisition were formed by
Onex Partners LP, Onex American Holdings II LLC and Onex
U.S. Principals LP (“Onex”) and certain of its
associates (collectively the “Sponsors”) for purposes
of acquiring SHG. The merger was completed effective
December 27, 2005 (the “Onex Transaction”). The
Company’s results of operations during the period from
December 28, 2005 through December 31, 2005 were not
significant. Under the Agreement, Acquisition acquired
substantially all of the outstanding shares of SHG through a
merger with SHG, with SHG being the surviving corporation and a
wholly owned subsidiary of Skilled. The Onex Transaction was
accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards
Board, or FASB, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or
SFAS, No. 141, Business Combinations, or
SFAS No. 141 using the purchase method of accounting
and, accordingly, all assets and liabilities of SHG and its
consolidated subsidiaries were recorded at their fair values as
of the date of the acquisition (discussed below), including
goodwill of $396,035, representing the purchase price in excess
of the fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible
assets acquired. Substantially all of the goodwill is not
deductible for income tax purposes.
Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, certain members of
SHG’s senior management team and Baylor Health Care System
(collectively, the “Rollover Investors”) made an
equity investment in Skilled of approximately $11,600 in cash
and rollover equity, and the Sponsors made an equity investment
in Skilled of approximately $211,300 in cash. Immediately after
the Onex Transaction, the Sponsors and the Rollover Investors
held approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, of the outstanding
capital shares of Skilled, not including restricted stock issued
to management at the time of the Onex Transaction.
Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, SHG assumed $200,000 of
11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “2014
Notes”) from Acquisition; paid cash merger consideration of
$240,814 to its existing stockholders (other than to the
Rollover Investors to the extent of their rollover investment)
and option holders; amended its existing First Lien Credit
Agreement to provide for rollover of the existing $259,350 First
Lien Credit Agreement and an increase in the revolving credit
facility from $50,000 to $75,000; and repaid in full its
$110,000 Second Lien Credit Agreement (Note 8).
As a condition of the Agreement, an escrow account was
established in the amount of $21,000 to satisfy claims by
Skilled and its related parties for up to four years. Of the
$21,000, $6,000 is allocated for reimbursement for potential tax
liabilities that arose prior to the date of the Onex
Transaction. As the tax liabilities recorded on the
Company’s financial statements are in excess of the $6,000,
the Company has recorded a receivable from the tax escrow
account for $6,000 which has been classified as other current
assets in the accompanying financial statements. The remaining
$15,000 in escrow was established to provide for any
contingencies or liabilities not recorded or specifically
provided for as of December 27, 2005.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Additionally, under the Agreement, the Company was required to
repay to Heritage amounts paid by SHG to the IRS in excess of
the 2005 tax amounts on SHG’s tax return for the period
ended December 27, 2005. The Company recorded a liability
on its December 31, 2006 and 2005 balance sheets related to
amounts owed to Heritage as a result of these tax payments.
The purchase price was financed through the following sources:
Issuance of common and preferred
stock for cash
$
211,300
Issuance of common and preferred
stock for rollover consideration
10,065
Issuance of common and preferred
stock in consideration for settlement of accrued liabilities
1,500
Total issuance of common and
preferred stock
222,865
Issuance of 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2014
198,668
Amended First Lien Credit
Agreement, assumed under Agreement
259,350
Total sources of financing
$
680,883
The purchase price was composed of the following:
Cash paid to stockholders,
including amounts held in escrow
$
240,814
Rollover consideration
10,065
Accrued liability settled in
consideration for common and preferred stock
1,500
Amended First Lien Credit
Agreement, assumed under Agreement
259,350
Amounts paid to settle Second Lien
Credit Agreement
110,000
Accrued interest and prepayment
penalty on Second Lien Credit Agreement
4,798
Transaction costs
7,739
Deferred financing costs
11,439
Total purchase price
$
645,705
Net cash retained in successor
company from the Onex Transaction
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Financing sources exceeded the purchase price to provide for
additional cash resources for planned acquisitions subsequent to
the Onex Transaction.
The following table presents the purchase price allocation:
Purchase price:
$
645,705
Cash held in predecessor company
2,744
Other current assets
90,628
Property and equipment
191,151
Identifiable intangible assets
35,823
Other long-term assets
63,011
Current liabilities
(67,464
)
Other long-term liabilities
(66,223
)
Net assets acquired
249,670
Goodwill
$
396,035
The working capital items that were acquired were valued at book
value as of the date of the Onex Transaction. The fair value of
long-term tangible assets, long-term liabilities and intangible
assets acquired was determined as follows:
Tangible
assets and other long-term liabilities
•
Land and buildings: The valuation of land and
buildings was calculated using an income approach by employing a
direct capitalization analysis where an estimated market rental
rate was used to determine the potential income for each
property. Actual and estimated operating expenses by property
were then deducted and the resulting net operating income was
capitalized by a market-derived capitalization rate to determine
the value of the property. The total fair value assigned to land
and buildings was $174,383.
•
Other property and equipment: Other property
and equipment consisted of furniture and equipment and
construction in progress, for which the fair value was estimated
to equal net book value as of the date of the Onex Transaction.
The total fair value assigned to other property and equipment
was $16,768.
•
Other long-term assets and
liabilities: Other long-term assets, consisting
primarily of deferred income taxes, restricted cash, deferred
financing and deposits, were valued at book value as of the date
of the Onex Transaction. The total fair value assigned to other
long-term assets was $63,011. Other long-term liabilities,
consisting primarily of insurance liability risks and deferred
income taxes, were valued at book value as of the date of the
Onex Transaction. The total fair value assigned to other
long-term liabilities was $66,223.
Intangible
assets
The intangible assets identified in the Onex Transaction were
patient lists, managed care contracts, trade names and leasehold
interests. The total fair value assigned to intangible assets
was $35,823.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Intangible assets are detailed in Note 4. The Company used
the following methods for determining the amount of the purchase
price allocated to the identifiable intangible assets:
•
Patient lists and managed care contracts: The
valuation of patient lists and managed care contracts was
calculated using an income approach by employing an excess
earnings method that examined the economic returns contributed
by the identified tangible and intangible assets of the Company,
and then isolating the excess return, which was attributed to
the pool of intangible assets being valued. The excess return
was then discounted to present value to determine the fair value
of the patient lists and managed care contracts. The
amortization periods of the managed care contracts was
determined to be five years. The amortization period of the
patient lists was determined to be four months. The fair value
assigned to managed care contracts and patient lists was $7,700
and $800, respectively.
•
Leasehold interests: The valuation of the
leasehold interests was calculated using a market approach by
determining the present value of the difference (the
disadvantage or advantage) between the current and future
contract lease obligation and the estimated market lease rate
over the term of the lease for each lease acquired. The
resulting advantages and disadvantages were aggregated, netted
and discounted to present value to determine the amount of the
purchase price to be allocated to leasehold interests. The
weighted-average amortization period for the leasehold interests
was determined to be approximately 10 years. The total fair
value assigned to leasehold interests was $7,012.
•
Lease acquisition costs and
covenants-not-to-compete: The
fair value was determined to be book value as of the date of the
Onex Transaction. The lease acquisition costs were fully
amortized in 2006. The remaining amortization period of the
covenants-not-to-compete
was approximately four years. The total fair value assigned to
these items was $3,311.
•
Trade names: The valuation of the trade names
was calculated using an income approach, specifically the
royalty savings method, by projecting revenue attributable to
the services using the trade names, the royalty rate that would
hypothetically be charged by a licensor of the trade name to a
licensee, and a discount rate to reflect the inherent risk of
the projected cash flows. The resulting cash flows were then
discounted to present value to determine the fair value of the
trade names. The trade names were determined to have an
indefinite life and therefore not subject to amortization. The
total fair value assigned to trade names was $17,000.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
As a result of the Onex Transaction, the financial statements
were adjusted as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents increased by $35,178 as a result of
financing sources exceeding the purchase price.
(2)
Other current assets increased by $6,000 as a result of the
amount held in escrow for potential tax liabilities.
(3)
Property and equipment, net increased by $248 as a result of
reflecting fixed assets at fair value at the date of the Onex
Transaction.
(4)
Deferred financing costs, net increased by $11,439 as a result
of the costs related to the financing of the 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2014.
(5)
Net deferred income tax assets decreased as a result of the Onex
Transaction.
(6)
Goodwill of $396,035 represents the excess of the purchase price
over the fair values of the net assets acquired.
(7)
Other intangibles increased by $32,512. Other intangibles are
listed in Note 4.
(8)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by $4,982
primarily from an accrual for amounts due to Heritage related to
SHG’s December 27, 2005 tax return, partially offset
by accrued interest and a prepayment penalty related to the
settlement of SHG’s Second Lien Credit Agreement.
(9)
Other long-term liabilities increased by $4,950 to record the
fair value of certain asset retirement obligations.
(10)
Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, 11% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2014 with a face value of $200,000 were
issued at a discount of $1,332.
(11)
Concurrent with the Onex Transaction, SHG’s Second Lien
Credit Agreement was settled.
Due to the effect of the Onex Transaction on the recorded
amounts of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity,
the Company’s financial statements prior to and subsequent
to the Onex Transaction are not comparable. Periods prior to
December 27, 2005 represent the accounts and activity of
the predecessor company (the “Predecessor”) and from
that date, the successor company (the “Successor”).
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
2.
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis
of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the
accounts of the Company and the Company’s wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.
Unaudited
Interim Results
The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31,2007, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows
for the three month periods ended March 31, 2007 and
March 31, 2006, and the consolidated statement of
stockholders’ equity for the three month period ended
March 31, 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the annual consolidated statements and, in the opinion
of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only
normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the
Company’s financial position at March 31, 2007 and
results of operations and cash flows for the three month periods
ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2006. The financial
data and other information disclosed in these notes to the
consolidated financial statements related to the three month
periods are unaudited. The results for the three month period
ended March 31, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the year ending December 31,2007 or for any other interim period or for any other future
year.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
the current year presentation.
Estimates
and Assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The most
significant estimates in the Company’s consolidated
financial statements relate to revenue, allowance for doubtful
accounts, patient liability and workers’ compensation
claims and impairment of long-lived assets. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Revenue
and Receivables
Revenue and receivables are recorded on an accrual basis as
services are performed at their estimated net realizable value.
The Company derives a significant amount of its revenue from
funds under federal Medicare and state Medicaid assistance
programs, the continuation of which are dependent upon
governmental policies, audit risk and potential recoupment.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
The Company’s revenue is derived from services provided to
patients in the following payor classes:
Substantially all of the revenue from the Medicare program is
earned by the Company’s long-term care services segment.
Risks
and Uncertainties
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid
programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company
believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened
investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing.
Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to
future government review and interpretation, including
processing claims at lower amounts upon audit as well as
significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and
exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
The Company has significant accounts receivable balances whose
collectibility is dependent on the availability of funds from
certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid.
These receivables represent the only significant concentration
of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe
there are significant credit risks associated with these
governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate
allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these
receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and
adjusts these allowances as necessary.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term
investments with original maturities of three months or less.
The Company places its cash investments with high credit quality
financial institutions.
Property
and Equipment
Upon the consummation of the Onex Transaction and in accordance
with SFAS No. 141, property and equipment were stated
at fair value. Major renovations or improvements are
capitalized, whereas ordinary maintenance and repairs are
expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets as follows:
Buildings and improvements
15-40 years
Leasehold improvements
Shorter of the lease term or
estimated useful life, generally 5-10 years
Furniture and equipment
3-10 years
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment under
capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization
expense. For leasehold improvements, where the Company has
acquired the right of first refusal to purchase or to renew the
lease, amortization is based on the lesser of the estimated
useful lives or the period covered by the right.
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
Goodwill is accounted for under SFAS No. 141 and
represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value
of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations
accounted for as purchases. In accordance with
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, or SFAS No. 142, goodwill is subject to
periodic testing for impairment. Goodwill of a reporting unit is
tested for impairment on an annual basis, or, if an event occurs
or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a
reporting unit below its carrying amount, between annual
testing. There were no impairment charges recorded for the three
months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) or in 2006, 2005 or
2004.
Determination
of Reporting Units
The Company considers the following businesses to be reporting
units for the purpose of testing its goodwill for impairment
under SFAS No. 142:
-
long-term care services, which includes the operation of
skilled nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most
significant portion of the Company’s business,
-
rehabilitation therapy, which provides physical,
occupational and speech therapy in Company-operated facilities
and unaffiliated facilities, and
-
hospice care, which was established in 2004 and provides
hospice care in Texas and California.
The goodwill that resulted from the Onex Transaction as of
December 27, 2005 was allocated to the long-term care
services operating segment and the rehabilitation therapy
reporting unit based on the relative fair value of the assets on
the date of the Onex Transaction. No goodwill was allocated to
the hospice care reporting unit due to the
start-up
nature of the business and cumulative net losses before
depreciation, amortization, interest expense (net) and provision
for (benefit from) income taxes attributable to that segment. In
addition, no synergies were expected to arise as a result of the
Onex Transaction which might provide a different basis for
allocation of goodwill to reporting units.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Goodwill
Impairment Testing
The Company tests its goodwill for impairment annually on
October 1, or sooner if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of its reporting units,
including goodwill, may exceed their fair values. As a result of
the Company’s testing, the Company did not record any
impairment charges in 2006. The Company tests goodwill using a
present value technique by comparing the present value of
estimates of future cash flows of its reporting units to the
carrying amounts of the applicable goodwill.
Intangible assets primarily consist of identified intangibles
acquired as part of the Onex Transaction. Intangibles are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
life of the intangible, except for trade names, which have an
indefinite life.
Deferred
Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs substantially relate to the 2014 Notes
and First Lien Credit Agreements (Note 8) and are
being amortized over the maturity periods using an
effective-interest method for term debt and straight-line method
for the revolver. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and
December 31, 2006 and 2005, deferred financing costs, net
of amortization, were approximately $15,794, $15,764 and
$18,551, respectively.
Income
Taxes
The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income
taxes as set forth in SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are
determined based on the differences between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using
currently enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is
established for deferred tax assets unless their realization is
considered more likely than not.
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109, or FIN No. 48, on January 1,2007. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s
financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and prescribes
a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The
interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption
of FIN No. 48, the Company recorded a $1,500 increase
in goodwill and taxes payable as of January 1, 2007. As of
January 1, 2007, (unaudited) the total amount of
unrecognized tax benefit is $11,100 (unaudited). If reversed,
the entire decrease in the unrecognized benefit amount would
result in a reduction to the balance of goodwill recorded in
connection with the acquisition of the Company by Onex.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of
long-lived assets other than goodwill in relation to the future
undiscounted cash flows of the underlying businesses to assess
recoverability of the assets. If the estimated undiscounted
future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an
impairment loss, which is determined based on the difference
between the fair value and the carrying value of the assets, is
recognized. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and
December 31, 2006 and 2005, none of the Company’s
long-lived assets were impaired.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Interest
Rate Caps
In connection with certain of the Company’s borrowings and
subsequent refinancings, the Company entered into interest rate
cap agreements (“IRCAs”) with financial institutions
to hedge against material and unanticipated increases in
interest rates in accordance with requirements under its
refinancing agreements. The Company determines the fair value of
the IRCAs based on estimates obtained from a broker, and records
changes in their fair value in the consolidated statements of
operations. As a result of low interest rate volatility in the
first three months of 2007 (unaudited) and in 2006, 2005, and
2004, the interest rate caps were not triggered.
Stock
Options and Equity Related Charges
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 123 (revised), Share-Based Payments,
or SFAS No. 123R, which requires measurement and
recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards made to employees and directors. Under
SFAS No. 123R, the fair value of share-based payment
awards is estimated at grant date using an option pricing model
and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is
recognized as compensation cost over the requisite service
period.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the modified
prospective application method. Under the modified prospective
application method, prior periods are not revised for
comparative purposes. The valuation provisions of
SFAS No. 123R apply to new awards and awards that are
outstanding on the adoption effective date that are subsequently
modified or cancelled. The Company did not have stock options
outstanding subsequent to December 27, 2005. As the Company
has no options outstanding, the implementation of
SFAS No. 123R had no impact on the Company’s
financial statements.
Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company
accounted for share-based awards using the intrinsic value
method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion, or
APB, No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, or APB No. 25, as allowed under
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, or SFAS No. 123. Under the intrinsic
value method no share-based compensation cost was recognized for
awards to employees or directors if the exercise price of the
award was equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock
on the date of grant.
In determining pro forma information regarding net income, stock
options to employees and outside directors were valued using the
minimum value option-pricing model with the following weighted
average assumptions: expected market price of the Company’s
common stock of $18.30 on the date of grant, no expected
dividends, an average expected life through the option
expiration dates of five years and a weighted-average risk-free
interest rate of 2.5%. The minimum value method does not
consider stock price volatility. For pro forma purposes, the
estimated minimum value of the Company’s stock-based awards
to employees and outside directors were expensed at the date of
grant of the stock options that were fully vested, and expensed
over the vesting period of the stock options that vest over a
period of time. The results of applying SFAS No. 123
to the Company’s stock option grants to employees and
outside directors on the assumptions described above
approximated the Company’s reported amounts of net income
(loss) for each year.
The minimum value option valuation model was developed for use
in estimating the fair value of traded options that do not have
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition,
option valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions including the expected stock price volatility.
Because the Company’s stock options have characteristics
significantly different from those options used in the minimum
value option pricing model, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair
value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing
models do not necessarily
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the
Company’s stock options. No options were outstanding as of
March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and
2005 and there were 6,475 options outstanding as of
December 31, 2004.
Equity-related charges included in general and administrative
expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of
operations were $17, $284, $9,850, and $313, in the three months
ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and in the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Asset
Retirement Obligations
In March 2005, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 47,
Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,
or FIN No. 47. FIN No. 47 clarified the term
“conditional asset retirement obligation” as used in
SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations, or SFAS No. 143, which refers to a
legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in
which the timing
and/or
method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may
or may not be in control of the entity. FIN No. 47
requires that either a liability be recognized for the fair
value of a legal obligation to perform asset-retirement
activities that are conditioned on the occurrence of a future
event if the amount can be reasonably estimated, or where it can
not, that disclosure of the liability exists, but has not been
recognized and the reasons why a reasonable estimate can not be
made. FIN No. 47 became effective as of
December 31, 2005.
The Company determined that a conditional asset retirement
obligation exists for asbestos remediation. Though not a current
health hazard in its facilities, upon renovation the Company may
be required to take the appropriate remediation procedures in
compliance with state law to remove the asbestos. The removal of
asbestos-containing materials includes primarily floor and
ceiling tiles from the Company’s
pre-1980
constructed facilities. The fair value of the conditional asset
retirement obligation was determined as the present value of the
estimated future cost of remediation based on an estimated
expected date of remediation. This computation is based on a
number of assumptions which may change in the future based on
the availability of new information, technology changes, changes
in costs of remediation, and other factors.
As of December 31, 2005, the Company adopted
FIN No. 47 and recognized a charge of $1,600 (net of
income taxes) for the cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle relating to the adoption of FIN No. 47. This
charge includes the cumulative accretion of the asset retirement
obligations from the estimated dates the liabilities were
incurred through December 31, 2005. The charge also
includes depreciation through December 31, 2005 on the
related assets for the asset retirement obligations that would
have been capitalized as of the dates the obligations were
incurred. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and
December 31, 2006 and 2005, the asset retirement obligation
was $5,114, $5,068 and $4,950, respectively, and is classified
as other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
The determination of the asset retirement obligation is based
upon a number of assumptions that incorporate the Company’s
knowledge of the facilities, the asset life of the floor and
ceiling tiles, the estimated timeframes for periodic renovations
which would involve floor and ceiling tiles, the current cost
for remediation of asbestos and the current technology at hand
to accomplish the remediation work. These assumptions to
determine the asset retirement obligation may be imprecise or be
subject to changes in the future. Any change in the assumptions
can impact the value of the determined liability and impact
future earnings of the Company.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Operating
Leases
The Company accounts for operating leases in accordance with
SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and FASB
Technical
Bulletin 85-3,
Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent
Increases. Accordingly, rent expense under the
Company’s facilities’ and administrative offices’
operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the
original term of each facility’s and administrative
office’s leases, inclusive of predetermined rent
escalations or modifications and including any lease renewal
options.
Net
(Loss) Income per Share
Basic net (loss) income per share is computed by dividing net
(loss) income attributable to common stockholders by the
weighted average number of outstanding shares for the period.
Dilutive net (loss) income per share is computed by dividing net
(loss) income attributable to common stockholders plus the
effect of assumed conversions (if applicable) by the weighted
average number of outstanding shares after giving effect to all
potential dilutive common stock, including options, warrants,
common stock subject to repurchase and convertible preferred
stock, if any.
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the
calculation of basic net (loss) income per common share follows:
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
$
(118
)
$
(299
)
$
(1,069
)
$
33,194
$
16,052
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares
outstanding
11,959,116
11,618,412
11,638,185
1,228,965
1,193,501
Net (loss) income per common
share, basic
$
(0.01
)
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.09
)
$
27.01
$
13.45
The historical diluted net (loss) income per share excludes the
effect of the contingently convertible preferred stock which is
convertible upon certain qualified events (Note 12).
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the
calculation of diluted net (loss) income per common share
follows:
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Unaudited
Pro Forma Net Income per Common Share
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per common share gives
effect to the conversion of the Company’s recapitalized
convertible preferred stock into common stock concurrent with
the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, as
if the conversion occurred on the date of issuance. A
reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the
calculation of pro forma basic and diluted net income per common
share follows:
Weighted average common shares
outstanding used in pro forma net income per common share, basic
11,959,116
11,638,185
Plus: conversion of preferred
stock into common stock
15,928,182
15,928,182
Weighted average number of shares
used in computing unaudited pro forma net income per common
share, basic
27,887,298
27,566,367
Unaudited pro forma net income per
common share, basic
$
0.17
$
0.63
Pro forma net income per common
share, diluted:
Numerator:
Net income, as reported
$
4,654
$
17,337
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares
outstanding used in pro forma net income per common share,
diluted
12,620,244
11,849,097
Plus: conversion of preferred
stock into common stock
15,928,182
15,928,182
Weighted average number of shares
used in computing unaudited pro forma net income per common
share, diluted
28,548,426
27,777,279
Unaudited pro forma net income per
common share, diluted
$
0.16
$
0.62
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair
Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157.
SFAS No. 157 addresses differences in the definition
of fair value and guidance in applying the definition of fair
value to the many accounting pronouncements that require fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that
(1) fair value is a market-based measurement that should be
determined based on assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing the asset or liability for sale or transfer and
(2) fair value is not entity-specific but based on
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the
asset or liability. Finally, SFAS No. 157 establishes
a hierarchy of fair value assumptions that distinguishes between
independent market participant assumptions and the reporting
entity’s own assumptions about market participant
assumptions. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. The Company
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
does not expect that SFAS No. 157 will have a material
impact on its consolidated results of operations, financial
position or liquidity.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair
Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,
or SFAS No. 159. SFAS No. 159 expands opportunities to
use fair value measurement in financial reporting and permits
entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and
certain other items at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,2007. The Company has not determined whether it will early adopt
SFAS No. 159 or if it will choose to measure any eligible
financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Management is
still in the process of evaluating the impact on the Company of
adopting SFAS No. 159, if any.
3.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company
in estimating fair value of each class of financial instruments
for which it is practicable to estimate this value.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short
maturity of these instruments.
Interest
Rate Caps
The carrying amounts approximate the fair value for the
Company’s interest rate caps based on an estimate obtained
from a broker.
Long-Term
Debt
The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt
(excluding the 2014 Notes) and its revolving credit facility is
considered to approximate the fair value of such debt for all
periods presented based upon the interest rates that the Company
believes it can currently obtain for similar debt. The fair
value of the Company’s 2014 Notes at March 31, 2007
(unaudited) and December 31, 2006 approximated $222,500 and
$220,000, respectively, based on quoted market values. The
Company’s carrying value at December 31, 2005 of its
2014 Notes approximated the fair value, as the 2014 Notes were
issued on December 27, 2005.
4.
Intangible
Assets
Identified intangible assets are amortized over their useful
lives averaging eight years except for trade names which have an
indefinite life. Amortization expense was approximately $908,
$4,045, $773, and $119, in the three months ended March 31,2007 (unaudited) and in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
Amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at
December 31, 2006 is expected to be approximately
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
$3,126, $3,126, $3,042, $2,426 and $872 in 2007, 2008, 2009,
2010 and 2011, respectively. Identified intangible asset
balances by major class, are as follows:
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
5.
Discontinued
Operations
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company decided to sell
certain assets comprising the operations of its two
California-based institutional pharmacies (the “California
Pharmacies”). On February 28, 2005, the Company
entered into a definitive agreement to sell these assets and
operations to Kindred Pharmacy Services, Inc. (“KPS”)
for gross consideration of $31,500 in cash. The sale of the
California Pharmacies was completed March 31, 2005 and
there are no assets held for sale at December 31, 2006 or
2005.
The assets included in the sale generally included all elements
of working capital other than cash, intercompany receivables,
deferred tax assets, the Company’s investment in its Texas
joint venture for pharmaceutical services and certain promissory
notes. The final purchase price was adjusted on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis for the working capital that was assumed by KPS greater
than $6,258. Such determination was made sixty days after the
close of the transaction, resulting in additional cash
consideration of $5,055.
The California Pharmacies’ operations are reflected as
discontinued operations for all periods presented in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. A summary of
discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 is
as follows:
2005
2004
Revenue
$
13,109
$
50,068
Expenses
(12,074
)
(45,395
)
Gain on sale of assets
22,912
—
Pre-tax income
23,947
4,673
Provision for income taxes
(9,207
)
(1,884
)
Discontinued operations, net of
taxes
$
14,740
$
2,789
There were no discontinued operations in the three months ended
March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and in the year ended
December 31, 2006.
6.
Acquisitions
Effective December 31, 2004, SHG purchased substantially
all of the assets and operations of 15 skilled nursing
facilities located in Kansas generally known as Vintage Park.
The facilities include eight assisted living facilities, seven
skilled nursing facilities and a parcel of undeveloped land. The
purchase price was $42,000 (net of fees and other expenses of
the transaction totaling $1,027) and generally excluded any
elements of working capital other than inventory and accrued
paid time off. The consideration for the purchase consisted of a
$20,000 Accordion Feature (Note 8) drawn by SHG under
its First Lien Credit Agreement (Note 8) and a $15,000
draw by SHG under its First Lien Credit Agreement
(Note 8) with the remainder provided by cash. The
Company assumed all operations of Vintage Park effective
January 1, 2005. For the Accordion Feature, the Company
incurred deferred financing fees of $500, of which $400 was paid
to originate the loan.
On March 1, 2006, the Company purchased two skilled nursing
facilities and one skilled nursing and residential care facility
in Missouri for $31,000 in cash. These facilities added
approximately 436 beds to the Company’s operations.
The purchase was accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 141 using the purchase method of accounting,
which resulted in goodwill of $10,920, representing the purchase
price in excess of the fair
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
values of the tangible assets acquired. The Company determined
that there were no identifiable intangible assets included in
the purchase. The allocation of the purchase price to the
acquired assets follows:
Purchase price and other costs
related to the purchase
$
31,376
Land and land improvements
1,530
Buildings and leasehold
improvements
18,071
Furniture and equipment
855
Total assets acquired
20,456
Goodwill
$
10,920
The fair values of the assets acquired were determined using an
income approach.
On a pro forma basis, assuming that the transaction had occurred
January 1, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s consolidated
results of operations would have been as follows:
Net (loss) income available to
common stockholders
$
(888
)
$
34,704
Net (loss) income available to
common stockholders per common share, basic
$
(0.08
)
$
28.24
Net (loss) income available to
common stockholders per common share, diluted
$
(0.08
)
$
26.90
On June 16, 2006, the Company purchased a long-term
leasehold interest in a skilled nursing facility in Las Vegas,
Nevada for $2,700 in cash and on December 15, 2006, the
Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Missouri for
$8,500 in cash. These facilities added approximately 230 beds to
the Company’s operations.
All of the goodwill that was recorded as a result of
acquisitions made in 2006 was allocated to our long-term care
services operating segment and all of the goodwill is deductible
for income tax purposes.
7.
Business
Segments
The Company has two reportable operating segments —
long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled
nursing and assisted living facilities and is the most
significant portion of its business, and ancillary services,
which includes the Company’s rehabilitation therapy and
hospice businesses. The “other” category includes
general and administrative items and eliminations. The
Company’s reporting segments are business units that offer
different services and products, and which are managed
separately due to the nature of the services provided or the
products sold.
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), long-term care services are
provided by 61 SNFs that offer
sub-acute,
rehabilitative and specialty skilled nursing care, as well as 13
ALFs that provide room and board and social services. Ancillary
services include rehabilitative services such as physical,
occupational and speech therapy provided in the Company’s
facilities and in unaffiliated facilities by its subsidiary
Hallmark Rehabilitative
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Services, Inc. Also included in the Ancillary services segment
is the Company’s hospice business that began providing care
to patients in October 2004.
The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources to
each segment based on an operating model that is designed to
maximize the quality of care provided and profitability.
Accordingly, EBITDA is used as the primary measure of each
segment’s operating results because it does not include
such costs as interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation
and amortization which may vary from segment to segment
depending upon various factors, including the method used to
finance the original purchase of a segment or the tax law of the
state(s) in which a segment operates. By excluding these items,
the Company is better able to evaluate operating performance of
the segment by focusing on more controllable measures. General
and administrative overhead is not allocated to any segment for
purposes of determining segment profit or loss, and is included
in the “other” category in the selected segment
financial data that follows. The accounting policies of the
reporting segments are the same as those described in the
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Note 2).
Intersegment sales and transfers are recorded at cost plus
standard
mark-up;
intersegment EBITDA has been eliminated in consolidation.
The following table sets forth selected financial data by
business segment:
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
$200,000 2014 Notes, interest rate
11.0%, with an original issue discount of $1,126, $1,168 and
$1,332 at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31,2006 and 2005, respectively, interest payable semiannually,
principal due 2014, unsecured
$
198,874
$
198,832
$
198,668
Revolving Credit Facility, swing
line subfacility, interest rate based on bank base rate plus
1.75% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31,2006, (10.0% and 10.0% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and
December 31, 2006, respectively), due 2010
First Lien Credit Agreement,
interest rate based on LIBOR plus 2.25% and 2.75% at
March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006,
respectively (7.6% and 8.1% at March 31, 2007 (unaudited)
and December 31, 2006, respectively) collateralized by
real property, due 2012
255,450
256,100
258,700
Notes payable, fixed interest rate
6.5%, payable in monthly installments, collateralized by a first
priority deed of trust, due November 2014
2,053
2,104
2,301
Present value of capital lease
obligations at effective interest rates, collateralized by
property and equipment
3,477
3,519
3,640
Total long-term debt and capital
leases
514,854
469,055
463,309
Less amounts due within one year
(3,185
)
(3,177
)
(2,918
)
Long-term debt and capital leases,
net of current portion
$
511,669
$
465,878
$
460,391
At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the Company also had
outstanding letters of credit totaling $4,154 as permitted under
its First Lien Credit Agreement.
Senior
Subordinated Notes
In June 2005, SHG completed a refinancing of its
then–existing debt, other than its capital leases and a
note payable. Concurrently, SHG entered into an Amended and
Restated First Lien Credit Agreement and a Second Lien Credit
Agreement (collectively, the “Lien Agreements”). The
Lien Agreements are governed under an Intercreditor Agreement
providing for liquidation preferences, collateral rights, lien
priorities and application of payments, all favoring the First
Lien Credit Agreement holders, as well as
cross-collateralization and cross-default provisions with
respect to other indebtedness.
In December 2005, Acquisition issued and SHG assumed 2014 Notes
in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000, with an interest
rate of 11.0%. The 2014 Notes were issued at a discount of
$1,332. Interest is
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
payable semiannually in January and July of each year commencing
on July 15, 2006. The 2014 Notes mature on January 15,2014. The 2014 Notes are unsecured senior subordinated
obligations and rank junior to all of the Company’s
existing and future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness
under the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement. The
2014 Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by
certain of the Company’s current and future subsidiaries
(Note 13). Proceeds from the 2014 Notes were used in part
to repay the Second Lien Credit Agreement.
Prior to January 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more
occasions redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of the 2014
Notes with the proceeds of certain sales of the Company’s
equity securities at 111.0% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption; provided that at least 65.0% of the aggregate
principal amount of the 2014 Notes remains outstanding after the
occurrence of each such redemption; and provided further that
such redemption occurs within 90 days after the
consummation of any such sale of the Company’s equity
securities.
In addition, prior to January 15, 2010, the Company may
redeem the 2014 Notes in whole, at a redemption price equal to
100% of the principal amount plus a premium, plus any accrued
and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The premium is
calculated as the greater of: 1.0% of the principal amount of
the note and the excess of the present value of all remaining
interest and principal payments, calculated using the treasury
rate, over the principal amount of the note on the redemption
date.
On and after January 15, 2010, the Company will be entitled
to redeem all or a portion of the 2014 Notes upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days notice, at redemption prices
(expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption
date), plus accrued interest to the redemption date if redeemed
during the
12-month
period commencing on January 15, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and
thereafter of 105.50%, 102.75% and 100.00%, respectively.
First
Lien Credit and Revolving Loan Agreement
The Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended
following the Onex Transaction, consists of a $260,000 Term Loan
and a $75,000 Revolving Loan (the “Credit Agreement”),
of which $55,000 and $8,500 had been drawn and $4,154 and $4,154
had been drawn as a letter of credit as of March 31, 2007
(unaudited) and December 31, 2006, respectively, prepayable
at any time, but otherwise the Term Loan is due in full on
June 15, 2012 and the Revolving Loan is due in full on
June 15, 2010 less principal reductions of 1% per
annum required on the Term Loan, payable on a quarterly basis.
As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the Term Loan bore
interest, at the Company’s election, either at the prime
rate plus an initial margin of 1.25% or LIBOR plus an initial
margin of 2.25%. The Revolving Loan bore interest, at the
Company’s election, either at the prime rate plus an
initial margin of 1.75% or LIBOR plus an initial margin of
2.75%. The Credit Agreement has commitment fees on the unused
portion of 0.375% to 0.5%. The interest rate margins can be
reduced to as low as 1.0% and 2.0% for borrowings under the
prime rate and LIBOR, respectively, depending upon the
Company’s leverage ratio. Furthermore, the Company has the
right to increase its borrowings under the Term Loan
and/or the
Revolving Loan up to an aggregate amount of $150,000 (the
“Accordion Feature”) provided that the Company is in
compliance with the Credit Agreement, that the additional debt
would not cause any Credit Agreement covenant violations, and
that existing lenders within the credit facility or new lenders
agree to increase their commitments.
Debt
Covenants
The Company must maintain compliance with certain financial
covenants measured on a quarterly basis, including an interest
coverage minimum ratio as well as a total leverage maximum ratio.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
The covenants also include certain limitations, including the
incurrence of additional indebtedness, liens, investments in
other businesses, annual capital expenditures and, in the case
of the 2014 Notes, issuance of preferred stock. Furthermore, the
Company must permanently reduce the principal amount of debt
outstanding by applying the proceeds from any asset sale,
insurance or condemnation payments, additional indebtedness or
equity securities issuances, and 25% to 50% of excess cash flows
from operations based on the leverage ratio then in effect. The
Company was in compliance with its debt covenants at
March 31, 2007 (unaudited).
Scheduled
Maturities of Long-Term Debt
The scheduled maturities of long-term debt and capital lease
obligations as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:
Upon emerging from bankruptcy on August 19, 2003, SHG
entered into a $95,000 mortgage loan agreement. In compliance
with the terms of that agreement, SHG concurrently entered into
an interest rate cap agreement (“IRCA”) with respect
to an outstanding principal amount of indebtedness equal to
$85,000 and providing for a 4.5% ninety day LIBOR cap over the
five year life of the mortgage loan. SHG paid $2,900 for the
IRCA. That IRCA was terminated in a subsequent refinancing in
which SHG was paid $1,355 for the remaining fair value of the
instrument. The IRCA was terminated in July 2004.
During its refinancing in July 2004, SHG entered into a First
Lien Credit and Revolving Loan Agreement. In order to comply
with the terms of that agreement which required SHG to hedge the
variable interest rate for at least 40% of the initial principle
amount committed, SHG entered into an IRCA with respect to an
outstanding principle amount of indebtedness equal to $90,000
effective on July 31, 2004 with a cap rate of 5.0% expiring
three years later on July 31, 2007. SHG paid $617 for the
IRCA. That IRCA was terminated in a subsequent refinancing in
which SHG was paid $130 for the remaining fair value of the
instrument. The IRCA was terminated in June 2005.
During its refinancing in June 2005, in compliance with the
terms of the Lien Agreements, which required SHG to hedge the
variable interest rate for at least 40% of the initial principle
amount committed, SHG entered into an IRCA with respect to an
outstanding principle amount of indebtedness equal to
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
$148,000 effective on August 26, 2005 with a cap rate of
6.0% expiring three years later on August 26, 2008. SHG
paid $275 for the IRCA.
The objective of the Company’s interest rate hedging
activities has been to comply with the terms of its various debt
agreements, to limit the impact of interest rate changes on
earnings and cash flows and to lower the Company’s overall
borrowing costs. The impact of the change in fair value of the
various IRCA’s is reflected in the Company’s
consolidated statements of operations under other income
(expenses).
Deposit into escrow related to
acquisition on April 1, 2007 (Note 17)
30,010
—
—
Deposits and other assets
5,171
4,695
2,726
Expenses related to initial public
offering
2,521
1,678
—
$
53,911
$
23,847
$
15,573
Equity
Investment in Pharmacy Joint Venture
The Company has an investment in a joint venture which serves
its pharmaceutical needs for a limited number of its Texas
operations (the “APS — Summit Care
Pharmacy”). APS — Summit Care Pharmacy, a limited
liability company, was formed in 1995, and is owned 50% by the
Company and 50% by APS Acquisition, L.L.C. APS —
Summit Care Pharmacy operates a pharmacy in Austin, Texas and
the Company pays market value for prescription drugs and
receives a 50% share of the net income related to this joint
venture. Based on the Company’s lack of any controlling
influence, the Company’s investment in APS —
Summit Care Pharmacy is accounted for using the equity method of
accounting.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Restricted
Cash
In August 2003, SHG formed Fountain View Reinsurance, Ltd., (the
“Captive”) a wholly-owned off-shore captive insurance
company, for the purpose of insuring its workers’
compensation liability in California. In connection with the
formation of the Captive, the Company funds its estimated losses
and is required to maintain certain levels of cash reserves on
hand. As the use of these funds are restricted, they are
classified as restricted cash in the Company’s consolidated
balance sheets. Additionally, restricted cash includes amounts
on deposit at the Company’s workers’ compensation
third party claims administrator.
Investments
During the three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2006 and
2005, the Company invested its excess cash reserves held by the
Captive in investment grade corporate bonds. As of
March 31, 2007 (unaudited), the maturities of the bonds
ranged from 2007 to 2009. In 2005, these securities were
classified as
held-to-maturity.
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company transferred the
securities to
available-for-sale
based on changes to the Company’s Captive, whereby the
Captive was no longer funded through current premiums,
necessitating the utilization of investments to fund current
obligations. As of March 31, 2007 (unaudited), $73 of
unrealized loss related to these securities was recognized in
interest income and other in the Company’s consolidated
statement of operations as an other than temporary impairment of
these securities. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited), there were
no unrealized gains or losses recorded on these securities.
Deposits
In the normal course of business the Company is required to post
security deposits with respect to its leased properties and to
many of the vendors with which it conducts business.
The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
— An Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109, or FIN No. 48, on January 1,2007. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s
financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement
No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, and prescribes
a recognition threshold and measurement criteria for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
The interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. As a result of the adoption
of FIN No. 48, the Company recorded a $1,500 increase
in goodwill and taxes payable as of January 1,2007. As of
January 1, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax
benefit is $11,100. If reversed, the entire decrease in the
unrecognized benefit amount would result in a reduction to the
balance of goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition
of the Company by Onex Partners LP, Onex American Holdings
II LLC and Onex U.S. Principals LP, collectively
referred to as “Onex”.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties associated with
unrecognized tax benefits in the “Provision for income
taxes” line item of the consolidated statements of
operations. As of January 1, 2007, the Company had accrued
approximately $2,700 in interest and penalties, net of
approximately $600 of tax benefit, related to unrecognized tax
benefits. A substantial portion of the accrued interest and
penalties relate to periods prior to the acquisition of the
Company by Onex. If reversed, approximately $2,100 of the
reversal of interest and penalties would result in a reduction
to goodwill.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the
U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states jurisdictions.
With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to
U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax
authorities for years before 2002. During the first quarter of
2007 (unaudited), the Company agreed to an adjustment related to
depreciation claimed on its 2003 federal tax return and is
awaiting assessment. As a result, the Company anticipates that
there is a reasonable possibility that the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by $1,800 due to the
settlement of 2003 federal tax depreciation matters during 2007.
In addition, due to normal closures of the statute of
limitations, the Company anticipates that there is a reasonable
possibility that the amount of unrecognized state tax benefits
will decrease by approximately $400 within the next
12 months.
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes before
discontinued operations consists of the following:
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
The income tax (benefit) expense applicable to continuing
operations, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principle is as follows:
Income tax expense (benefit) on
continuing operations
$
3,378
$
2,601
$
12,204
$
(13,048
)
$
4,421
Income tax on discontinued
operations
—
—
—
9,207
1,884
Income tax benefit on cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle
—
—
—
(1,017
)
—
$
3,378
$
2,601
$
12,204
$
(4,858
)
$
6,305
A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) on income
before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle computed at statutory rates to the
Company’s actual effective tax rate is summarized as
follows:
Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between
the tax basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The
Company’s temporary differences are primarily attributable
to purchase accounting adjustments, allowance for doubtful
accounts, accrued professional liability and other accrued
expenses.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets,
management considers whether it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
primarily dependent upon the Company generating sufficient
operating income during the periods in which temporary
differences become deductible. Due to the significant
improvement in the Company’s operating and financial
performance, management concluded that it is more likely than
not that the majority of the remaining net deferred tax assets
will be realized; therefore, $25,177 of the valuation allowance
against deferred tax assets was reversed in 2005. At
March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and
2005, a valuation allowance of $1,264, $1,264 and $1,336,
respectively, remains and is attributable to certain local tax
credit carryforwards.
In connection with the Onex Transaction in December 2005, the
Company recorded net deferred tax liabilities of $11,718 related
to purchase accounting adjustments.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Significant judgment is required in determining the
Company’s provision for income taxes. In the ordinary
course of business, there are many transactions for which the
ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. While the Company believes
that its tax return positions are supportable, there are certain
positions that may not be sustained upon review by tax
authorities. At March 31, 2007 (unaudited),
December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company has provided for
$13,535, $11,700 and $6,500, respectively, of accruals for
uncertain tax positions. The accrual for uncertain tax positions
is recorded as a component of taxes payable. While the Company
believes that adequate accruals have been made for such
positions, the final resolution of those matters may be
materially different than the amounts provided for in the
Company’s historical income tax provisions and accruals.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax
assets and liabilities are as follows:
In connection with the Onex Transaction, the Sponsors, the
Rollover Investors and certain new investors that invested in
Skilled received an aggregate of 11,299,275 shares of
Skilled common stock for a purchase price of $0.20 per share and
22,287 shares of Skilled Class A convertible preferred
stock for a purchase price of $9,900 per share (the
“Class A Purchase Price”).
Dividends accrue on the Skilled Class A convertible
preferred stock on a daily basis at a rate of 8% per annum
on the sum of the Class A Purchase Price and the
accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. Such
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
dividends accrue whether or not they have been declared and
whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of
Skilled legally available for the payment of dividends. At
March 31, 2007 (unaudited) and December 31, 2006 and
2005, cumulative dividends under the Class A convertible
preferred stock were $23,424, $18,652 and $246, respectively.
Upon the occurrence of an underwritten public offering of
Skilled common stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933
or a change of ownership of Skilled, each share of Skilled
Class A convertible preferred stock automatically converts
into a number of shares of common stock of Skilled that is
computed by dividing the Skilled Class A Purchase Price
(plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon) by the price
at which the common stock of Skilled is offered to the public in
the case of a qualifying public offering, or the price paid per
share of Skilled common stock in the case of a change of
ownership.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Skilled, each
holder of Skilled Class A convertible preferred stock will
be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is
made upon the common stock or other junior securities of
Skilled, an amount of cash equal to the aggregate Skilled
Class A Purchase Price (plus all accumulated and unpaid
dividends thereon) for all shares of Skilled Class A
convertible preferred stock held by such holder.
Skilled may at any time and from time to time redeem all or any
portion of its Class A convertible preferred stock for a
price per share equal to the Class A Purchase Price (plus
all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon).
In December 2005, Skilled’s Board of Directors adopted a
restricted stock plan with respect to Skilled’s common
stock (the “Restricted Stock Plan”). As of
December 31, 2006, Skilled had granted
1,324,129 shares of restricted stock under the Restricted
Stock Plan. No new shares of common stock are available for
issuance under the Restricted Stock Plan. Restricted shares vest
(i) 25% on the date of grant and (ii) 25% on each of
the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, unless such
initial participant ceases to be an employee of or consultant to
Skilled or any of its subsidiaries on the relevant anniversary
date. In addition, all restricted shares will vest in the event
that a third party acquires (i) enough of Skilled’s
capital stock to elect a majority of its Board of Directors or
(ii) all or substantially all of the assets of Skilled and
its subsidiaries.
The Company granted no stock and restricted stock during the
three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited). During the
twelve months ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted
stock and restricted stock as follows:
The fair value per share is being recognized as compensation
expense over the applicable vesting periods. The fair value of
the common stock was determined by the Company contemporaneously
with the
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
grants made in the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and
June 30, 2006. The fair value per share of the common stock
and Class A Preferred Stock was estimated by the Company
contemporaneously with the grants made during the quarter ended
September 30, 2006. The fair value per share for the grants
made during the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and
June 30, 2006 were estimated to be consistent with the fair
value for a share of common stock and preferred stock sold by
the Company to an unrelated third party in January 2006 and
the Onex Transaction on December 27, 2005. Based on a
review of performance metrics for the Company from the Onex
Transaction through July 2006, the Company determined that
there had not been any change in its business that warranted
increasing the estimated fair value of a share of common stock
over these periods.
The Company, in consultation with investment bankers, estimated
that the equity value of a share of common stock was $7.81 in
July 2006 based on the Company’s then expected financial
performance and the earnings multiples of publicly-traded
companies in the Company’s industry as determined in
connection with the estimated initial public offering price of
the Company. The increase in the estimated fair value of the
Company is considered to be related to overall market valuation
increases in the industry and consistent favorable operating
performance by the Company.
The Company did not obtain contemporaneous valuations from an
unrelated valuation specialist in connection with these grants
primarily because of the small number of shares issued, the
close proximity of these grants to the sale of common stock in
January 2006 and the Onex Transaction, the value estimation and
corresponding estimated initial public offering price of the
Company determined in consultation with the Company’s
investment bankers in July 2006, and the ability to perform a
contemporaneous review of key milestones and performance
indicators for the periods involved.
Predecessor
Stockholders’ Equity
As of March 4, 2004 SHG’s Second Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”)
provided that SHG’s then outstanding Series A
Preferred Stock was subject to redemption upon the occurrence of
either (i) an underwritten initial public offering of
SHG’s common stock for cash pursuant to a registration
statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or
(ii) the sale of SHG or its businesses as a whole in which
the beneficial holders of a majority of the voting and economic
interests of SHG prior to such sale are not the beneficial
holders of such majority voting and economic interests or
businesses thereafter. SHG’s Series A Preferred Stock
was subject to mandatory redemption by SHG upon the earlier of
(i) an underwritten initial public offering of SHG’s
common stock for cash pursuant to a registration statement filed
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or
(ii) May 1, 2010. The Series A Preferred Stock
was also redeemable at any time at the option of SHG out of
funds legally available by payment of the per share “Base
Amount” plus all unpaid dividends accrued on such shares.
The Base Amount was initially equal to $1,000 per share of
Series A Preferred Stock, provided that any dividends that
had accrued but were not paid on March 31 of each year were
automatically added to the Base Amount. No dividends,
distributions, redemption payments or other amounts could be
made on or in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock
unless all principal of, interest and premium on and other
amounts due in respect of the Lien Agreements
(Note 8) had first been paid in full.
The then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock entitled the
holder to a dividend at an annual rate of 7% (prior to the
Amendment it was 12%) of the Base Amount of each share of
Series A Preferred Stock from the date of issuance of such
share, provided that all outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock were deemed to have been issued as of
March 27, 1998 for purposes of determining the amount of
dividends that have accrued.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
In July 2004, concurrent with a refinancing of SHG’s
outstanding debt, SHG redeemed the cumulative $15,000 of
undeclared and unpaid dividends in exchange for, among other
items, removing the mandatory redemption date of May 1,2010. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock had no
rights to convert such shares into shares of any other class or
series of stock or into any other securities of, or any other
interest in, SHG. In accordance with SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, or SFAS
No. 150, the Series A Preferred Stock was therefore
reclassified to equity in 2004. At December 31, 2004, the
Base Amount of the Series A Preferred Stock was $15,000 and
there was approximately $469 of cumulative and unpaid dividends
on the Series A Preferred Stock. In June 2005, in
connection with a refinancing of SHG’s existing debt, SHG
fully redeemed the Series A preferred stock, including
accrued interest, for $15,732, as well as paid accumulated
dividends of $967.
In July 2003, pursuant to SHG’s Plan (Note 1), each
share of series A common stock was cancelled and replaced
with 1.1142 shares of new common stock, each share of
series B common stock was cancelled for no consideration
and each share of series C common stock was replaced with
one share of new common stock.
Effective March 8, 2004, SHG entered into restricted stock
agreements with four executive officers concurrent with the
execution of amended employment agreements for each executive.
Pursuant to these agreements SHG granted 70,661 shares (of
which 4,930 shares were cancelled in 2004) of its
restricted and non-voting Class B common stock for a
purchase price of $0.05 per share, the then fair market
value of the shares based upon an independent third-party
appraisal, to these executives.
These shares of SHG Class B common stock were restricted by
certain vesting requirements, rights of SHG to repurchase the
shares, and restrictions on the sale or transfer of such shares.
The shares were subject to vesting as follows:
•
Subject to the executive’s continuing service with SHG, the
shares would vest in full upon the occurrence of a Trigger
Event, defined as any asset sale, initial public offering or
stock sale of SHG (each, a “liquidity event”),
providing a terminal equity value of SHG in excess of $100,000
(the consummation of the Onex Transaction constituted a valid
Trigger Event); and
•
If a Trigger Event had not occurred by the end of the original
term of the executive’s employment agreement and such
executive was still employed by SHG, 50% of his shares would
vest if the executive had complied with the confidentiality and
non-solicitation obligations in his employment agreement and SHG
had achieved EBITDA in any one fiscal year of over $60,000.
The intrinsic value method, in accordance with APB No. 25,
was used to account for the non-cash stock-based compensation
associated with the restricted stock. Under this method, SHG did
not recognize compensation cost upon the issuance of the
restricted stock because the per share purchase price paid by
each executive for the restricted shares was equal to the then
per share fair market value. SHG was required to recognize
deferred non-cash stock-based compensation in the period that
the number of shares subject to vesting became probable and
determinable, calculated as the difference between the fair
value of such shares as estimated by SHG management at the end
of the applicable period and the price paid for such shares by
the executive. The deferred non-cash stock-based compensation
was amortized over the probable vesting period, beginning with
the date of issuance of the restricted stock.
In 2004, it was determined probable that 50% of the restricted
shares of SHG Class B common stock would vest at the end of
the original term of each executive’s employment agreement.
For 2004, deferred non-cash stock-based compensation totaling
$1,161 was recorded, representing the difference between the
estimated aggregate market value of the shares of restricted
Class B common stock as determined by SHG
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
management on December 31, 2004 and the aggregate price
paid for such restricted shares by the executives. Related
amortization of deferred non-cash stock-based compensation
expense equal to $848 in 2005 and $313 in 2004 was recorded.
Upon completion of the Onex Transaction, the remainder of the
restricted shares of SHG Class B common stock fully vested
and $8,940 of non-cash stock-based compensation expense was
recognized, determined as the difference between the per share
price paid in the Onex Transaction and $0.05 per share (the
per share price paid by the executives), multiplied by the
number of restricted shares that were not previously determined
to be probable to vest.
Performance criteria, which were met as of December 27,2005, the number of related shares of Class B common stock
vested and earned, and stock-based compensation recognized
during 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
Number of
Stock-Based
Shares
Compensation
Earned and
Recognized
Recognized
Vested
in 2005
in 2004
Exceeding the minimum EBITDA
trigger
32,865
$
848
$
313
Completion of the Onex
Transaction, deemed as a Trigger Event
32,866
8,940
—
65,731
$
9,788
$
313
Dividend
Payment
In June 2005, SHG entered into the Lien Agreements
(Note 8). The proceeds of this financing were used to
refinance SHG’s existing indebtedness, fully redeem
SHG’s then outstanding Class A Preferred Stock and pay
a special dividend in the amount of $108,604 to SHG’s
then-existing
stockholders.
At the time that SHG declared and paid the dividend, the board
of directors of SHG determined that the value of its surplus was
sufficient to declare and pay the dividend and that the payment
of the dividend would not cause the Company to be insolvent. The
board of directors of SHG accordingly determined that it was
permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law to pay the
dividend.
Warrants
In 1998, SHG issued 71,119 warrants to purchase SHG’s
series C common stock at an exercise price of $.01 per
share. The warrants were exercisable beginning April 16,1998, and expired in April 2008. Prior to 2003, warrants to
purchase 20,742 shares of SHG’s series C common
stock were exercised.
Pursuant to SHG’s Plan, SHG’s outstanding warrants to
purchase 50,377 series C common stock were cancelled and
replaced with warrants to purchase an equivalent number of
shares of series A common stock. Other than the security
for which the warrant may be exercised, the terms of the new
warrants were substantially similar to the terms of the
cancelled warrants. During 2004, no warrants were exercised.
As of December 31, 2005, there were no longer any warrants
outstanding as all had been either exercised or cancelled as
part of the Onex Transaction.
Stock
Options
In March 2004, SHG’s Board of Directors adopted SHG’s
2004 equity incentive plan (the “2004 Plan”).
SHG’s stockholders approved the 2004 Plan on March 4,2004. The 2004 Plan provided for grants
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
of incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to SHG’s employees, as
well as non-qualified stock options and restricted stock to
SHG’s employees, directors and consultants. The aggregate
number of shares of SHG’s common stock issuable under the
2004 Plan was 20,000. In accordance with the provisions of the
2004 Plan, all vested and unvested shares under stock option
agreements vested and were settled in cash upon the close of the
Onex Transaction. The 2004 Plan was terminated as part of the
Onex Transaction in 2005.
The following table summarizes activity in the stock option plan
during the two year period ended December 31, 2005:
The Company leases certain of its facilities under noncancelable
operating leases. The leases generally provide for payment of
property taxes, insurance and repairs, and have rent escalation
clauses, principally based upon the Consumer Price Index or
other fixed annual adjustments.
The future minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating
leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of
one year as of December 31, 2006, are as follows:
2007
$
9,842
2008
9,621
2009
9,629
2010
8,449
2011
7,851
Thereafter
38,952
$
84,344
Litigation
As is typical in the health care industry, the Company has
experienced an increasing trend in the number and severity of
litigation claims asserted against it. While the Company
believes that it provides quality care to its patients and is in
substantial compliance with regulatory requirements, a legal
judgment or adverse governmental investigation could have a
material negative effect on the Company’s financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is involved in various lawsuits and claims arising
in the ordinary course of business. These other matters are, in
the opinion of management, immaterial both individually and in
the aggregate with respect to the Company’s consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Under GAAP, the Company establishes an accrual for an estimated
loss contingency when it is both probable that an asset has been
impaired or that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
the loss can be reasonably estimated. Given the uncertain nature
of litigation generally, and the uncertainties related to the
incurrence, amount and range of loss on any pending litigation,
investigation or claim, the Company is currently unable to
predict the ultimate outcome of any litigation, investigation or
claim, determine whether a liability has been incurred or make a
reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an
unfavorable outcome. While the Company believes that the
liability, if any, resulting from the aggregate amount of
uninsured damages for any outstanding litigation, investigation
or claim will not have a material adverse effect on its
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows, in view of the uncertainties discussed above, it could
incur charges in excess of any currently established accruals
and, to the extent available, excess liability insurance. In
view of the unpredictable nature of such matters, the Company
cannot provide any assurances regarding the outcome of any
litigation, investigation or claim to which it is a party or the
impact on the Company of an adverse ruling in such matters. As
additional information becomes available, the Company will
assess its potential liability and revise its estimates.
Insurance
The Company maintains insurance for general and professional
liability, workers’ compensation and employers’
liability, employee benefits liability, property, casualty,
directors and officers, inland marine, crime, boiler and
machinery, automobile, employment practices liability,
earthquake and flood. The Company believes that the insurance
programs are adequate and where there has been a direct transfer
of risk to the insurance carrier, the Company does not recognize
a liability in the consolidated financial statements.
Workers’
Compensation
The Company has maintained workers’ compensation insurance
as statutorily required. Most of its commercial workers’
compensation insurance purchased is loss sensitive in nature. As
a result, the Company is responsible for adverse loss
development. Additionally, the Company self-insures the first
unaggregated $1,000 per workers’ compensation claim in
both California and Nevada.
The Company has elected to not carry workers’ compensation
insurance in Texas and it may be liable for negligence claims
that are asserted against it by its employees.
The Company has purchased guaranteed cost policies for Kansas
and Missouri. There are no deductibles associated with these
programs.
The Company recognizes a liability in its consolidated financial
statements for its estimated self-insured workers’
compensation risks.
General
and Professional Liability
The Company’s skilled nursing services subject the Company
to certain liability risks. Malpractice claims may be asserted
against the Company if services are alleged to have resulted in
patient injury or other adverse effects, the risk of which may
be greater for higher-acuity patients, such as those receiving
specialty and
sub-acute
services, than for traditional long-term care patients. The
Company has from time to time been subject to malpractice claims
and other litigation in the ordinary course of business.
From April 10, 2001 to August 31, 2006, the Company
maintained a retrospectively rated claims-made policy with a
self-insured retention of $250 for its California and Nevada
facilities and $1,000 for its Texas
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
facilities. This policy had an occurrence and aggregate limit of
$5,000 each for professional liability and general liability
losses.
Effective September 1, 2006the Company obtained
professional and general liability insurance with an individual
claim limit of $2,000 per loss and $6,000 annual aggregate
limit for its California, Texas and Nevada facilities. Under
this program the Company retains an unaggregated $1,000
self-insured professional and general liability retention per
claim.
The Kansas facilities are insured on an occurrence basis with an
occurrence and aggregate coverage limit of $1,000 and $3,000,
respectively, and there are no self-insurance retentions under
these contracts. The Missouri facilities are underwritten on a
claims-made basis with no self-insured retention and have a
individual claim limit and aggregate coverage limit of $1,000
and $3,000, respectively.
In September 2004 the Company purchased a multi-year aggregate
excess professional and general liability insurance policy
providing an additional $10,000 of coverage for losses arising
from claims in excess of $5,000 in California, Texas, Nevada,
Kansas or Missouri. As of September 1, 2006 this excess
coverage was modified to increase the coverage to $12,000 for
losses arising from claims in excess of $3,000 which are
reported since the September 1, 2006 change.
A summary of the liabilities related to insurance risks are as
follows:
Included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
(2)
Included in employee compensation and benefits.
Hallmark
Indemnification
Hallmark Investment Group, Inc. (“Hallmark”), the
Company’s wholly-owned rehabilitation services subsidiary,
provides physical, occupational and speech therapy services to
various unaffiliated skilled nursing facilities. These
unaffiliated skilled nursing facilities are reimbursed for these
services from the Medicare Program and other third party payors.
Hallmark has indemnified these unaffiliated skilled nursing
facilities from a portion of certain disallowances of these
services.
Financial
Guarantees
Substantially all of Skilled’s subsidiaries guarantee the
2014 Notes and the Credit Agreement (Note 8). The
guarantees provided by the subsidiaries are full and
unconditional and joint and several. Other subsidiaries of
Skilled that are not guarantors are considered minor. Skilled
has no independent assets or operations.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
14.
Material
Transactions with Related Parties
Leased
Facilities
SHG’s former Chief Executive Officer and director and his
wife, a former Executive Vice President of SHG, own the real
estate for four of the Company’s leased facilities. Such
real estate has not been included in the consolidated financial
statements for any of the years presented herein. Lease payments
to these related parties under operating leases for these
facilities were $2,200 in 2005 and $2,100 in 2004. Upon the
completion of the Onex Transaction, these individuals no longer
have any related party interests in the Company.
Notes Receivable
SHG had a limited recourse promissory note receivable from a
member of its Board of Directors in the amount of approximately
$2,540 with an interest rate of 5.7%. The note was due on the
earlier of April 15, 2007 or the sale by the Director of
20,000 shares of SHG’s common stock pledged as
security for the note. SHG had recourse for payment up to $1,000
of the principal amount of the note. Prior to the Onex
Transaction, SHG’s Board of Directors approved the
forgiveness of the limited recourse note receivable in
consideration for prior service provided by the Director.
Agreement
with Onex Partners Manager LP
Upon completion of the Transactions, the Company entered into an
agreement with Onex Partners Manager LP, or Onex Manager, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Onex Corporation. In exchange for
providing the Company with corporate finance and strategic
planning consulting services, the Company pays Onex Manager an
annual fee of $500.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
16.
Quarterly
Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following table summarizes unaudited quarterly financial
data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 (unaudited)
and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
Quarter Ended
March 31
(Unaudited)
2007 Successor:
Revenue
$
144,655
Total expense
125,365
Other income (expenses), net
(11,258
)
Income before provision for income
taxes
8,032
Provision for income taxes
3,378
Net income
4,654
Accretion on preferred stock
(4,772
)
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
$
(118
)
Net (loss) income per share data:
Net (loss) income per common
share, basic
$
(0.01
)
Net (loss) income per common
share, diluted
$
(0.01
)
Weighted average common shares
outstanding, basic
11,959,116
Weighted average common shares
outstanding, diluted
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Quarter Ended
March 31
June 30
September 30
December 31
(Unaudited)
2006 Successor:
Revenue
$
125,186
$
131,171
$
135,396
$
139,904
Total expense
108,002
113,603
117,683
119,444
Other income (expenses), net
(10,481
)
(10,782
)
(11,164
)
(10,957
)
Income before provision for income
taxes
6,703
6,786
6,549
9,503
Provision for income taxes
2,601
3,071
2,588
3,944
Net income
4,102
3,715
3,961
5,559
Accretion on preferred stock
(4,401
)
(4,540
)
(4,684
)
(4,781
)
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
$
(299
)
$
(825
)
$
(723
)
$
778
Net (loss) income per share data:
Net (loss) income per common
share, basic
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.07
)
$
(0.06
)
$
0.07
Net (loss) income per common
share, diluted
$
(0.03
)
$
(0.07
)
$
(0.06
)
$
0.06
Weighted average common shares
outstanding, basic
11,618,412
11,634,129
11,635,650
11,652,888
Weighted average common shares
outstanding, diluted
11,618,412
11,634,129
11,635,650
12,002,718
Quarter Ended
March 31
June 30
September 30
December 31
(Unaudited)
2005 Predecessor:
Revenue
$
108,936
$
111,493
$
122,206
$
120,212
Total expenses
95,126
96,190
103,230
116,272
Other income (expenses), net
(4,928
)
(16,550
)
(7,370
)
(15,403
)
Income (loss) before (benefit
from) provision for income taxes, discontinued operations and
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
8,882
(1,247
)
11,606
(11,463
)
(Benefit from) provision for
income taxes
(7,375
)
(2,904
)
3,875
(6,644
)
Discontinued operations, net of tax
12,569
2,269
(50
)
(48
)
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle, net of tax
—
—
—
(1,628
)
Net income (loss)
28,826
3,926
7,681
(6,495
)
Accretion on preferred stock
(259
)
(243
)
—
(242
)
Net income (loss) attributable to
common stockholders
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Quarter Ended
March 31
June 30
September 30
December 31
(Unaudited)
Net income (loss) per share data:
Income (loss) before discontinued
operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle per common share, basic
$
13.05
$
1.15
$
6.12
$
(4.23
)
Discontinued operations per common
share, basic
10.25
1.84
(0.04
)
(0.04
)
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle per common share, basic
—
—
—
(1.36
)
Net income (loss) per share, basic
$
23.30
$
2.99
$
6.08
$
(5.63
)
Income (loss) before discontinued
operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle per common share, diluted
$
12.22
$
1.08
$
5.92
$
(4.23
)
Discontinued operations per common
share, diluted
9.60
1.73
(0.04
)
(0.04
)
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle per common share, diluted
—
—
—
(1.36
)
Net income (loss) per common
share, diluted
$
21.82
$
2.81
$
5.88
$
(5.63
)
Weighted average common shares
outstanding, basic
1,226,144
1,229,867
1,263,830
1,195,966
Weighted average common shares
outstanding, diluted
1,309,354
1,308,666
1,306,745
1,195,966
Earnings per basic and diluted share are computed independently
for each of the quarters presented based upon basic and diluted
shares outstanding per quarter and therefore may not sum to the
totals for the year.
17.
Subsequent
Events
Effective January 31, 2007, the Company entered into a
first amendment to the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit
Agreement, with the following revisions:
•
for Term Loans, a reduction of the applicable margins over the
Company’s interest rates of 0.5%;
•
the ability for further reductions of the applicable margins
based upon favorable ratings from certain debt rating agencies
and the issuance of new ratings from those agencies;
•
allowance for the net proceeds resulting from the consummation
of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock
to be applied to prepay the Term Loans, including the Revolving
Loans, to be the lesser of (i) 50% of such net proceeds or
(ii) the excess of such net proceeds over the amount to
prepay $70,000 of the 2014 Notes;
•
approval of the merger of SHG with and into Skilled with Skilled
being the surviving company and changing its name from SHG
Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group,
Inc.; and
•
revision of certain covenants and reporting requirements.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Effective February 1, 2007, the Company purchased the land,
building and related improvements of one of its leased skilled
nursing facilities in California for $4,300 in cash. Changing
this leased facility into an owned facility resulted in no net
change in the number of beds.
Effective February 7, 2007, SHG was merged with and into
Skilled. Skilled was the surviving entity and changed its name
from SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. to Skilled Healthcare Group,
Inc.
On February 8, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement
to purchase the owned real property, tangible assets,
intellectual property and related rights and licenses of three
skilled nursing facilities located in Missouri for a cash
purchase price of $30,100, including $100 of transaction
expenses. Under the agreement, the Company will also assume
certain liabilities related to assumed operating contracts. The
agreement generally excludes any elements of working capital
other than supply inventories. The Company closed the
transaction in April 2007, adding approximately 426 beds as well
as 24 unlicensed apartments to the Company’s operations.
On February 16, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement
with Heritage regarding the escrow account and tax payments
referred to in Note 1. As a result of this agreement:
•
The Company paid $6,300 to Heritage, which represents the
amounts paid by SHG to the IRS in excess of the 2005 tax amounts
on SHG’s tax return for the period ended December 27,2005;
•
The Company paid an additional $1,000 into the escrow account
for the satisfaction of certain tax liabilities that arose prior
to the date of the Onex Transaction;
•
The Company and Heritage instructed the escrow agent to release
to Heritage the remaining $15,000 in escrow that was established
to provide for any contingencies or liabilities not recorded or
specifically provided for as of December 27, 2005; and
•
The Company and Heritage generally released each other from any
further claims beyond the tax amounts remaining in the escrow
account.
Stock
Split
On April 26, 2007the Company’s board of directors
approved a 507-for-one split of the Company’s common stock.
As a result, share numbers and per share amounts for all periods
presented in the consolidated financial statements of the
Successor reflect the effects of this stock split.
Stockholders’
Equity
On April 19, 2007, the Company’s board of directors
approved the Company’s amended and restated certificate of
incorporation to be effective immediately following the
Company’s initial public offering. The amended and restated
certificate of incorporation:
•
authorizes 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par
value;
•
authorizes 175,000,000 shares of Class A common stock,
voting power of one vote per share, $0.001 par value;
•
authorizes 30,000,000 shares of Class B common stock,
voting power of ten votes per share, $0.001 par value; and
•
provides for mandatory and optional conversion of Class B
common stock into Class A common stock on a one-for-one
basis under certain circumstances.
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued) March 31, 2007 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2006
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
2007
Incentive Plan
On April 19, 2007, the Company’s board of directors
approved the Company’s 2007 Incentive Award Plan (the
“2007 plan”) that will become effective prior to the
Company’s initial public offering upon approval by the
Company’s stockholders. Under the 2007 plan,
1,123,181 shares of the Company’s common stock are
authorized for issuance.
18. Subsequent
Event (unaudited)
Credit
Facility
Effective May 11, 2007, the Company entered into an
Instrument of Joinder, which increased the Revolving Loan from
$75,000 to $100,000.
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of the
corporations listed in Note 1, collectively known as Sunset
Healthcare (the Company) as of December 31, 2005, and the
related combined statements of operations, stockholders’
deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31,2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial
position at December 31, 2005, of the corporations listed
in Note 1, collectively known as Sunset Healthcare, and the
combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Liberty Terrace Care Center, Inc., Liberty Terrace Nursing, LLC,
Carmel Hills Living Center, Inc., Carmel Hills Property, LLC,
Holmesdale Care Center, Inc. and Holmesdale Development, LLC,
are collectively known as Sunset Healthcare. Sunset Healthcare
(the “Company”) operates 3 nursing facilities within
the state of Missouri: Liberty Terrace Care Center, a 143 bed
Medicaid and Medicare certified skilled nursing facility in
Liberty; Carmel Hills Living Center, a 146 bed Medicaid and
Medicare certified skilled nursing facility and a 54 bed
residential care facility in Independence; and Holmesdale Care
Center, a 100 bed Medicaid and Medicare certified skilled
nursing facility in Kansas City. The Company also operates three
separate real estate entities that own and maintain each
facility building. In addition, the Company operates an
insurance trust, LCH Insurance Trust (the “Trust”) for
the purpose of payment of potential professional liability
claims. The Company was acquired by Skilled Healthcare Group,
Inc. in March 2006 (see Note 11).
2.
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis
of Presentation
The combined financial statements include three nursing
facilities, three real estate entities and one insurance trust
which are combined based upon the fact that they are under
common control. All significant intercompany transactions have
been eliminated.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of combined financial statements in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Revenue
and Accounts Receivables
Revenue and accounts receivables are recorded on an accrual
basis as services are performed at their estimated net
realizable value. The Company derives a significant amount of
its revenue from funds under federal Medicare and state Medicaid
assistance programs, the continuation of which are dependent
upon governmental policies, audit risk and potential recoupment.
The Company’s revenue is derived from services provided to
patients in the following payor classes:
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Risks
and Uncertainties
Laws and regulations governing the Medicare and Medicaid
programs are complex and subject to interpretation. The Company
believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations and is not aware of any pending or threatened
investigations involving allegations of potential wrongdoing.
Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to
future government review and interpretation, including
processing claims at lower amounts upon audit as well as
significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and
exclusions from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
The Company has significant accounts receivable balances whose
collectibility is dependent on the availability of funds from
certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid.
These receivables represent the only significant concentration
of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe
there are significant credit risks associated with these
governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate
allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these
receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and
adjusts these allowances as necessary.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments and
certificates of deposit with a maturity of three months or less,
on acquisition date, to be cash equivalents.
The Company places its temporary cash investments with financial
institutions. At times such investments may be in excess of the
FDIC insurance limit.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major renovations or
improvements are capitalized, whereas ordinary maintenance and
repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization
is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets as follows:
Buildings and improvements
15-30 years
Furniture and equipment
3-10 years
Income
Taxes
The Company has elected to be taxed under Chapter S of the
Internal Revenue Code, with all income and credits flowing
through to the individual stockholders. Therefore, no provision
for income tax has been made on the combined financial
statements.
3.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company
in estimating the fair value of each class of financial
instruments for which it is practicable to estimate this value.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short
maturity of these instruments.
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Long-Term
Debt
The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt and its
revolving credit facility is considered to approximate the fair
value of such debt based upon the interest rates that the
Company believes it can currently obtain for similar debt.
Note payable — Bank of
America, interest rate of 5.13%, payable in monthly
installments, due June 1, 2006
$
6,856
Note payable — Bank of
America, interest rate of 6.25%, payable in monthly
installments, due September 1, 2007
4,028
Note payable — Security
Bank of Kansas City, interest rate of 8.0%, payable in monthly
installments, due July, 2007
2,304
Promissory note payable to
unrelated party for the financing of the Residential Care
Facility Certificate of Need License, due March 2007, monthly
payments of $5; non-interest bearing
70
Less fair market value of interest
rate option agreements
$
(41
)
13,217
Less current portion
(7,284
)
$
5,933
Future maturities:
2006
$
7,284
2007
5,933
$
13,217
The provisions of the note payable agreements contain certain
restrictive covenants pertaining to operating requirements of
the Company. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as
of December 31, 2005.
The Company paid the notes payable to its banks upon the sale of
its facilities to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc. subsequent to
year-end (see Note 11).
Interest
Rate Option
On March 15, 2002, the Company entered into an
International Swap Dealers Association Master Agreement
converting the variable rate on approximately $7,450 of
indebtedness to a fixed rate of approximately 5.13%. The term of
this agreement expired June 30, 2006.
On August 23, 2002, the Company entered into an additional
interest rate agreement converting the variable rate on
approximately $4,700 of indebtedness to a fixed rate of
approximately 6.25%. The term of this agreement was to expire on
September 1, 2007. The agreement was terminated upon
repayment of the underlying indebtedness.
The objective of the Company’s interest rate hedging
activities has been to limit the impact of interest rate changes
on earnings and cash flows and to lower the Company’s
overall borrowing costs. At December 31, 2005, the fair
market value of the interest rate option agreements was $41. The
change in the fair market value of the interest rate agreements
in the year ended December 31, 2005 was an increase in
In January 2004, the Company formed LCH Insurance Trust for the
purpose of providing coverage for general and professional
liability insurances. The Company and the trust have common
ownership. The Company funds its estimated losses into the
trust. The use of these funds is restricted, therefore the funds
are classified as restricted on the Company’s combined
balance sheet.
The balance of the restricted investments consisted of cash
deposits, mutual funds and bonds. The future maturities of bonds
range from September 2007 to November 2015. As of
December 31, 2005, mutual funds and bonds are stated at
market value, which approximate cost.
6.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment is comprised of the following:
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Company paid distributions to its stockholders. The total
distributions paid during 2005 were $1,414 which resulted in
additional paid in capital being fully distributed.
8.
Related
Parties
Management
Agreement
Management fees of $1,648 were incurred during the period ended
December 31, 2005 by the Company to a company that is owned
by the stockholders of the Company. The management fee is 7% of
the net revenue of the Company payable on a monthly basis. At
December 31, 2005the Company had outstanding management
fees of $186. This amount was recorded in accounts payable and
accrued liabilities in the accompanying combined financial
statements.
Loan
from Stockholder
At December 31, 2004the Company had outstanding loans of
$348 from a stockholder. There were no formal terms of
repayment, interest rate or maturity. During the year ended
December 31, 2005, the Company made payments of $30. At
December 31, 2005 the remaining balance of these loans was
$318.
9.
Line of
Credit
The Company has a bank line of credit with maximum borrowings of
$300 available through November 2006. Interest is payable
monthly on the outstanding balance at the bank base rate plus
1/2%
with a floor of 5.50%. The balance outstanding on the bank line
of credit at December 31, 2005 was $150 at an interest rate
of 8.0% and was recorded in the accompanying combined financial
statements.
10.
Contingent
Liabilities
Government
Regulations — Medicaid
The Missouri Department of Social Services, Division of Medical
Services, reserves the right to perform field audit examinations
of the Company’s records. Any adjustments resulting from
such examinations could retroactively adjust Medicaid revenue.
Government
Regulations — Medicare
The Medicare intermediary has the authority to audit the skilled
nursing facility’s records any time within a three-year
period after the date the skilled nursing facility receives a
final notice of program reimbursement for each cost reporting
period. Any adjustments resulting from these audits could
retroactively adjust Medicare revenue.
Professional
Liability Insurance
The Company’s professional liability insurance policy was
not renewed as of December 31, 2003. As a result of not
securing this coverage, any claims made subsequent to that date
were not insured. On January 1, 2004the Company entered
into an agreement with the Trust. The Trust’s trustees are
the same as the owners of the Company. The value of the
investment as of December 31, 2005 was $363. Due to the
common ownership of the trust and the Company, the Company
retained all risks related to professional liabilities.
The Company determined the liability related to professional
liability risk based upon historical claims experience. At
December 31, 2005, the total liability related to
professional liability risk was $835 which is classified as a
current liability.
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Workers’
Compensation Insurance
The Company obtains workers’ compensation insurance through
membership in the Health Care Facilities of Missouri
Workers’ Compensation Trust Fund (the
“Workers’ Compensation Trust”), a trust formed
for the benefit of qualified nursing homes in the state of
Missouri who wish to pool their resources to qualify as a group
self-insurer as permitted under the Workmen’s Compensation
Law, Chapter 287 of the Revised Statutes of Missouri, as
amended. The Workers’ Compensation Trust and its members
jointly and severally agree to assume and discharge, by payment,
any lawful awards entered against any member of the
Workers’ Compensation Trust. Workers’ compensation
expense through participation in the Workers’ Compensation
Trust was $364 for the year ended December 31, 2005.
11.
Subsequent
Events (unaudited)
On March 1, 2006, the Company sold its two skilled nursing
facilities and its one skilled nursing and residential care
facility to Skilled Healthcare Group, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of SHG Holding Solutions, Inc. for $31,000 in cash.
The transaction consisted solely of the real estate assets,
property and equipment and the related certifications and
licenses of the three facilities. The Company retained all other
assets and liabilities related to its nursing facility entities,
real estate entities and insurance trust. Part of the proceeds
of the sale were used to repay the Company’s notes payable
to its banks.